UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549FORM 10-K☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the Fiscal Year EndedDecember 31, 2020☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the Transition Period From(Not Applicable)Commission File Number 001-36636(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)Delaware05-0412693(State or Other Jurisdiction ofIncorporation or Organization)(I.R.S. EmployerIdentification Number)One Citizens Plaza, Providence, RI 02903(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)(401) 456-7000(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:Title of each classTrading symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registeredCommon stock, $0.01 par value per shareCFGNew York Stock ExchangeDepositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of 6.350% Fixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series DCFG PrDNew York Stock ExchangeDepositary Shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of 5.000% Fixed-Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series ECFG PrENew York Stock ExchangeSecurities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:NoneIndicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☑ Yes ☐ NoIndicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ NoIndicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periodthat the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ Yes ☐ NoIndicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during thepreceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ☑ Yes ☐ NoIndicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “largeaccelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:Large accelerated filer☑Accelerated filer☐Non-accelerated filer☐Smaller reporting company☐Emerging growth company☐If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards providedpursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of theSarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ Yes ☑ NoThe aggregate market value of voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant was $10,732,733,443 (based on the June 30, 2020 closing price of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. common shares of $25.24 asreported on the New York Stock Exchange). There were 425,106,419 shares of Registrant’s common stock ($0.01 par value) outstanding on February 1, 2021.Documents incorporated by referencePortions of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.’s proxy statement to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with Citizens Financial Group, Inc.’s 2021 annual meeting ofstockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. Such Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. Table of Contents
Glossary of Acronyms and Terms
Forward-looking Statements
Part I.
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Part III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Part IV.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
Page
2
5
6
21
35
35
35
35
35
37
39
90
91
97
98
99
100
101
103
160
161
161
161
161
162
162
162
162
166
167
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 1
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS
The following is a list of common acronyms and terms we regularly use in our financial reporting:
AACL
ACL
Acquisitions
AFS
ALLL
ALM
AOCI
ARRC
ASU
ATM
Bank Holding Company Act
Board or Board of Directors
bps
Capital Plan Rule
CARES Act
CBNA
CCAR
CCB
CCMI
CECL
CET1
CET1 capital ratio
CFPB
CFTC
Citizens or CFG or the Company, we,
us, or our
CLTV
CLO
CMO
COVID-19 pandemic
CRA
CRE
DIF
Dodd-Frank Act
EAD
EGRRCPA
Elevated cash
EPS
ESPP
ERISA
Exchange Act
Adjusted Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Credit Losses: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses plus Reserve for Unfunded Lending
Commitments
Refers to acquisitions after second quarter 2018, including Franklin American Mortgage Company, Clarfeld
Financial Advisors, LLC, Bowstring Advisors LLC and Trinity Capital
Available for Sale
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Asset and Liability Management
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Alternative Reference Rates Committee
Accounting Standards Update
Automated Teller Machine
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956
The Board of Directors of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
Basis Points
Federal Reserve Regulation Y Capital Plan Rule
The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act
Citizens Bank, National Association
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
Capital Conservation Buffer
Citizens Capital Markets, Inc.
Current Expected Credit Losses (ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326):
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments)
Common Equity Tier 1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the U.S. Basel III
Standardized approach
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
Combined Loan-to-Value
Collateralized Loan Obligation
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation
Coronavirus Disease 2019 Pandemic
Community Reinvestment Act
Commercial Real Estate
Deposit Insurance Fund
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
Exposure at Default
Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act
Cash above targeted operating levels
Earnings Per Share
Employee Stock Purchase Program
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 2
FAMC
Fannie Mae (FNMA)
FASB
FDIA
FDIC
FFIEC
FHLB
FICO
FINRA
FRB or Federal Reserve
Freddie Mac (FHLMC)
FTE
FTP
GAAP
GDP
GLBA
Ginnie Mae (GNMA)
GSE
HELOC
HTM
ICE
Last-of-Layer
LCR
LHFS
LGD
LIBOR
LIHTC
LTV
MBS
MD&A
Mid-Atlantic
Midwest
Modified AACL Transition
Modified CECL Transition
MSA
MSRs
NCOs
New England
NM
NPLs
NSFR
OCC
Franklin American Mortgage Company
Federal National Mortgage Association
Financial Accounting Standards Board
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
Federal Home Loan Bank
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)
Financial Industry Regulation Authority
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and, as applicable, Federal Reserve Bank(s)
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Fully Taxable Equivalent
Funds Transfer Pricing
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America
Gross Domestic Product
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
Government National Mortgage Association
Government Sponsored Entity
Home Equity Line of Credit
Held To Maturity
Intercontinental Exchange
Last-of-layer is a fair value hedge of the interest rate risk of a portfolio of similar prepayable assets whereby
the last dollar amount within the portfolio of assets is identified as the hedged item
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
Loans Held for Sale
Loss Given Default
London Interbank Offered Rate
Low Income Housing Tax Credit
Loan to Value
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
District of Columbia, Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and West Virginia
Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, and Ohio
The Day-1 CECL adoption entry booked to ACL plus 25% of subsequent CECL ACL reserve build
The Day-1 CECL adoption entry booked to retained earnings plus 25% of subsequent CECL ACL reserve
build
Metropolitan Statistical Area
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Net charge-offs
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont
Not meaningful
Nonaccrual loans
Net Stable Funding Ratio
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 3
OCI
OFAC
Parent Company
PD
peers or peer regional banks
PPP
REIT
ROTCE
RPA
SBA
SEC
SOFR
SVaR
Tailoring Rules
TDR
Tier 1 capital ratio
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Total capital ratio
VaR
VIE
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Office of Foreign Assets Control
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the Parent Company of Citizens Bank, National Association and other
subsidiaries)
Probability of Default
Comerica, Fifth Third, Huntington, KeyCorp, M&T, PNC, Regions, Truist and U.S. Bancorp
The U.S. Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program
Real estate investment trust
Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
Risk Participation Agreement
United States Small Business Administration
United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Secured Overnight Financing Rate
Stressed Value at Risk
Rules establishing risk-based categories for determining prudential standards for large U.S. and foreign
banking organizations, consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by the Economic Growth,
Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act
Troubled Debt Restructuring
Tier 1 capital, which includes Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity
that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under the U.S. Basel
III Standardized approach
Tier 1 capital, which includes Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus non-cumulative perpetual preferred equity
that qualifies as additional tier 1 capital, divided by quarterly adjusted average assets as defined under the
U.S. Basel III Standardized approach
Total capital, which includes Common Equity Tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and allowance for credit losses and
qualifying subordinated debt that qualifies as tier 2 capital, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined
under the U.S. Basel III Standardized approach
Value at Risk
Variable Interest Entities
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 4
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements regarding
potential future share repurchases and future dividends as well as the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns on our
business, operations, financial performance and prospects, are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or
current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,”
“goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,”
“should,” “would,” and “could.”
Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management, and on information currently available to
management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons
why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. We caution you, therefore, against
relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance.
While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Negative economic and political conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer
confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of nonperforming assets, charge-offs and provision
expense;
The rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions, and changes in the
competitive environment;
Our ability to implement our business strategy, including the cost savings and efficiency components, and achieve our financial
performance goals;
The COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns and their effects on the economic and business environments in which we operate;
Our ability to meet heightened supervisory requirements and expectations;
Liabilities and business restrictions resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations;
Our capital and liquidity requirements under regulatory capital standards and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on
favorable terms;
The effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing
rights and mortgages held for sale;
Changes in interest rates and market liquidity, as well as the magnitude of such changes, which may reduce interest margins, impact
funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;
The effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;
Financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue
and businesses;
A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service
providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks; and
Management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks.
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the actual amounts and timing of any future common stock dividends or share repurchases will
be subject to various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, risk-weighted assets, capital impacts of strategic initiatives, market
conditions and regulatory and accounting considerations, as well as any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant in making such a
determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will repurchase shares from or pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to
the amount of any such repurchases or dividends. Further, statements about the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns on our
business, operations, financial performance and prospects may constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 5
the actual impacts may differ, possibly materially, from what is reflected in those forward-looking statements due to factors and future developments that
are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond our control, including the scope and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governmental
authorities in response to the pandemic, and the direct and indirect impact of the pandemic on our customers, third parties and us.
More information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found
under Item 1A “Risk Factors”.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
PART I
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is the 13th largest retail bank holding company in the United States.
Headquartered in Providence, Rhode
Island, we offer a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to more than five million individuals, small businesses, middle-
market companies, large corporations and institutions. Our products and services are offered through approximately 1,000 branches in 11 states in the
New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions and 130 retail and commercial non-branch offices, though certain lines of business serve national
markets. At December 31, 2020, we had total assets of $183.3 billion, total deposits of $147.2 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $22.7 billion.
(1)
We are a bank holding company incorporated under Delaware state law in 1984 and whose primary federal regulator is the FRB. CBNA is our
banking subsidiary, whose primary federal regulator is the OCC.
Business Segments
We manage our business through two reportable business operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. For additional
information regarding our business segments see the “Business Operating Segments” section of Item 7 and Note 25 in Item 8. Our activities outside
these segments are classified as “Other” and include treasury activities, wholesale funding activities, securities portfolio, community development assets,
non-core assets, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses, including income tax expense.
Consumer Banking Segment
Consumer Banking serves retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million, with products and services that
include deposit products, mortgage and home equity lending, credit cards, business loans, wealth management and investment services largely across
our 11-state traditional banking footprint. We also offer auto, education and point-of-sale finance loans in addition to select digital deposit products
nationwide.
Consumer Banking operates a multi-channel distribution network with a workforce of approximately 4,800 branch colleagues, approximately
1,000 branches, including 270 in-store locations, and approximately 2,700 ATMs. Our network includes approximately 1,420 specialists covering lending,
savings and investment needs as well as a broad range of small business products and services. We serve customers on a national basis through
telephone service centers as well as through our online and mobile platforms where we offer customers the convenience of depositing funds, paying bills
and transferring money between accounts and from person to person, as well as a host of other everyday transactions.
We believe our strong retail deposit market share in our core regions, which have relatively diverse economies and affluent demographics, is a
competitive advantage. As of June 30, 2020, we ranked second by retail deposit market share in the New England region and ranked in the top five in
eight of our ten principal MSAs.
(1)
(1) According to SNL Financial.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 6
Commercial Banking Segment
Commercial Banking primarily serves companies and institutions with annual revenues of over $25 million to more than $3.0 billion and strives to
be our clients’ trusted advisor and preferred provider for their banking needs. We offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including
lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as
syndicated loans, corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities.
Commercial Banking is structured along business lines and product groups. The business lines, Corporate Banking and Commercial Real
Estate, and the product groups, Corporate Finance & Capital Markets, and Treasury Solutions work in teams to understand client needs and provide
comprehensive solutions to meet those needs. We acquire new clients through a coordinated approach to the market, leveraging deep industry
knowledge in specialized banking groups and a geographic coverage model.
Corporate Banking serves middle market commercial and industrial clients with annual gross revenues of $25 million to $500 million, and mid-
corporate clients with annual revenues of $500 million to more than $3.0 billion in the United States. In several areas, such as Aerospace, Defense and
Government Services, Communications, Transportation and Logistics, Franchise, Human Capital Management, and Gaming we offer a more dedicated
and tailored approach to better meet the unique needs of these client segments.
Commercial Real Estate provides customized debt capital solutions for middle market operators, institutional developers, investors, and REITs.
Commercial Real Estate provides financing for projects primarily in the office, multi-family, industrial, retail, healthcare and hospitality sectors.
Corporate Finance & Capital Markets serve clients through key product groups including Corporate Finance, Capital Markets, and Global
Markets. Corporate Finance provides advisory services to middle market and mid-corporate clients, including mergers and acquisitions and capital
structure advice. The team works closely with industry-sector specialists within debt capital markets to advise our clients. Corporate Finance also
provides acquisition and follow-on financing for new and recapitalized portfolio companies of key sponsors, services meeting the unique and time-
sensitive needs of private equity firms, management companies and funds, and underwriting and portfolio management expertise for leveraged
transactions and relationships. Capital Markets originates, structures and underwrites multi-bank syndicated credit facilities targeting middle market, mid-
corporate and private equity sponsors with a focus on offering value-added ideas to optimize their capital structures, including advising on and facilitating
mergers and acquisitions, valuations, tender offers, financial restructurings, asset sales, divestitures and other corporate reorganizations and business
combinations. Global Markets provides foreign exchange, interest rate and commodities risk management services.
The Treasury Solutions product group supports Commercial Banking and certain small business clients with treasury management solutions,
including domestic and international products and services related to receivables, payables, information reporting and liquidity management as well as
commercial credit cards and trade finance.
Business Strategy
Our mission is to help our customers, colleagues and communities reach their potential, and our vision is to become a top-performing bank
distinguished by our customer-centric culture, mindset of continuous improvement, and excellent capabilities. We strive to understand customers and
client needs, so we can tailor advice and solutions to help make them more successful. Our business strategy is designed to maximize the full potential
of our businesses, drive sustainable growth and enhance profitability. Our success rests on our ability to distinguish ourselves as follows:
Maintain a high-performing, customer-centric organization: We continually strive to enhance our “customer-first” culture in order to deliver the
best possible banking experience. We are taking talent management to the next level, with a goal of attracting, developing and retaining great people,
while ensuring strong leadership, teamwork, and a sense of empowerment, accountability and urgency.
Develop differentiated value propositions to acquire, deepen, and retain core customer segments: Our focus is on certain customer segments
where we believe we are well positioned to compete. In Consumer Banking, we focus on serving mass affluent and affluent customers and small
businesses. In Commercial Banking, we focus on serving customers in the middle market, mid-corporate, and select industry verticals. By developing
differentiated and targeted value propositions, we believe we can attract new customers, deepen relationships with existing customers, and deliver an
enhanced customer experience. We are building our fee-based
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 7
businesses, developing innovative solutions and broadening our capabilities to acquire, deepen and retain core customer relationships. For example, we
have built out a strong corporate finance advisory model with deep expertise in multiple industries, and we deliver innovative solutions to our clients with
an integrated approach.
Build excellent capabilities designed to help us stand out from competitors: Across our businesses, we strive to deliver seamless, multi-channel
experiences that allow customers to interact with us when, where and how they choose. We continue to build out enhanced data analytics capabilities to
provide timely, insight-driven, tailored advice in order to deliver solutions to consumer and business customers throughout their lifecycles. We are also
focused on expanding our digital capabilities and related strategies in order to satisfy rapidly changing customer preferences.
Operate with financial discipline and a mindset of continuous improvement to self-fund investments: We believe that continued focus on
operational efficiency is critical to our future profitability and ability to continue to reinvest to drive future growth. We launched the first Tapping our
Potential (“TOP”) initiative in 2014 and have launched additional programs in each subsequent year. These programs are designed to improve the
effectiveness, efficiency, and competitiveness of the franchise. In the second half of 2019, we launched the sixth TOP program, which is a multi-year
program consisting of traditional TOP initiatives as well as a transformation program designed to redefine how we operate across the organization and
deliver for customers and colleagues.
Prudently grow and optimize our balance sheet: We operate with a strong balance sheet with regard to capital, liquidity and funding, coupled
with a well-defined and prudent risk appetite. We continue to focus on thoughtfully growing our balance sheet and strive to generate attractive risk-
adjusted returns by actively managing capital and resource allocation decisions through balance sheet optimization initiatives. Our goal is to be good
stewards of our resources, and we continue to rigorously evaluate our execution.
Modernize our technology and operational models to improve delivery, organizational agility and speed to market: We are continuing to
modernize our technology and operating models to improve our speed-to-market, deliver innovative products and services, strengthen collaboration
across teams, and meet financial objectives. We will also continue to engage in FinTech partnerships that help deliver differentiated value-added digital
experiences for customers.
Embed risk management within our culture and operations: Given that the quality of our risk management program directly affects our ability to
execute our strategy we continue to work to further strengthen our risk management culture. Moreover, we are committed to continuously enhancing our
processes and talent, and to making improvements in the platform including ongoing investments in risk technology and frameworks. These actions are
designed to support and enhance our risk management capabilities and regulatory profile.
Delivering well for stakeholders through the pandemic
The coronavirus pandemic and resulting reactions, such as lockdowns, safety protocols, unprecedented government measures to shore up the
economy and drastic changes to daily life have been unique and remarkable. These stresses have required a new level of resilience and adaptability and
Citizens has risen to meet these challenges so we can do more for our customers, communities, colleagues, and shareholders.
For our customers, we continued to provide support, advice and guidance during a time of tremendous need. Our Consumer Banking business
has provided vital branch services safely and with minimal disruption and has offered loan forbearance to customers. Beginning in March 2020 and
through December 31, 2020, we granted payment forbearance relief to approximately 159,000 retail customers representing approximately 8% of the
retail loan portfolio. At December 31, 2020, loans remaining in forbearance had decreased to approximately 2.3% of the retail loan portfolio.
Our Commercial Banking team has worked with clients on loan modifications and securing additional liquidity, while maintaining top-of-peer
satisfaction ratings. Beginning in March 2020 and through December 31, 2020, we granted payment deferrals to approximately 490 commercial clients
on loans totaling approximately $3.2 billion. As of December 31, 2020, this decreased to 19 commercial clients with deferrals on approximately $290
million of loans.
We also took action to provide relief through the SBA’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), delivering approximately $4.8 billion of loans to
small and medium-sized business clients with an average loan size of approximately $98,000. Approximately 84% of the loans were under $100,000,
and 93% of the loans were to businesses with fewer than 25 employees supporting over 540,000 jobs. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $565
million of those loans have been forgiven by the SBA. We are building on this success to deliver more relief
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 8
for our clients through the expansion of the PPP program under the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 passed at the end of 2020.
For our colleagues, our commitment to their wellness, including physical, financial, and mental wellness, has continued to be a central focus
during the COVID-19 crisis. In addition to ensuring that colleagues had the necessary tools and resources to continue to serve our customers safely, we
shifted approximately 10,000 of our colleagues to a work from home environment and implemented several programs to support their wellness and their
ability to maintain work-life balance. Some of the actions taken to support colleagues include providing additional paid time off for all colleagues,
providing premium pay to colleagues serving customers in the branch or office, making changes for production-based incentive plans to address lower
production, providing mental health and parental resources, and enhancing recognition awards. We have successfully deployed colleagues into new
roles across the organization to meet pandemic-driven demands and we are committed to attracting and developing high caliber talent to further
strengthen our team and position us well for our multi-year transformation efforts.
For our communities, we are focused on promoting social equity and advancing economic opportunity in underserved communities. In 2020, we
launched a $5 million initiative in support of minority-owned small business, and followed that up with a $10 million commitment for grants and charitable
support for immediate and longer-term initiatives aimed at supporting minority-owned small businesses, increasing awareness of racial disparities, and
supporting underserved communities through technology, education and digital literacy initiatives. We also committed to provide more than $500 million
in incremental financing and capital for small businesses, housing, and other development in predominately minority communities. In addition, our
colleagues achieved meaningful volunteer hour contributions supporting community-based organizations in spite of the current COVID-19 environment.
Our TOP 6 Program is on target despite the pandemic and has been expanded with significant new efficiency-focused initiatives, such as the
digitization of customer interactions and operations, as well as other initiatives for a post-COVID-19 environment. These digitization efforts include
increasing adoption of digital applications, data analytics, artificial intelligence and machine learning, cloud software, Citizens Access enhancements
and more remote services that compound and expand the customer experience and position us well for future top-line growth.
®
We will continue to serve our stakeholders through this crisis and beyond, backed by our strong financial position that enables us to deliver in
meaningful ways.
Competition
The financial services industry is highly competitive. Our branch footprint is in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, though
certain lines of business serve national markets. Within these markets we face competition from community banks, super-regional and national financial
institutions, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance
companies, money market funds, hedge funds and private equity firms. Some of our larger competitors may make available to their customers a broader
array of products, pricing and structure alternatives while some smaller competitors may have more liberal lending policies and processes. Competition
among providers of financial products and services continues to increase, with consumers having the opportunity to select from a growing variety of
traditional and nontraditional alternatives. The ability of non-banking financial institutions, including FinTech companies, to provide services previously
limited to commercial banks has also intensified competition.
In Consumer Banking, the industry has become increasingly dependent on and oriented toward technology-driven delivery systems, permitting
transactions to be conducted through telephone, online and mobile channels. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible
for non-bank institutions to attract funds and provide lending and other financial products and services. The emergence of digital-only banking models
has increased and we expect this trend to continue. Given their lower cost structure, these models are often, on average, able to offer higher rates on
deposit products than retail banking institutions with a traditional branch footprint. The primary factors driving competition for loans and deposits are
interest rates, fees charged, tailored value propositions to different customer segments, customer service levels, convenience, including branch locations
and hours of operation, and the range of products and services offered.
In Commercial Banking, there is intense competition for quality loan originations from traditional banking institutions, particularly large regional
banks, as well as commercial finance companies, leasing companies and other non-bank lenders, and institutional investors including collateralized loan
obligation managers, hedge funds and private equity firms. Some larger competitors, including certain national banks that compete in our market area,
may offer a broader array of products and due to their asset size, may sometimes be in a position to hold
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 9
more exposure on their own balance sheet. We compete on a number of factors including providing innovative corporate finance solutions, quality of
customer service and execution, range of products offered, price and reputation.
Human Capital Management
Our ultimate goal is to create an environment where colleagues feel valued and would like to build their careers, thereby contributing to the
creation of long-term stockholder value. Our journey over the past few years has been one of accelerated progress and change, in step with rapidly
evolving market and talent expectations. We have been on the path to digitization, transforming how we work, and establishing a different mix of
necessary capabilities for the future, while at the same time facilitating continued evolution of our culture.
Health, Safety and Wellness
Colleague wellness has always been central to our consciousness and strategy and it was a priority when we were designing our Johnston, RI
campus, which opened in 2018 and includes onsite fitness and wellness centers, as well as walking paths and various sports and recreation facilities.
Our commitment to colleagues’ wellness, including physical, financial, and mental wellness, has continued to be a central focus during the COVID-19
pandemic and associated lockdowns. In addition to ensuring that our colleagues had the necessary tools and resources to continue to serve our
customers safely, we shifted approximately 10,000 of our colleagues to a work from home environment and implemented several programs to support
their wellness and their ability to maintain work-life balance. These programs included additional paid time off to address personal circumstances and for
COVID-19 quarantine and recovery, mental health and parental resources, as well as committing to no increases in colleagues’ medical premiums for the
2021 year. With regard to financial support, during the onset of the crisis we provided premium pay and an increased overtime rate for colleagues
continuing to serve customers in the branches and office, and also made changes to our production-based pay plans to take into consideration
decreased production.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
We are committed to building deep partnerships among our customers, colleagues, and communities and fostering a culture where all
stakeholders feel respected, valued, and heard, and have a sense of belonging. A core tenet of our business strategy is growth and innovation and a
hallmark of that strategy is to focus on the diversity of our colleagues, customers, and communities and the inclusivity of our culture. To that end, we
have been on a multi-year journey to enhance awareness and improve capabilities and opportunities within the organization and in our communities,
which has accelerated since we became an independent publicly-traded company in 2015.
As part of that journey, we have conducted a third-party audit to de-bias our people practices, have put into place several recruiting and
development initiatives, and provide unconscious bias training. We acknowledge that there is an opportunity to further increase the representation of
women and people of color at all levels of our organization, in particular in senior roles. Information regarding colleague demographics can be found on
our website. To enable further progress, we have implemented partnerships with community organizations to help identify qualified diverse candidates
and have expanded our diverse hire commitment, through which we interview a slate of at least 50% diverse candidates for senior openings. In addition,
our development programs are designed to build a strong pipeline of diverse emerging talent internally. A key catalyst for change within our organization
is our six business resource groups (“BRGs”), Citizens WIN (Women’s Impact Network), Citizens Elev8 (rising professionals), Prism (multi-cultural),
Citizens Pride (LGBTQ), Citizens Veterans and Citizens Awake (disability awareness), each of which is sponsored by senior leaders. BRG members
serve as cultural ambassadors within the business to help formulate and influence our diversity, equity, and inclusion strategy and to identify and solve
related issues.
We are also committed to ensuring that equal pay is received for equal work throughout our organization and we engage an independent third-
party expert to regularly conduct a pay equity analysis that accounts for factors that appropriately explain differences in pay such as performance, time in
role, and experience. Additional information about this analysis can be found on our website.
Colleague Growth and Development
The world in which our business operates is changing rapidly in nearly every dimension, and the skills required of our colleagues to meet the
evolving needs of customers are changing at an accelerated pace. Our
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 10
human capital strategy focuses on creating a work environment where every colleague is always growing, thriving, performing, and future-ready.
We are in the midst of executing on a large-scale transformation agenda, including a path to end-to-end digitization and transforming how we
work. We are working to ensure that our colleagues are reframing their mindsets, behaviors, and capabilities for the future. We invest significant
resources in colleague development and offer various programs aimed at equipping colleagues with the skills necessary to not only excel in their current
roles, but to build competencies that will enable them to be highly valuable contributors now and in the future and ensure they are in step with changes in
the market. Our programs build relevant critical skills such as leadership, agile, digital, innovation, data and analytics, and coaching and advising in order
to effectively strengthen the necessary workforce capabilities for our organization. To enable development of these skills, we have implemented
resources, experiences, and technologies to facilitate quick consumption of new bodies of knowledge and skills. One example of this is learning
academies which are enabled by our new learning experience platform to offer a collection of specifically curated learning experiences and content for a
particular area of expertise, such as engineering. We have also reframed our performance management process in order to further enable colleague
success with ongoing check-ins and feedback as another step toward colleagues being able to contribute at their highest potential.
Engagement and Communication
We use McKinsey & Company’s Organizational Health Index (“OHI”) survey to understand colleagues’ viewpoints about the Company on a wide
range of factors to inform decisions regarding initiatives that will drive sustained top-tier performance and growth. In 2020, our OHI overall score reached
the top quartile, reflecting a 15-point improvement since 2014. Our success depends on employees understanding how their work contributes to our
overall strategy and we use a variety of platforms and forums to facilitate open and direct communication. These include communications from our CEO
and management team through live stream forums, “Let’s Connect” sessions hosted by members of the management team, and engagement through
our BRGs.
Employees
The table below presents our part-time and full-time equivalent employees by region as of December 31, 2020. None of our employees are
parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of
operations due to labor disagreements.
Region
New England
Mid-Atlantic
Midwest
Other
Total
Part-Time Equivalent Employees
67
56
52
2
177
Full-Time Equivalent Employees
9,047
5,206
1,546
1,608
17,407
Total
9,114
5,262
1,598
1,610
17,584
Consumer Banking personnel make up a workforce of approximately 4,800 branch colleagues across approximately 1,000 branches, and
include approximately 1,420 specialists covering lending, savings and investment needs as well as a broad range of small business products and
services.
Beginning June 30, 2020, we allowed colleagues to return to our offices in 10 states and portions of three others. Approximately 6,500 non-
branch colleagues are normally assigned to offices in these states, and approximately 10% of these are considered essential and work consistently in
the office. Return to office for our other colleagues is voluntary at this time.
Regulation and Supervision
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination under federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and
regulations cover all aspects of our business, including lending practices, deposit insurance, customer privacy and cybersecurity, capital adequacy and
planning, liquidity, safety and soundness, consumer protection and disclosure, permissible activities and investments, and certain transactions with
affiliates. These laws and regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a
whole and not for the protection of shareholders or other investors. The discussion below outlines the material elements of selected laws and regulations
applicable to us and our subsidiaries. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their interpretation and application by regulatory agencies and
other governmental authorities, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on our
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 11
business, financial condition or results of operations.
We and our subsidiaries are subject to examinations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, FINRA and various state
insurance and securities regulators. In some cases, regulatory agencies may take supervisory actions that may not be publicly disclosed, and such
actions may restrict or limit our activities or activities of our subsidiaries. As part of our regular examination process, regulators may advise us to operate
under various restrictions as a prudential matter. We have periodically received requests for information from regulatory authorities at the federal and
state level, including from banking, securities and insurance regulators, state attorneys general, federal agencies or law enforcement authorities, and
other regulatory authorities, concerning our business practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business. For a further
discussion of how regulatory actions may impact our business, see Item 1A “Risk Factors.” For additional information regarding regulatory matters, see
Note 24 in Item 8.
Overview
We are a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. We have elected to be treated as a financial holding company under
amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act as effected by GLBA. As such, we are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting
requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the FRB, including through the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Under the
system of “functional regulation” established under the Bank Holding Company Act, the FRB serves as the primary regulator of our consolidated
organization, and the SEC serves as the primary regulator of our broker-dealer and investment advisory subsidiaries and directly regulates the activities
of those subsidiaries, with the FRB exercising a supervisory role.
The federal banking regulators have authority to approve or disapprove mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, the establishment of branches and
similar corporate actions. These banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking
practices or other violations of law. Federal law governs the activities in which CBNA engages, including the investments it makes and the aggregate
amount of available credit that it may grant to one borrower. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect its operations. The
actions the FRB takes to implement monetary policy also affect CBNA.
In addition, CBNA is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the CFPB with respect to consumer protection laws and regulations.
The CFPB has broad authority to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products by depository institutions, such as CBNA, with more
than $10 billion in total assets. The CFPB may promulgate rules under a variety of consumer financial protection statutes, including the Truth in Lending
Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.
Tailoring of Prudential Requirements
In October 2019, the FRB and the other federal banking regulators finalized rules that tailor the application of the enhanced prudential standards
to bank holding companies and depository institutions to implement the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018
(“EGRRCPA”) amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act (“Tailoring Rules”). The Tailoring Rules assign each U.S. bank holding company with $100 billion or
more in total consolidated assets, as well as its bank subsidiaries, to one of four categories based on its size and five other risk-based indicators:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
cross-jurisdictional activity,
weighted short-term wholesale funding (“wSTWF”),
non-bank assets,
off-balance sheet exposure, and
status as a U.S. global systemically important bank.
Under the Tailoring Rules, we are subject to “Category IV standards,” which apply to banking organizations with at least $100 billion in total
consolidated assets that do not meet any of the thresholds specified for Categories I through III. Accordingly, Category IV firms, such as us,
i.
are no longer subject to any LCR requirement (or in certain cases, are subject to reduced requirements),
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 12
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
remain not subject to advanced approaches capital requirements,
remain eligible to opt-out of the requirement to recognize most elements of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in regulatory
capital,
remain not subject to the supplementary leverage ratio,
remain not subject to the countercyclical capital buffer,
are no longer subject to company-run stress testing requirements,
became subject to supervisory stress testing on a biennial instead of annual basis,
remain subject to requirements to develop and maintain a capital plan on an annual basis, and
remain subject to certain liquidity risk management and risk committee requirements.
We discuss other elements of the Tailoring Rules where relevant below. The liquidity requirements are described below under “—Liquidity
Requirements,” and their stress testing requirements are described below under “—Capital Planning and Stress Testing Requirements.”
Financial Holding Company Regulation
The Bank Holding Company Act generally restricts bank holding companies from engaging in business activities other than banking, managing
or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for subsidiaries and activities that the FRB has determined to be closely related to
banking. For so long as they continue to meet the eligibility requirements for financial holding company status, financial holding companies may engage
in a broader range of activities, including securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and brokerage, merchant banking and other
activities that are determined by the FRB, in coordination with the Treasury Department, to be “financial in nature or incidental thereto” or that the FRB
determines unilaterally to be “complementary” to financial activities. In addition, a financial holding company may conduct permissible new financial
activities or acquire permissible non-bank financial companies with after-the-fact notice to the FRB.
As noted above, we currently have elected to be treated as a financial holding company under amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act
as effected by GLBA. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its insured depository institution subsidiaries
must remain “well capitalized” and “well managed”, as described below under “Federal Deposit Insurance Act”, and maintain a CRA rating of at least
“Satisfactory” (see “Community Reinvestment Act” below). If a financial holding company ceases to meet the capital and management requirements, the
FRB’s regulations provide that the financial holding company must enter into an agreement with the FRB to comply with all applicable capital and
management requirements. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, the FRB may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its
activities, and the company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company
engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the FRB. In addition, the failure to meet such requirements could result in other material
restrictions on the activities of the financial holding company, may also adversely affect the financial holding company’s ability to enter into certain
transactions, including acquisition transactions, or obtain necessary approvals in connection therewith, and may result in the bank holding company
losing financial holding company status. Any restrictions imposed on our activities by the FRB may not necessarily be made known to the public. If the
company does not return to compliance within 180 days, which period may be extended, the FRB may require the financial holding company to divest its
subsidiary depository institutions or to discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a bank holding company
electing to be treated as a financial holding company. If any insured depository institution subsidiary of a financial holding company fails to maintain a
CRA rating of at least “Satisfactory,” the financial holding company would be subject to restrictions on certain new activities and acquisitions. Bank
holding companies and banks must also be both well capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state.
Capital
The U.S. Basel III rules apply to us. These rules establish risk-based and leverage capital requirements. The risk-based requirements are based
on a banking organization’s risk-weighted assets, also known as RWA, which reflect the organization’s on- and off-balance sheet exposures, subject to
risk weights. The leverage requirements are based on a banking organization’s average consolidated on-balance sheet assets. For more detail on our
regulatory capital, see the “Capital and Regulatory Matters” section of Item 7.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 13
We calculate RWA using the standardized approach and have made the one-time election to opt-out of AOCI. As a result, we are not required to
recognize in regulatory capital the impacts of net unrealized gains and losses included within AOCI for debt securities that are available for sale or held
to maturity, accumulated net gains and losses on cash flow hedges and certain defined benefit pension plan assets.
On January 1, 2020, we adopted the CECL accounting standard. In reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns, on
September 30, 2020 the FRB and the other federal banking regulators adopted a final rule relative to regulatory capital treatment of ACL under CECL.
This rule allowed electing banking organizations to delay the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital for a two-year period ending January 1,
2022, followed by a three-year transition period ending January 1, 2025 to phase-in the aggregate amount of the capital benefit provided during the initial
two-year delay.
Under the U.S. Basel III rules, the minimum capital ratios are:
•
•
•
•
4.5% CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets;
6.0% tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 capital plus additional tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% total capital (that is, tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
4.0% tier 1 capital to total average consolidated assets as defined under U.S. Basel III Standardized approach (known as the “leverage
ratio”).
Effective October 1, 2020, the FRB finalized our stress capital buffer (“SCB”) of 3.4% which replaced the capital conservation buffer (“CCB”) of
2.5%. Our SCB of 3.4% is based on the results of the 2020 Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test (“DFAST”) in connection with the related CCAR and is imposed
on top of each of the three minimum risk-weighted asset ratios listed above. For Category IV firms, like us, the FRB has stated that the SCB will be re-
calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends and common share buybacks.
Banking institutions that fail to meet the effective minimum ratios with the SCB taken into account will be subject to constraints on capital distributions,
including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation. The severity of the constraints depends on the amount of
the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income”, defined as the greater of four quarter trailing net income, net of distributions and tax effects
not reflected in net income, or the average four quarter trailing net income. On September 30, 2020, the FRB issued a proposed rule to make conforming
changes to its Capital Plan Rule, stress capital buffer requirements, and capital planning requirements to be consistent with the Tailoring Rules
framework. Under the proposal, Category IV firms, like us, would have the ability to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test and receive an
updated SCB requirement in a year in which they are not subject to the supervisory stress test. For more details, see “—Capital Planning and Stress
Testing Requirements” below and the “Capital and Regulatory Matters” section of Item 7.
We are also subject to the FRB's risk-based capital requirements for market risk. See the “Market Risk” section of Item 7.
Liquidity Requirements
The Federal banking regulators have adopted the Basel III-based U.S. LCR rule, which is a quantitative liquidity metric designed to ensure that a
covered bank or bank holding company maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows
over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario. As noted above, under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms with less than $50
billion in wSTWF, including us, are no longer subject to any LCR requirement.
The Basel III framework also includes a second liquidity standard, the NSFR, which is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding
of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon. On October 20, 2020, the federal banking regulators issued a final rule to implement
the NSFR for large U.S. banking organizations. Under the final rule, Category IV firms with less than $50 billion in weighted short-term wholesale
funding, including us, will not be subject to the NSFR requirement.
Finally, per the liquidity rules included in the FRB’s enhanced prudential standards adopted pursuant to Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act
(referred to above under “—Tailoring of Prudential Requirements”), we are also required to maintain a buffer of highly liquid assets based on projected
funding needs for 30 days. Under the Tailoring Rules, the liquidity buffer requirements continue to apply to Category IV firms, such as us, and remain
subject to liquidity risk management requirements. However, these requirements are now tailored such that we required to:
i.
calculate collateral positions monthly, as opposed to weekly;
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 14
ii.
iii.
establish a more limited set of liquidity risk limits than was previously required; and
monitor fewer elements of intraday liquidity risk exposures than were previously monitored.
We are also now subject to liquidity stress testing quarterly, rather than monthly, and are required to report liquidity data on a monthly basis.
Capital Planning and Stress Testing Requirements
Under the Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms, such as us, are subject to biennial supervisory stress testing and are exempt from company-run
stress testing and related disclosure requirements. Category IV firms are also no longer required to submit resolution plans. The FRB continues to
supervise Category IV firms on an ongoing basis, including evaluation of the capital adequacy and capital planning processes during off-cycle years. We
remain subject to the requirement to develop, maintain and submit an annual capital plan for review and approval by our board of directors, or one of its
committees, as well as FR Y-14 reporting requirements.
On September 30, 2020, the FRB issued a proposed rule to make conforming changes to its Capital Plan Rule, stress capital buffer
requirements, and capital planning requirements to be consistent with the Tailoring Rules framework. Under the proposal, Category IV firms, like us,
would have the ability to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test and receive an updated SCB requirement in a year in which they are not
subject to the supervisory stress test. For purposes of calculating the SCB in 2021, the proposed rule would require us to notify the FRB of our intention
to participate in the 2021 supervisory stress test by April 5, 2021.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, and stress capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently
subject to rule making and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of
these and any other prudential regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
For more detail on our capital planning and stress testing requirements see the “Capital and Regulatory Matters” section of Item 7.
Standards for Safety and Soundness
The FDIA requires the FRB, OCC and FDIC to prescribe operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions, including
CBNA. The agencies have adopted regulations and interagency guidelines that set forth the safety and soundness standards used to identify and
address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an agency determines that a bank fails to satisfy any standard, it
may require the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and
soundness compliance plans. If, after being notified to submit a compliance plan, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in
any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may
issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the FDIA. See “Federal Deposit Insurance Act”
below. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money
penalties.
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
The FDIA requires, among other things, that the federal banking regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to depository institutions
that do not meet minimum capital requirements, as described above in “Capital.” The FDIA sets forth the following five capital categories: “well-
capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital
category depends upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors that are established by
regulation. The federal banking regulators must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with
respect to institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized, with the actions becoming more restrictive and
punitive the lower the institution’s capital category. Under existing rules, an institution that is not an advanced approaches institution is deemed to be
“well capitalized” if it has a CET1 ratio of at least 6.5%, a tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8%, a total capital ratio of at least 10%, and a tier 1 leverage ratio
of at least 5%.
The FDIA’s prompt corrective action provisions only apply to depository institutions and not to bank holding companies. The FRB’s regulations
applicable to bank holding companies separately define “well capitalized” for bank holding companies to require maintaining a tier 1 capital ratio of at
least 6% and a total capital ratio of at least 10%. As described above under “—Financial Holding Company Regulation”, a financial holding company that
is not well-capitalized and well-managed (or whose bank subsidiaries are not well
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 15
capitalized and well managed) under applicable prompt corrective action standards may be restricted in certain of its activities and ultimately may lose
financial holding company status. As of December 31, 2020, the Parent Company and CBNA were well-capitalized.
The FDIA prohibits insured banks from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the
prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally, depending upon where the deposits are solicited, unless it is “well-capitalized,” or it is
“adequately capitalized” and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A bank that is “adequately capitalized” and accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from
the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. The FDIA imposes no such
restrictions on a bank that is “well-capitalized.”
Deposit Insurance
The FDIA requires CBNA to pay deposit insurance assessments. FDIC assessment rates for large institutions are calculated based on one of
two scorecards. One for most large institutions that have more than $10 billion in assets and another for “highly complex” institutions that have over $50
billion in assets and are fully owned by a parent with over $500 billion in assets. Each scorecard has a performance score and a loss-severity score that
are combined to produce a total score, which is translated into an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC utilizes the CAMELS
ratings and forward-looking financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The FDIC
has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score, based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the scorecard.
The total score is then translated to an initial base assessment rate on a non-linear, sharply-increasing scale.
The deposit insurance assessment is calculated based on average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity of the insured
depository institution during the assessment period. Deposit insurance assessments are also affected by the minimum reserve ratio with respect to the
Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The FDIA established a minimum reserve ratio of the DIF of 1.15% prior to September 2020 and 1.35% thereafter. As of
September 30, 2020, the reserve ratio of the DIF was 1.30%. On September 15, 2020, the FDIC’s Board of Directors voted to adopt a restoration plan to
restore the DIF reserve ratio to at least 1.35% within 8 years, as required by the FDIA.
Dividends
Various federal statutory provisions and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that we and our
subsidiaries may pay.
Our payment of dividends to our stockholders is subject to the oversight of the FRB. In particular, the FRB reviews the dividend policies and
share repurchases of a large bank holding company based on capital plans submitted as part of the CCAR process and on the results of stress tests, as
discussed above. In addition to other limitations, our ability to make any capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, is contingent on
the FRB’s non-objection to such planned distributions included in our submitted capital plan or the FRB’s authorization to make distributions if we are
exempt from the requirement to submit a capital plan. See “—Capital” and “—Capital Planning and Stress Testing Requirements” above.
Dividends payable by CBNA, as a national bank subsidiary, are limited to the lesser of the amount calculated under a “recent earnings” test and
an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year
is in excess of the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus,
unless the national bank obtains the approval of the OCC. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of the entity’s
“undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or transferred to surplus). Federal bank regulatory
agencies have issued policy statements that provide that FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay
dividends only out of their current operating earnings.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 16
Support of Subsidiary Bank
Under Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which codifies the FRB’s long-standing “source of strength” doctrine, the Parent Company must serve
as a source of financial and managerial strength for our depository institution subsidiary. The statute defines “source of financial strength” as the ability to
provide financial assistance in the event of the financial distress at the insured depository institution. The FRB may require that the Parent Company
provide such support at times even when the Parent Company may not have the financial resources to do so, or when doing so may not serve our
interests or those of our shareholders or creditors. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in
right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any
commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the
bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and related FRB rules, including Regulation W, restrict CBNA from extending credit to, or
engaging in certain other transactions with, the Parent Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. These restrictions place limits on certain specified
“covered transactions” between bank subsidiaries and their affiliates, which must be limited to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus for any one affiliate
and 20% for all affiliates. Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, certain covered transactions must meet specified collateral
requirements ranging from 100% to 130%. Covered transactions are defined to include, among other things, a loan or extension of credit, as well as a
purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the FRB) from the affiliate, the acceptance of securities
issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, derivatives transactions and securities lending transactions where the bank has credit exposure to an
affiliate, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. All covered transactions, including certain additional
transactions (such as transactions with a third party in which an affiliate has a financial interest), must be conducted on market terms. The FRB enforces
these restrictions and we are audited for compliance.
Section 23B prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the
same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. Transactions
between a bank and any of its subsidiaries that are engaged in certain financial activities may be subject to the affiliated transaction limits. The FRB also
may designate banking subsidiaries as affiliates.
Pursuant to FRB Regulation O, we are also subject to quantitative restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal
stockholders and their related interests. In general, such extensions of credit may not exceed certain dollar limitations, must be made on substantially the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and must not involve
more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Certain extensions of credit also require the approval of our Board.
Volcker Rule
The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in, sponsoring and having certain
relationships with private funds such as certain hedge funds or private equity funds. The statutory provision is commonly called the “Volcker Rule.” In
October 2019, the FRB, OCC, FDIC, the SEC and the CFTC (collectively, the “Volcker Agencies”) finalized amendments to their regulations to tailor the
Volcker Rule’s compliance requirements to the amount of a firm’s trading activity, revise the definition of trading account, clarify certain key provisions in
the Volcker Rule, and modify the information companies are required to provide the Volcker Agencies. Under those amendments, we expect that we
would be regarded as having “moderate” trading assets and liabilities, and therefore subject to a requirement to have a simplified compliance program
that is appropriate for our activities, size, scope, and complexity. In June 2020, the Volcker Agencies finalized other regulations modifying the Volcker
Rule’s prohibition on banking entities investing in or sponsoring hedge funds or private equity funds (referred to under the rule as covered funds). This
final rule became effective October 1, 2020. We do not expect either of these regulatory amendments to the Volcker Rule to have a material impact on
Citizens.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 17
Consumer Financial Protection Regulations
The retail activities of banks are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers and promote lending to various
sectors of the economy and population. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices
Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act, the Expedited
Funds Availability Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and their respective federal
regulations and state law counterparts.
In addition to these federal laws and regulations, the guidance and interpretations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility
of implementing such regulations also influences loan and deposit operations.
The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over various consumer financial protection laws, including
the laws referenced above, fair lending laws and certain other statutes. The CFPB also has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect
to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including the authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection
with the offering of consumer financial products.
The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the
federal level, and in certain circumstances allows state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.
State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Protection of Customer Personal Information and Cybersecurity
The privacy provisions of GLBA generally prohibit financial institutions, including us, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial information of
consumer customers to third parties for certain purposes (primarily marketing) unless customers have the opportunity to opt out of the disclosure. The
Fair Credit Reporting Act restricts information sharing among affiliates for marketing purposes. Both the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V,
issued by the FRB, govern the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies.
The federal banking regulators regularly issue guidance regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management standards among
financial institutions. Financial institutions are expected to design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their
risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate
customers’ accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. Further, a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient
business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack
involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business
operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-
attack. If we fail to observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. For a further
discussion of risks related to cybersecurity, see Item 1A “Risk Factors.”
In 2016, federal regulators jointly issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking on enhanced cyber risk management standards that are
intended to increase the operational resilience of large and interconnected entities under their supervision. Once established, the enhanced cyber risk
management standards would help to reduce the potential impact of a cyber-attack or other cyber-related failure on the financial system. The advance
notice of proposed rulemaking addresses five categories of cyber standards:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
cyber risk governance;
cyber risk management;
internal dependency management;
external dependency management; and
incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness.
We will continue to monitor any developments related to this proposed rulemaking.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 18
State regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Recently, several
states have adopted laws and regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed
requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, which became
effective on January 1, 2020, gives new rights to California residents to require certain businesses to disclose or delete their personal information. In
addition, many states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. We expect this trend of
state-level activity to continue, and are continually monitoring developments in the states in which we operate.
Community Reinvestment Act
The CRA requires banking regulators to evaluate the Parent Company and CBNA in meeting the credit needs of our local communities, including
providing credit to individuals residing in low- and moderate- income neighborhoods. The CRA requires each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency,
in connection with its examination of a depository institution, to assess such institution’s record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the
community served by that institution and assign ratings. The regulatory agency’s evaluation of the institution’s record and ratings are made public. These
CRA performance evaluations are also considered by regulatory agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or
facility, and, in the case of a bank holding company that has elected financial holding company status, a CRA rating of at least “satisfactory” is required to
commence certain new financial activities or to acquire a company engaged in such activities. CBNA received a rating of “outstanding” in our most recent
CRA evaluation.
On May 20, 2020, the OCC announced its final rule designed to strengthen and modernize its regulations under the CRA, which followed a
December 2019 joint notice of proposed rulemaking with the FDIC. The final rule significantly revamps for national banks, like CBNA, how the OCC
defines what qualifies for CRA credit, where such activity must be conducted to receive credit, how CRA performance is measured, and how CRA
performance is documented and reported. The final rule was effective October 1, 2020, with a compliance date of January 1, 2023. On November 24,
2020, the OCC issued a proposed rule which included its approach to determine and assess significant declines in CRA evaluation measure
benchmarks, retail lending distribution test thresholds, and community development minimums under the general performance standards set forth in the
May 2020 final rule. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes to the regulations implementing the CRA.
Compensation
Our compensation practices are subject to oversight by the FRB and the OCC. The federal banking regulators have issued guidance designed to
ensure that incentive compensation arrangements at banking organizations take into account risk and are consistent with safe and sound practices. The
guidance sets forth the following three key principles with respect to incentive compensation arrangements:
i.
the arrangements should provide employees with incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not
encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk;
ii.
the arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and
iii.
the arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance.
The guidance provides that supervisory findings with respect to incentive compensation will be incorporated, as appropriate, into the
organization’s supervisory ratings.
The U.S. financial regulators, including the FRB, the OCC and the SEC, jointly proposed regulations in 2011 and again in 2016 to implement the
incentive compensation requirements of Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act. These regulations have not been finalized.
Anti-Money Laundering
The USA PATRIOT Act, enacted in 2001 and renewed in 2006, substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and
regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial
jurisdiction of the United States. Institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and
controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. We are
prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence in dealings
with
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 19
foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. We also must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard
against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions. Recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial
information maintained by banks.
The USA PATRIOT Act also provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the
purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering. The statute also creates enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for
the U.S. government, including requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, promulgating rules to promote cooperation
among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money
laundering, requiring reports by non-financial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) for
transactions exceeding $10,000 and mandating the filing of suspicious activities reports if a bank believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and
regulations. The statute also requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain or manage private bank
accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are
required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.
FinCEN drafts regulations implementing the USA PATRIOT Act and other anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act legislation. FinCEN has
adopted rules that require financial institutions to obtain beneficial ownership information with respect to legal entities with which such institutions
conduct business, subject to certain exclusions and exemptions. Bank regulators are focusing their examinations on anti-money laundering compliance,
and we continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our anti-money laundering compliance programs.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically
known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control. The OFAC-administered
sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, they contain one or more of the following elements:
i.
restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a
sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or providing
investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and
ii. a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers
of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank
deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC.
OFAC publishes, and routinely updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts,
including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. We are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of and transactions
with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their
occurrence. If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity
report and notify the appropriate authorities. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
Regulation of Broker-Dealers
Our subsidiary CCMI is a registered broker-dealer with the SEC and subject to regulation and examination by the SEC as well as FINRA and
other self-regulatory organizations. These regulations cover a broad range of issues, including capital requirements; sales and trading practices; use of
client funds and securities; the conduct of directors, officers and employees; record-keeping and recording; supervisory procedures to prevent improper
trading on material non-public information; qualification and licensing of sales personnel; and limitations on the extension of credit in securities
transactions. In addition to federal registration, state securities commissions require the registration of certain broker-dealers.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 20
Heightened Risk Governance Standards
CBNA is subject to OCC guidelines imposing heightened risk governance standards on large national banks with average total consolidated
assets of $50 billion or more. The guidelines set forth minimum standards for the design and implementation of a bank’s risk governance framework, and
minimum standards for oversight of that framework by a bank’s board of directors. The guidelines are intended to protect the safety and soundness of
covered banks and improve bank examiners’ ability to assess compliance with the OCC’s expectations. Under the guidelines, a bank may use its parent
company’s risk governance framework if the framework meets the minimum standards, the risk profiles of the parent company and the covered bank are
substantially the same, and certain other conditions are met. CBNA has elected to use the Parent Company’s risk governance framework. A bank’s
board of directors is required to have two members who are independent of the bank and parent company management. A bank’s board of directors is
responsible for ensuring that the risk governance framework meets the standards in the guidelines, providing active oversight and a credible challenge to
management’s recommendations and decisions and ensuring that the parent company decisions do not jeopardize the safety and soundness of the
bank.
Intellectual Property
In the highly competitive banking industry in which we operate, trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos are important to the success
of our business. We own and license a variety of trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos and pending registrations and are spending significant
resources to develop our stand-alone brands.
Website Access to Citizens’ Filings with the SEC
We maintain a website at investor.citizensbank.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits, and amendments to those reports that are filed or furnished to the
SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These documents are made available on our website as soon as reasonably
practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The SEC also maintains an internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports,
proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
We are subject to a number of risks potentially impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As we are a
financial services organization, certain elements of risk are inherent in our transactions and operations and are present in the business decisions we
make. We, therefore, encounter risk as part of the normal course of our business and we design risk management processes to help manage these
risks. Our success is dependent on our ability to identify, understand and manage the risks presented by our business activities so that we can
appropriately balance revenue generation and profitability. These risks include, but are not limited to, credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational
risk, model risk, technology, regulatory and legal risk and strategic and reputational risk. We discuss our principal risk management processes and, in
appropriate places, related historical performance in the “Risk Governance” section in Item 7.
You should carefully consider the following risk factors that may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Other factors
that could affect our business, financial condition and results of operation are discussed in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section above. However,
there may be additional risks that are not presently material or known, and factors besides those discussed below, or in this or other reports that we file
or furnish with the SEC, that could also adversely affect us.
Risks Related to Our Business
The COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have adversely affected us, and may continue to adversely affect, and created,
and may exacerbate or create new, significant risks and uncertainties for our business, and the ultimate impact of the pandemic on us will
depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.
The COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns have negatively affected the global and U.S. economies, increased unemployment levels,
disrupted supply chains and businesses in many industries, lowered equity market valuations, decreased liquidity in fixed income markets, and created
significant volatility and disruption in financial markets. This has resulted, and could continue to result, in higher and more volatile provisions for credit
losses, and is also expected to result in increased charge-offs, particularly as more
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 21
customers experience credit deterioration and as customers need to draw on their committed credit lines to help finance their businesses and activities.
The pandemic’s negative economic impact and its effect on customer needs and behaviors could adversely affect our liquidity and also continue to
adversely affect our capital profile. Moreover, governmental actions in response to the pandemic are meaningfully influencing the interest-rate
environment, which has, and is likely to continue to, reduce our net interest margin. The pandemic may also have adverse effects on our noninterest
income. The effects of the pandemic have resulted, and may continue to result, in lower service charges and fees and card fees, and has also caused,
and may continue to cause, volatility in other noninterest income, in particular capital markets fees and foreign exchange and interest rate products
revenue.
In addition, our reliance on work-from-home capabilities and the potential inability to maintain critical staff in our operational facilities present
risks associated with our local infrastructure, restrictive stay-at-home orders across jurisdictions, illness, quarantines and the sustainability of a work-
from-home environment, as well as heightened cybersecurity, information security and operational risks. Many of our service providers have been, and
may further be, affected by similar factors that increase their risk of business disruptions or that may otherwise affect their ability to perform under the
terms of any agreements with us or provide essential services. Any disruption to our ability to deliver financial products or services to, or interact with, our
clients and customers could result in losses or increased operational costs, regulatory fines, penalties or other sanctions, or harm to our reputation. We
also face an increased risk of litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny as a result of the effects of the pandemic on market and economic
conditions and the actions of governmental authorities in response to those conditions.
The federal banking regulators have issued interagency guidance to clarify supervisory expectations regarding loan modifications due to COVID-
19-related non-payment and the regulatory capital transition for the current expected credit loss accounting standard. Further, the Federal Reserve has
implemented a broad array of actions to limit the negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns on the economy and U.S.
businesses. In addition, the U.S. Congress has passed a number of economic stimulus packages, including the $2 trillion CARES Act, the Families First
Coronavirus Response Act, the Coronavirus Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2020, and the Consolidated Appropriations
Act, 2021. In response to the pandemic, we have (i) assisted our retail and small business customers through loan forbearances and modifications, (ii)
extended loans under the PPP, and (iii) committed funding for community support with a particular emphasis on small businesses and non-profit
partners. These government programs are complex and our participation may lead to governmental and regulatory scrutiny, negative publicity and
damage to our reputation.
In April 2020, we announced that we would temporarily suspend our stock repurchase program through December 31, 2020 to support the
efforts of the Federal Reserve and other banks to moderate the impact of the pandemic by making additional capital and liquidity available to our
customers, including corporates, small businesses and individuals. Further, the Federal Reserve took actions to preserve capital at banks by imposing
certain limitations on firms that participate in CCAR for the third and fourth quarters of 2020, including mandatory suspension of share repurchases, and
limiting common stock dividends to existing rates and the average quarterly net income for the prior four quarters. In December 2020, the Federal
Reserve modified its limitations on capital distributions for the first quarter of 2021 such that firms that participate in CCAR, like us, may resume share
repurchases provided that the aggregate of share repurchases and common stock dividends for the first quarter of 2021 do not exceed average quarterly
net income for the trailing four quarters. The Federal Reserve can extend or modify its current capital distribution limitations in future quarters. The
pandemic may cause us to limit future capital distributions.
The extent to which the pandemic and associated lockdowns adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well
as our liquidity and regulatory capital ratios, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope
and duration of the pandemic, the widespread availability, use and effectiveness of vaccines, the effectiveness of our work-from-home arrangements and
staffing levels in operational facilities, actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic and associated
lockdowns and the direct and indirect impact of the pandemic and associated lockdowns on us, our clients and customers, our service providers and
other market participants. As the pandemic and associated lockdowns adversely affect us, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other
risks described herein.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 22
We may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy.
Our business strategy is designed to maximize the full potential of our business and drive sustainable growth and enhanced profitability, and our
success rests on our ability to maintain a high-performing, customer-centric organization; develop differentiated value propositions to acquire, deepen,
and retain core customer segments; build excellent capabilities designed to help us stand out from our competitors; operate with financial discipline and
a mindset of continuous improvement to self-fund investments; prudently grow and optimize our balance sheet; modernize our technology and
operational models to improve delivery, organizational agility and speed to market; and embed risk management within our culture and our operations.
Our future success and the value of our stock will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively implement our business strategy. There are risks and
uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, associated with each element of our strategy. If we are not able to successfully execute our
business strategy, we may never achieve our financial performance goals and any shortfall may be material. See the “Business Strategy” section in Item
1 for further information.
Supervisory requirements and expectations on us as a financial holding company and a bank holding company and any regulator-
imposed limits on our activities could adversely affect our ability to implement our strategic plan, expand our business, continue to improve
our financial performance and make capital distributions to our stockholders.
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the federal banking agencies (the FRB, the OCC and the
FDIC), as well as the CFPB. As part of the supervisory and examination process, if we are unsuccessful in meeting the supervisory requirements and
expectations that apply to us, regulatory agencies may from time to time take supervisory actions against us that may not be publicly disclosed. Such
actions may include restrictions on our activities or the activities of our subsidiaries, informal (nonpublic) or formal (public) supervisory actions or public
enforcement actions, including the payment of civil money penalties, which could increase our costs and limit our ability to implement our strategic plans
and expand our business, and as a result could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See the
“Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1 for further information.
Changes in interest rates may have an adverse effect on our profitability.
Net interest income historically has been, and we anticipate that it will remain, a significant component of our total revenue. This is due to the
fact that a high percentage of our assets and liabilities have been and will likely continue to be in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related
instruments. Changes in interest rates can have a material effect on many areas of our business, including net interest income, deposit costs, loan
volume and delinquency, and the value of our mortgage servicing rights. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control,
including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Open Market
Committee. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and
the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and the
fair value of our financial assets and liabilities. If the interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our
interest earning assets, our net interest income may decline and, with it, a decline in our earnings may occur. Our net interest income and our earnings
would be similarly affected if the interest rates on our interest earning assets declined at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-bearing
liabilities.
We cannot control or predict with certainty changes in interest rates. Global, national, regional and local economic conditions, competitive
pressures and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the FRB, affect interest income and interest expense. Although we
have policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates, as further discussed under the “Risk
Governance” section in Item 7, changes in interest rates still may have an adverse effect on our profitability.
If our ongoing assumptions regarding borrower or depositor behavior or overall economic conditions are significantly different than we anticipate,
then our risk mitigation may be insufficient to protect against interest rate risk and our net income would be adversely affected.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 23
Changes in the method pursuant to which the LIBOR and other benchmark rates are calculated and their planned discontinuance
could adversely impact our business operations and financial results.
Many of our lending products, securities, derivatives, and other financial transactions utilize a benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, to determine the
applicable interest rate or payment amount. In 2017, the Chief Executive of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that the FCA
intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. Since then, the financial industry has been
working towards the transition away from LIBOR to alternative reference rates. On November 30, 2020, the ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the
authorized administrator of LIBOR regulated by the U.K. FCA, announced a proposal that, if adopted, would result in the cessation of one-week and two-
month U.S. dollar LIBOR as previously anticipated at the end of 2021, while extending the publication of the other tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR until June
30, 2023. While this proposal has received support from both U.K. and U.S. regulators, the U.S. regulators are encouraging banks to stop entering into
new U.S. dollar LIBOR contracts as soon as practicable and not later than December 31, 2021. The combination of the IBA proposal and the U.S. official
sector guidance would continue to facilitate the transition away from LIBOR for new originations by the end of 2021 while enabling more legacy contracts
to mature before the final LIBOR cessation date of June 30, 2023.
The discontinuation of a benchmark rate, changes in a benchmark rate, or changes in market perceptions of the acceptability of a benchmark
rate, including LIBOR, could, among other things, adversely affect the value of and return on certain of our financial instruments or products, result in
changes to our risk exposures, or require renegotiation of previous transactions. In addition, any such discontinuation or changes, whether actual or
anticipated, could result in market volatility, adverse tax or accounting effects, increased compliance, legal and operational costs, and risks associated
with customer disclosures and contract negotiations. The transition to using a new rate could also expose us to risks associated with disputes with
customers and other market participants in connection with interpreting and implementing LIBOR fallback provisions.
In 2018, we formed a LIBOR Transition Program designed to guide the organization through the planned discontinuation of LIBOR. Various
regulators, industry bodies and other market participants in the U.S. and other countries are engaged in initiatives to develop, introduce and encourage
the use of alternative rates to replace certain benchmarks. Despite progress made to date by regulators and industry participants, such as us, to prepare
for the anticipated discontinuation of LIBOR, significant uncertainties still remain. Such uncertainties relate to, for example, whether replacement
benchmark rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR for different types of transactions and financial instruments, how the terms of any
transaction or financial instrument may be adjusted to account for differences between LIBOR and any alternative rate selected, how any replacement
would be implemented across the industry, and the effect any changes in industry views or movement to alternative benchmarks would have on the
markets for LIBOR-linked financial instruments.
We could fail to attract, retain or motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management, other key
employees or members of our Board, which could impair our ability to successfully execute our strategic plan and otherwise adversely affect
our business.
A cornerstone of our strategic plan involves the hiring of highly skilled and qualified personnel. Accordingly, our ability to implement our strategic
plan and our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management
and other key employees and directors. The marketplace for skilled personnel is becoming more competitive, which means the cost of hiring,
incentivizing and retaining skilled personnel may continue to increase. The failure to attract or retain, including as a result of an untimely death or illness
of key personnel, or replace a sufficient number of appropriately skilled and key personnel could place us at a significant competitive disadvantage and
prevent us from successfully implementing our strategy, which could impair our ability to implement our strategic plan successfully, achieve our
performance targets and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Limitations on the manner in which regulated financial institutions, such as us, can compensate their officers and employees, including those
contained in pending rule proposals implementing requirements of Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act, may make it more difficult for such institutions to
compete for talent with financial institutions and other companies not subject to these or similar limitations. If we are unable to compete effectively, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 24
Our ability to meet our obligations, and the cost of funds to do so, depend on our ability to access identified sources of liquidity at a
reasonable cost.
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our obligations, including funding commitments, as they come due. This risk is inherent in
our operations and can be heightened by a number of factors, including an over-reliance on a particular source of funding (including, for example,
secured FHLB advances), changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation and major disasters. Like many banking
groups, our reliance on customer deposits to meet a considerable portion of our funding has grown over recent years, and we continue to seek to
increase the proportion of our funding represented by customer deposits. However, these deposits are subject to fluctuation due to certain factors
outside our control, such as increasing competitive pressures for retail or corporate customer deposits, changes in interest rates and returns on other
investment classes, or a loss of confidence by customers in us or in the banking sector generally which could result in a significant outflow of deposits
within a short period of time. To the extent there is heightened competition among U.S. banks for retail customer deposits, this competition may increase
the cost of procuring new deposits and/or retaining existing deposits, and otherwise negatively affect our ability to grow our deposit base. An inability to
grow, or any material decrease in, our deposits could have a material adverse effect on our ability to satisfy our liquidity needs.
Maintaining a diverse and appropriate funding strategy for our assets consistent with our wider strategic risk appetite and plan remains
challenging, and any tightening of credit markets could have a material adverse impact on us. In particular, there is a risk that corporate and financial
institution counterparties may seek to reduce their credit exposures to banks and other financial institutions (for example, reductions in unsecured
deposits supplied by these counterparties), which may cause funding from these sources to no longer be available. Under these circumstances, we may
need to seek funds from alternative sources, potentially at higher costs than has previously been the case, or may be required to consider disposals of
other assets not previously identified for disposal, in order to reduce our funding commitments.
A reduction in our credit ratings, which are based on a number of factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings
are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength. Other factors considered by rating agencies include conditions affecting the financial
services industry generally. Any downgrade in our ratings would likely increase our borrowing costs, could limit our access to capital markets, and
otherwise adversely affect our business. For example, a ratings downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market certain of our securities,
including long-term debt, engage in certain longer-term derivatives transactions and retain our customers, particularly corporate customers who may
require a minimum rating threshold in order to place funds with us. In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivatives contracts, we may be
required to maintain a minimum credit rating or have to post additional collateral or terminate such contracts. Any of these results of a rating downgrade
could increase our cost of funding, reduce our liquidity and have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our financial performance may be adversely affected by deterioration in borrower credit quality, particularly in the New England, Mid-
Atlantic and Midwest regions, where our operations are concentrated.
We have exposure to many different industries and risks arising from actual or perceived changes in credit quality and uncertainty over the
recoverability of amounts due from borrowers is inherent in our businesses. Our exposure may be exacerbated by the geographic concentration of our
operations, which are predominately located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. The credit quality of our borrowers may deteriorate
for a number of reasons that are outside our control, including as a result of prevailing economic and market conditions and asset valuation. The trends
and risks affecting borrower credit quality, particularly in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, have caused, and in the future may cause,
us to experience impairment charges, increased repurchase demands, higher costs, additional write-downs and losses and an inability to engage in
routine funding transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 25
Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss.
Our risk management framework is made up of various processes and strategies to manage our risk exposure. The framework to manage risk,
including the framework’s underlying assumptions, may not be effective under all conditions and circumstances. If the risk management framework
proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.
One of the main types of risks inherent in our business is credit risk. An important feature of our credit risk management system is to employ an
internal credit risk control system through which we identify, measure, monitor and mitigate existing and emerging credit risk of our customers. As this
process involves detailed analyses of the customer or credit risk, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human error.
In exercising their judgment, our employees may not always be able to assign an accurate credit rating to a customer or credit risk, which may result in
our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system.
In addition, we have undertaken certain actions to enhance our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular
industries or types of customers, as discussed in more detail under the “Risk Governance” and “Market Risk” sections in Item 7. However, we may not be
able to effectively implement these initiatives, or consistently follow and refine our credit risk management system. If any of the foregoing were to occur, it
may result in an increase in the level of nonperforming loans and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and
condition.
From time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial
statements. These changes can be operationally complex to implement and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and
results of operations. For example, in June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments (“CECL”), that substantially changed the accounting for credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial institutions
and other organizations. Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, we recognize credit losses on these assets equal to management’s estimate of
credit losses over the full remaining expected life. We consider all relevant information when estimating expected credit losses, including details about
past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. As evidenced in the first half of 2020 due to the impact of COVID-19, the
standard introduces heightened volatility in provision for credit losses, given uncertainty in the accuracy of macroeconomic forecasts over longer time
horizons, variances in the rate and composition of loan growth, and changes in overall loan portfolio size and mix. As a result, it is possible that our
ongoing reported earnings and lending activity could be negatively impacted. For more information regarding CECL, see Note 1 in Item 8.
Our financial and accounting estimates and risk management framework rely on analytical forecasting and models.
The processes we use to estimate our inherent loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used
to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use
of analytical and forecasting models. Some of our tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior.
We rely on quantitative models to measure risks and to estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in such processes as determining the
pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital
adequacy and calculating regulatory capital levels, as well as estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed or
implemented models present the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporating such models will be adversely affected due to the
inadequacy of that information. Moreover, our models may fail to predict future risk exposures if the information used in the model is incorrect, obsolete
or not sufficiently comparable to actual events as they occur. We seek to incorporate appropriate historical data in our models, but the range of market
values and behaviors reflected in any period of historical data is not at all times predictive of future developments in any particular period and the period
of data we incorporate into our models may turn out to be inappropriate for the future period being modeled. In such case, our ability to manage risk
would be limited and our risk exposure and losses could be significantly greater than our models indicated. In addition, if existing or potential customers
believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere. This could harm our reputation as well as our revenues and
profits. Finally, information we provide to
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 26
our regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could also be inaccurate or misleading. Some of the decisions that our regulators
make, including those related to capital distributions to our stockholders, could be adversely affected due to their perception that the quality of the
models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient.
The preparation of our financial statements requires the use of estimates that may vary from actual results. Particularly, various
factors may cause our Allowance for Credit Losses to increase.
The preparation of audited Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make significant estimates that
affect the financial statements. Our most critical accounting estimate is the ACL. The ACL is a reserve established through a provision for credit losses
charged to expense and represents our estimate of expected credit losses within the existing loan and lease portfolio and unfunded lending
commitments. The level of the ACL is based on periodic evaluation of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded lending commitments that are not
unconditionally cancellable considering a number of relevant underlying factors, including key assumptions and evaluation of quantitative and qualitative
information.
The determination of the appropriate level of the ACL inherently involves a degree of subjectivity and requires that we make significant estimates
of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, the stagnation
of certain economic indicators that we are more susceptible to, such as unemployment and real estate values, new information regarding existing loans,
identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside our control, may require an increase in the ACL. In addition, bank
regulatory agencies periodically review our ACL and may require an increase in the ACL or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on
judgments that can differ from those of our own management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the ACL—that is, if the ACL is
inadequate—we will need to recognize additional provision for credit losses. Should such additional provision expense become necessary, it would result
in a decrease in net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on us. For more information regarding our use of estimates in
preparation of financial statements, see Note 1 in Item 8 and the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section in Item 7.
Operational risks are inherent in our businesses.
Our operations depend on our ability to process a very large number of transactions efficiently and accurately while complying with applicable
laws and regulations. Operational risk and losses can result from internal and external fraud; improper conduct or errors by employees or third parties;
failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper authorization; failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and conduct of
business rules; equipment failures, including those caused by natural disasters or by electrical, telecommunications or other essential utility outages;
business continuity and data security system failures, including those caused by computer viruses, cyber-attacks against us or our vendors, or
unforeseen problems encountered while implementing major new computer systems or upgrades to existing systems; or the inadequacy or failure of
systems and controls, including those of our suppliers or counterparties. Although we have implemented risk controls and loss mitigation actions, and
substantial resources are devoted to developing efficient procedures, identifying and rectifying weaknesses in existing procedures and training staff, it is
not possible to be certain that such actions have been or will be effective in controlling each of the operational risks faced by us. Any weakness in these
systems or controls, or any breaches or alleged breaches of such laws or regulations, could result in increased regulatory supervision, enforcement
actions and other disciplinary action, and have an adverse impact on our business, applicable authorizations and licenses, reputation and results of
operations.
The financial services industry, including the banking sector, is undergoing rapid technological change as a result of changes in
customer behavior, competition and changes in the legal and regulatory framework, and we may not be able to compete effectively as a result
of these changes.
The financial services industry, including the banking sector, is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of
new technology-driven products and services. In addition, new, unexpected technological changes could have a disruptive effect on the way banks offer
products and services. We believe our success depends, to a great extent, on our ability to address customer needs by using technology to offer
products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in our operations. However, we may not be able to,
among other things, keep up with the rapid pace of technological changes, effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be
successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. As a result, our ability to compete effectively to attract
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 27
or retain new business may be impaired, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
In addition, changes in the legal and regulatory framework under which we operate require us to update our information systems to ensure
compliance. Our need to review and evaluate the impact of ongoing rule proposals, final rules and implementation guidance from regulators further
complicates the development and implementation of new information systems for our business. Also, recent regulatory guidance has focused on the
need for financial institutions to perform increased due diligence and ongoing monitoring of third-party vendor relationships, thus increasing the scope of
management involvement and decreasing the efficiency otherwise resulting from our relationships with third-party technology providers. Given the
significant number of ongoing regulatory reform initiatives, it is possible that we incur higher than expected information technology costs in order to
comply with current and impending regulations. See “—Supervisory requirements and expectations on us as a financial holding company and a bank
holding company and any regulator-imposed limits on our activities could adversely affect our ability to implement our strategic plan, expand our
business, continue to improve our financial performance and make capital distributions to our stockholders.”
We are subject to a variety of cybersecurity risks that, if realized, could adversely affect how we conduct our business.
Information security risks for large financial institutions such as us have increased significantly in recent years in part because of the proliferation
of new technologies, such as Internet and mobile banking to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized
crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present
operational and information security risks to us, including security breaches or failures of their own systems. The possibility of employee error, failure to
follow security procedures, or malfeasance also presents these risks, particularly given the recent trend towards remote work arrangements. Our
operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. In addition, to
access our products and services, our customers may use personal computers, smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices that are beyond our
control environment. Although we believe that we have appropriate information security procedures and controls, our technologies, systems, networks
and our customers’ devices may be the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering,
monitoring, misuse, theft, sale or loss or destruction of the confidential, and/or proprietary information of CFG, our customers, our vendors, our
counterparties, or our employees. We are under continuous threat of loss or network degradation due to cyber-attacks, such as computer viruses,
malicious or destructive code, phishing attacks, ransomware, and Distributed Denial of Service (“DDoS”) attacks. This is especially true as we continue
to expand customer capabilities to utilize the Internet and other remote channels to transact business. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that
we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cybercriminals extract funds directly from customers’ or our
accounts using fraudulent schemes that may include Internet-based funds transfers. We have been subject to a number of e-fraud incidents historically.
We have also been subject to attempts to steal sensitive customer data, such as account numbers and social security numbers, through unauthorized
access to our computer systems including computer hacking. Such attacks are less frequent but could present significant reputational, legal and
regulatory costs to us if successful. We have implemented certain technology protections such as Customer Profiling and Set-Up Authentication to be in
compliance with the FFIEC Authentication in Internet Banking Environment (“AIBE”) guidelines.
As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our layers
of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. System enhancements and updates may also create risks associated
with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of information technology
systems, the process of enhancing our layers of defense can itself create a risk of systems disruptions and security issues. In addition, addressing
certain information security vulnerabilities, such as hardware-based vulnerabilities, may affect the performance of our information technology systems.
The ability of our hardware and software providers to deliver patches and updates to mitigate vulnerabilities in a timely manner can introduce additional
risks, particularly when a vulnerability is being actively exploited by threat actors. Cyber-attacks against the patches themselves have also proven to be a
significant risk that companies will have to address going forward.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 28
Despite our efforts to prevent a cyber-attack, a successful cyber-attack could persist for an extended period of time before being detected, and,
following detection, it could take considerable time for us to obtain full and reliable information about the cybersecurity incident and the extent, amount
and type of information compromised. During the course of an investigation, we may not necessarily know the full effects of the incident or how to
remediate it, and actions and decisions that are taken or made in an effort to mitigate risk may further increase the costs and other negative
consequences of the incident.
The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can be initiated from a variety of sources,
including terrorist organizations and hostile foreign governments. These actors may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users
of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to data or our systems. In the event that a cyber-attack is successful, our
business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected. For a discussion of the guidance that federal banking regulators have
released regarding cybersecurity and cyber risk management standards, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section of Item 1.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these
systems, including due to hacking or other similar attempts to breach information technology security protocols, could result in failures or disruptions in
our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. Although we have established policies and procedures
designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that
these policies and procedures will be successful and that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will
be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems could require us to devote substantial
resources (including management time and attention) to recovery and response efforts, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business,
subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Although we maintain insurance coverage for
information security events, we may incur losses as a result of such events that are not insured against or not fully covered by our insurance.
We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology.
We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology functions and the provision of information
technology and business process services. For example, (i) unaffiliated third parties operate data communications networks on which certain
components and services relating to our online banking system rely, (ii) third parties host or maintain many of our applications, including our Commercial
Loan System, which is hosted and maintained by Automated Financial Systems, Inc., and our Mobile Digital Banking Application, which is hosted and
maintained by Amazon Web Services, Inc., (iii) Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. maintains our core deposits system, (iv) Infosys Limited
provides us with a wide range of information technology support services, including service desk, end user, servicer, and private cloud support, and (v)
IBM Corporation provides us with mainframe support services. The success of our business depends in part on the continuing ability of these (and other)
third parties to perform these functions and services in a timely and satisfactory manner, which performance could be disrupted or otherwise adversely
affected due to failures or other information security events originating at the third parties or at the third parties’ suppliers or vendors (so-called “fourth
party risk”). We may not be able to effectively monitor or mitigate fourth-party risk, in particular as it relates to the use of common suppliers or vendors by
the third parties that perform functions and services for us. If we experience a disruption in the provision of any functions or services performed by third
parties, we may have difficulty in finding alternate providers on terms favorable to us and in reasonable time frames. If these services are not performed
in a satisfactory manner, we would not be able to serve our customers well. In either situation, our business could incur significant costs and be
adversely affected.
We are exposed to reputational risk and the risk of damage to our brands and the brands of our affiliates.
Our success and results depend, in part, on our reputation and the strength of our brands. We are vulnerable to adverse market perception as
we operate in an industry where integrity, customer trust and confidence are paramount. We are exposed to the risk that litigation, employee misconduct,
operational failures, the outcome of regulatory or other investigations or actions, press speculation and negative publicity, among other factors, could
damage our brands or reputation. Our brands and reputation could also be harmed if we sell
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 29
products or services that do not perform as expected or customers’ expectations for the product are not satisfied.
We may be adversely affected by unpredictable catastrophic events or terrorist attacks and our business continuity and disaster
recovery plans may not adequately protect us from serious disaster.
The occurrence of catastrophic events such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornadoes and other large-scale catastrophes and terrorist attacks
could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations if a catastrophe rendered both our production data center in Rhode Island
and our recovery data center in North Carolina unusable. Although we enhanced our disaster recovery capabilities in 2016 through the completion of the
new, out-of-region backup data center in North Carolina, there can be no assurance that our current disaster recovery plans and capabilities will
adequately protect us from serious disaster.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Any deterioration in national economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Our business is affected by national economic conditions, as well as perceptions of those conditions and future economic prospects. Changes in
such economic conditions are not predictable and cannot be controlled. Adverse economic conditions could require us to charge off a higher percentage
of loans and increase the provision for credit losses, which would reduce our net income and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. For example, our business was significantly affected by the global economic and financial crisis that began
in 2008. The falling home prices, increased rate of foreclosure and high levels of unemployment in the United States triggered significant write-downs by
us and other financial institutions. These write-downs adversely impacted our financial results in material respects. Although the U.S. economy has made
a significant recovery, an interruption or reversal of this recovery would adversely affect the financial services industry and banking sector.
We operate in an industry that is highly competitive, which could result in losing business or margin declines and have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in a highly competitive industry. The industry could become even more competitive as a result of reform of the financial services
industry resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued consolidation. We face
aggressive competition from other domestic and foreign lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services, including non-
banking financial institutions that are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, securities firms and
insurance companies, and competitors that may have greater financial resources.
With respect to non-banking financial institutions, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-
banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. For example, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held
as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds
directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee
income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Some of our non-bank competitors are not
subject to the same extensive regulations we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business. As a result of these and other
sources of competition, we could lose business to competitors or be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract
clients, either of which would adversely affect our profitability.
The conditions of other financial institutions or of the financial services industry could adversely affect our operations and financial
conditions.
Financial services institutions are typically interconnected as a result of trading, investment, liquidity management, clearing, counterparty and
other relationships. Within the financial services industry, the default by any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or
a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems and losses or defaults by other institutions, as the commercial and financial
soundness of many financial institutions are closely related as a result of these credit, trading, clearing and other relationships. Even the perceived lack
of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 30
counterparty may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by various institutions. This systemic risk may adversely affect financial
intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, banks and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis, or key funding providers such as the FHLBs,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our access to liquidity or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Regulations Governing Our Industry
As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive regulation that could have a material
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, we are subject to comprehensive regulation, supervision and examination by the
FRB. In addition, CBNA is subject to comprehensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC. Our regulators supervise us through regular
examinations and other means that allow the regulators to gauge management’s ability to identify, assess and control risk in all areas of operations in a
safe and sound manner and to ensure compliance with laws and regulations. In the course of their supervision and examinations, our regulators may
require improvements in various areas. If we are unable to implement and maintain any required actions in a timely and effective manner, we could
become subject to informal (non-public) or formal (public) supervisory actions and public enforcement orders that could lead to significant restrictions on
our existing business or on our ability to engage in any new business. Such forms of supervisory action could include, without limitation, written
agreements, cease and desist orders, and consent orders and may, among other things, result in restrictions on our ability to pay dividends,
requirements to increase capital, restrictions on our activities, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, and enforcement of such actions through
injunctions or restraining orders. We could also be required to dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period. The terms of any such
supervisory or enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. Financial
holding companies are allowed to engage in certain financial activities in which a bank holding company is not otherwise permitted to engage. However,
to maintain financial holding company status, a bank holding company (and all of its depository institution subsidiaries) must be “well capitalized” and
“well managed.” If a bank holding company ceases to meet these capital and management requirements, there are many penalties it would be faced
with, including the FRB may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and it may not undertake any of the broader financial
activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the FRB. If a
company does not return to compliance within 180 days, which period may be extended, the FRB may require divestiture of that company’s depository
institutions. To the extent we do not meet the requirements to be a financial holding company in the future, there could be a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to disclose some restrictions or limitations on our operations imposed by our regulators.
From time to time, bank regulatory agencies take supervisory actions that restrict or limit a financial institution’s activities and lead it to raise
capital or subject it to other requirements. Directives issued to enforce such actions may be confidential and thus, in some instances, we are not
permitted to publicly disclose these actions. In addition, as part of our regular examination process, our regulators may advise us to operate under
various restrictions as a prudential matter. Any such actions or restrictions, if and in whatever manner imposed, could adversely affect our costs and
revenues. Moreover, efforts to comply with any such nonpublic supervisory actions or restrictions may require material investments in additional
resources and systems, as well as a significant commitment of managerial time and attention. As a result, such supervisory actions or restrictions, if and
in whatever manner imposed, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations; and, in certain instances, we may not be
able to publicly disclose these matters.
The regulatory environment in which we operate continues to be subject to significant and evolving regulatory requirements that
could have a material adverse effect on our business and earnings.
We are heavily regulated by multiple banking, consumer protection, securities and other regulatory authorities at the federal and state levels.
This regulatory oversight is primarily established to protect depositors, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, consumers of financial products, and the
financial system as a
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 31
whole, not our security holders. Changes to statutes, regulations, rules or policies, including the interpretation, implementation or enforcement of
statutes, regulations, rules or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including by, for example, subjecting us to additional costs,
limiting the types of financial services and other products we may offer, limiting our ability to pursue acquisitions and increasing the ability of third parties,
including non-banks, to offer competing financial services and products. In recent years, we, together with the rest of the financial services industry, have
faced particularly intense scrutiny, with many new regulatory initiatives and vigorous oversight and enforcement on the part of numerous regulatory and
governmental authorities. Legislatures and regulators have pursued a broad array of initiatives intended to promote the safety and soundness of financial
institutions, financial market stability, the transparency and liquidity of financial markets, and consumer and investor protection. Certain regulators and
law enforcement authorities have also recently required admissions of wrongdoing and, in some cases, criminal pleas as part of the resolutions of
matters brought by them against financial institutions. Any such resolution of a matter involving us could lead to increased exposure to civil litigation,
could adversely affect our reputation, could result in penalties or limitations on our ability to do business or engage in certain activities and could have
other negative effects. In addition, a single event or issue may give rise to numerous and overlapping investigations and proceedings, including by
multiple federal and state regulators and other governmental authorities.
We are also subject to laws and regulations relating to the privacy of the information of our customers, employees, counterparties and others,
and any failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. As new privacy-related laws and
regulations are implemented, the time and resources needed for us to comply with those laws and regulations, as well as our potential liability for non-
compliance and our reporting obligations in the case of data breaches, may significantly increase.
While there have been significant revisions to the laws and regulations applicable to us that have been finalized in recent months, there are other
rules to implement changes that have yet to be proposed or enacted by our regulators. The final timing, scope and impact of these changes to the
regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions remains uncertain. For more information on the regulations to which we are subject and recent
initiatives to reform financial institution regulation, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1.
We are subject to capital adequacy and liquidity standards, and if we fail to meet these standards our financial condition and
operations would be adversely affected.
We are subject to several capital adequacy and liquidity standards. To the extent that we are unable to meet these standards, our ability to make
distributions of capital will be limited and we may be subject to additional supervisory actions and limitations on our activities. See “Regulation and
Supervision” in Item 1 and the “Capital and Regulatory Requirements” and “Liquidity” sections in Item 7, for further discussion of the regulations to which
we are subject.
The Parent Company could be required to act as a “source of strength” to CBNA, which would have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
FRB policy historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The
Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. This support may be required by the FRB at times when we might otherwise determine
not to provide it or when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of CFG or our stockholders or creditors, and may include one or more of the following:
•
•
•
The Parent Company may be compelled to contribute capital to CBNA, including by engaging in a public offering to raise such capital.
Furthermore, any extensions of credit from the Parent Company to CBNA that are included in CBNA’s capital would be subordinate in right of
payment to depositors and certain other indebtedness of CBNA.
In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment that the bank holding company had been required to make to a federal
bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.
In the event of impairment of the capital stock of CBNA, the Parent Company, as CBNA’s stockholder, could be required to pay such deficiency.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 32
The Parent Company depends on CBNA for substantially all of its revenue, and restrictions on dividends and other distributions by
CBNA could affect its liquidity and ability to fulfill our obligations.
As a bank holding company, the Parent Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from CBNA, our banking subsidiary. The Parent
Company typically receives substantially all of our revenue from dividends from CBNA. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay
dividends on our equity and interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit
the amount of dividends that CBNA may pay to the Parent Company. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s
liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event CBNA is unable to pay dividends to the Parent
Company, it may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on its common stock. The inability to receive dividends from CBNA could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 and
the “Capital and Regulatory Matters” section in Item 7.
From time-to-time, we may become or are subject to regulatory actions that may have a material impact on our business.
We may become or are involved, from time to time, in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and
self-regulatory agencies regarding our business. These regulatory actions involve, among other matters, accounting, compliance and operational
matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief that may require changes to our
business or otherwise materially impact our business.
In regulatory actions, such as those referred to above, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or whether it is possible
to reasonably estimate the amount of any loss. We cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings will be resolved or what the eventual
fine, penalty or other relief, conditions or restrictions, if any, may be, particularly for actions that are in their early stages of investigation. The Parent
Company may be required to make significant restitution payments to CBNA customers arising from certain compliance issues and also may be required
to pay civil money penalties in connection with certain of these issues. This uncertainty makes it difficult to estimate probable losses, which, in turn, can
lead to substantial disparities between the reserves we may establish for such proceedings and the eventual settlements, fines, or penalties. Adverse
regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are and may be subject to litigation that may have a material impact on our business.
Our operations are diverse and complex and we operate in legal and regulatory environments that expose us to potentially significant litigation
risk. In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class
actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a financial services institution, including with respect to alleged unfair or deceptive
business practices and mis-selling of certain products. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory
and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in
such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress. Moreover, a number of recent judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending
institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a
lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control
over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. This could increase the amount
of private litigation to which we are subject. For more information regarding ongoing significant legal proceedings in which we may be involved, see Note
18 in Item 8.
Compliance with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules involves significant cost and effort.
We are subject to rules and regulations regarding money laundering and the financing of terrorism. Monitoring compliance with anti-money
laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules can put a significant financial burden on banks and other financial institutions and poses significant
technical challenges. Although we believe our current policies and procedures are sufficient to comply with applicable rules and regulations, we cannot
guarantee that our anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing policies and procedures completely prevent situations of money laundering or
terrorism financing. Any such failure events may have severe
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 33
consequences, including sanctions, fines and reputational consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
or results of operations.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
Our stock price may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
You should consider an investment in our common stock to be risky, and you should invest in our common stock only if you can withstand a
significant loss and wide fluctuation in the market value of your investment. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations
in response to, among other things, the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. These
factors include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
quarterly variations in our results of operations or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;
our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products or services, enhancements, significant contracts, acquisitions
or strategic investments;
fluctuations in the market valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
future sales of our common stock;
additions or departures of members of our senior management or other key personnel;
changes in industry conditions or perceptions; and
changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations and other dynamics.
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market price of
equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these
companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, systemic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, loss of investor
confidence, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation that, even if
unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.
We may not repurchase shares or pay cash dividends on our common stock.
Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for
such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate
our common stock dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Also, as a bank holding company, our ability
to repurchase shares and declare and pay dividends is dependent on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the rules of the FRB regarding
capital adequacy and dividends. Additionally, we are required to submit periodic capital plans to the FRB for review, or otherwise obtain FRB
authorization, before we can take certain capital actions, including repurchasing shares, declaring and paying dividends, or repurchasing or redeeming
capital securities. If our capital plan or any amendment to our capital plan is objected to for any reason, our ability to repurchase shares and declare and
pay dividends on our capital stock may be limited. Further, if we are unable to satisfy the capital requirements applicable to us for any reason, we may be
limited in our ability to repurchase shares and declare and pay dividends on our capital stock. See the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1, for
further discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.
“Anti-takeover” provisions and the regulations to which we are subject may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of
us, even if the change in control would be beneficial to stockholders.
We are a bank holding company incorporated in the state of Delaware. Anti-takeover provisions in Delaware law and our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as regulatory approvals that would be required under federal law, could make it
more difficult for a third party to take control of us and may prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. These
provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that stockholders might get if we are sold.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 34
We believe these provisions protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to
negotiate with our Board and by providing our Board with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. However, these provisions apply even if the offer
may be determined to be beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board determines is not in our best interest
and that of our stockholders.
Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire
direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control
Act.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We lease eight operations centers in Boston, Medford, and Westwood, Massachusetts; Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Warwick, Rhode Island;
Franklin, Tennessee; Irving, Texas and Glen Allen, Virginia. We own two principal operations centers in Johnston and East Providence, Rhode Island. At
December 31, 2020, our subsidiaries owned and operated a total of 38 facilities and leased an additional 1,172 facilities. We believe our current facilities
are adequate to meet our needs. See Note 6 and Note 8 in Item 8 for more information regarding our premises and equipment, and leases, respectively.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Information required by this item is presented in Note 18 in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CFG.” As of February 1, 2021, our common stock was owned
by seven holders of record (including Cede & Co.) and approximately 209,000 beneficial shareholders whose shares were held in “street name” through
a broker or bank. Information relating to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented in Item 12.
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder returns for our performance during the five-year period ended December 31,
2020 relative to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 index, a commonly referenced U.S. equity benchmark consisting of leading companies
from diverse economic sectors; the KBW Nasdaq Bank Index (“BKX”), composed of 24 leading national money center and regional banks and thrifts; and
a group of other banks that constitute our peer regional banks (i.e., Comerica, Fifth Third, KeyCorp, M&T, PNC, Regions, Truist, Huntington and U.S.
Bancorp). The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 2015 in each of CFG common stock, the S&P 500 index, the
BKX and the peer market-capitalization weighted average and assumes all dividends were reinvested on the date paid. The points on the graph
represent the fiscal quarter-end amounts based on the last trading day in each subsequent fiscal quarter.
®
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 35
This graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
CFG
S&P 500 Index
KBW BKX Index
Peer Regional Bank Average
Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities
12/31/2020
12/31/2019
12/31/2018
12/31/2017
12/31/2016
12/31/2015
$160
203
153
$152
$171
171
171
$169
$121
130
125
$127
$166
136
152
$151
$139
112
129
$131
$100
100
100
$100
We did not purchase any of the Company’s equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2020.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 36
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7 and our audited Consolidated Financial Statements
and Notes in Item 8. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.
(in millions, except per-share and ratio data)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
For the Year Ended December 31,
OPERATING DATA:
Net interest income
Noninterest income
(1)
Total revenue
Provision for credit losses
Noninterest expense
Income before income tax expense
Income tax expense
Net income
Net income available to common stockholders
Net income per average common share - basic
Net income per average common share - diluted
Dividends declared and paid per common share
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Return on average common equity
Return on average tangible common equity
Return on average total assets
Return on average total tangible assets
Efficiency ratio
Operating leverage
Net interest margin, FTE
(2)(3)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(4)
(2)
(2)
Effective income tax rate
Dividend payout ratio
Average equity to average assets ratio
(1)
$4,586
2,319
6,905
1,616
3,991
1,298
241
1,057
950
2.22
2.22
1.56
4.65 %
6.93
0.60
0.62
57.80
2.65
2.89
18.54
70
12.60
$4,614
1,877
6,491
393
3,847
2,251
460
1,791
1,718
3.82
3.81
1.36
$4,532
1,596
6,128
326
3,619
2,183
462
1,721
1,692
3.54
3.52
0.98
$4,173
1,534
5,707
321
3,474
1,912
260
1,652
1,638
3.26
3.25
0.64
8.45 %
8.62 %
8.35 %
12.64
1.10
1.15
59.28
(0.39)
3.16
20.43
36
13.27
12.94
1.11
1.16
59.06
3.19
3.22
21.16
28
13.02
12.35
1.10
1.15
60.87
4.98
3.06
13.62
20
13.25
$3,758
1,497
5,255
369
3,352
1,534
489
1,045
1,031
1.97
1.97
0.46
5.23 %
7.74
0.73
0.76
63.80
6.08
2.90
31.88
23
13.93
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
On December 22, 2017, Tax Legislation was passed reducing the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.
See the “Introduction — Key Performance Metrics Used by Management and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section in Item 7 for definitions of our key performance metrics.
“Operating leverage” represents the period-over-period percent change in total revenue, less the period-over-period percent change in noninterest expense. For the purpose of the 2016 calculation, 2015 total revenue
was $4.8 billion and noninterest expense was $3.3 billion.
Net interest margin is presented on an FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 37
(in millions, except ratio data)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets
Loans held for sale, at fair value
Other loans held for sale
Loans and leases
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total securities
Goodwill
Total liabilities
Total deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
Long-term borrowed funds
Total stockholders’ equity
OTHER BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Asset Quality Ratios:
(2)
(1)
As of December 31,
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
$183,349
3,564
439
123,090
(2,443)
26,847
7,050
160,676
147,164
243
8,346
22,673
$165,733
1,946
1,384
119,088
(1,252)
24,669
7,044
143,532
125,313
274
14,047
22,201
$160,518
1,219
101
116,660
(1,242)
25,075
6,923
139,701
119,575
1,317
15,925
20,817
$152,336
497
221
110,617
(1,236)
25,733
6,887
132,066
115,089
1,926
12,510
20,270
$149,520
583
42
107,669
(1,236)
25,610
6,876
129,773
109,804
3,609
13,540
19,747
Allowance for loan and lease losses to loans and leases
(1)
Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases
(1)
1.98 %
2.17
1.05 %
1.09
1.06 %
1.14
1.12 %
1.20
1.15 %
1.22
Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases, excluding the
impact of PPP loans
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccruing loans and
leases
(3)
(1)
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccruing loans and leases
Nonaccruing loans and leases to loans and leases
(1)
Capital Ratios:
(4)
CET1 capital ratio
Tier 1 capital ratio
Total capital ratio
Tier 1 leverage ratio
2.24
240
262
0.83
10.0
11.3
13.4
9.4
1.09
178
184
0.59
10.0
11.1
13.0
10.0
1.14
162
174
0.66
10.6
11.3
13.3
10.0
1.20
142
153
0.78
11.2
11.4
13.9
10.0
1.22
119
126
0.97
11.2
11.4
14.0
9.9
(1)
(2)
Allowance for loan and leases losses, allowance for credit losses, and related ratios, at December 31, 2020 reflect the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326):
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.
In the first quarter of 2020, we reclassified federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other short-term borrowed funds to
short-term borrowed funds. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
(3)
(4)
For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “-Introduction - Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “-Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
The capital ratios and associated components are prepared using the U.S. Basel III Standardized approach and became fully phased-in on January 1, 2019. The December 31, 2017 capital ratios reflect the
retrospective adoption of FASB ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 38
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Introduction
Financial Performance
Results of Operations - 2020 compared with 2019
Net Interest Income
Noninterest Income
Noninterest Expense
Provision for Credit Losses
Income Tax Expense
Business Operating Segments
Results of Operations - 2019 compared with 2018
Analysis of Financial Condition
Securities
Loans and Leases
Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccruing Loans and Leases
Deposits
Borrowed Funds
Quarterly Results of Operations
Capital and Regulatory Matters
Liquidity
Contractual Obligations
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Critical Accounting Estimates
Risk Governance
Market Risk
Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations
Page
40
40
43
43
46
47
48
48
49
50
51
51
52
54
61
62
64
66
71
74
74
74
78
80
88
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 39
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions with $183.3 billion in assets as of December 31, 2020.
Our mission is to help customers, colleagues and communities each reach their potential by listening to them and understanding their needs in order to
offer tailored advice, ideas and solutions. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we offer a broad range of retail and commercial banking products
and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an
integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a 24/7 customer contact center as well as the convenience of approximately 2,700 ATMs
and 1,000 branches in 11 states in the New England, Mid-Atlantic, and Midwest regions. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of
banking, lending, savings, wealth management and small business offerings. In Commercial Banking, we offer corporate, institutional and not-for-profit
clients a full range of wholesale banking products and services including lending and deposits, capital markets, treasury services, foreign exchange and
interest rate products, and asset finance. More information is available at www.citizensbank.com.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental
financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, as well as other information contained in this document.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document contains non-GAAP financial measures denoted as “Underlying” results. Underlying results for any given reporting period exclude
certain items that may occur in that period which management does not consider indicative of our on-going financial performance. We believe these non-
GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors because they are used by management to evaluate our operating performance and
make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe our Underlying results in any given reporting period reflect our on-going financial
performance and increase comparability of period-to-period results, and, accordingly, are useful to consider in addition to our GAAP financial results.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures.
Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by such companies. We caution investors not to place
undue reliance on such non-GAAP financial measures, but to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial
measures have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.
Non-GAAP measures are denoted throughout our MD&A by the use of the term Non-GAAP or Underlying and where there is a reference to Non-
GAAP or Underlying results in that paragraph, all measures that follow that reference are on the same basis when applicable. For more information on
the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Key Highlights
Net income of $1.1 billion decreased 41% from 2019, with earnings per diluted common share of $2.22, down 42% from $3.81 per diluted
common share for 2019. ROTCE of 6.9% declined from 12.6% in 2019. Declining results continue to be driven by the COVID-19 pandemic and its
associated impact on our ACL which, coupled with our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, resulted in a $923 million reserve build during 2020.
In 2020, results reflected a $83 million after-tax reduction, or $0.19 per diluted common share, from notable items, largely tied to TOP 6
transformational and revenue and efficiency initiatives. In 2019, we recorded $17 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted common share, of notable items
tied to Acquisition integration costs, costs related to strategic initiatives and income tax benefits associated with an operational restructure and legacy tax
matters.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 40
Table 1: Notable Items
(in millions)
Reported results (GAAP)
Less: Notable items
Total integration costs
(1)
Other notable items
Total notable items
Underlying results (non-GAAP)
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Noninterest
expense
Income tax expense
Net Income
$3,991
10
115
125
$3,866
$241
(2)
(40)
(42)
$283
$1,057
(8)
(75)
(83)
$1,140
(1)
Other notable items include noninterest expense of $115 million related to our TOP 6 transformational and revenue and efficiency initiatives and an income tax benefit of $11 million related to an operational restructure
and legacy tax matters.
(in millions)
Reported results (GAAP)
Less: Notable items
Total integration costs
(1)
Other notable items
Total notable items
Underlying results (non-GAAP)
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Noninterest
expense
Income tax expense
Net Income
$3,847
18
50
68
$3,779
$460
(4)
(47)
(51)
$511
$1,791
(14)
(3)
(17)
$1,808
1)
Other notable items include noninterest expense of $50 million related to our TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives and an income tax benefit of $34 million related to an operational restructure and legacy tax
matters.
• Net income available to common stockholders of $950 million decreased $768 million, or 45%, compared to $1.7 billion in 2019.
◦ On an Underlying basis, which excludes notable items, 2020 net income available to common stockholders of $1.0 billion compared with
$1.7 billion in 2019.
◦ On an Underlying basis, EPS of $2.41 per share compared to $3.84 in 2019.
•
Total revenue of $6.9 billion increased $414 million, or 6%, from 2019, as a 24% increase in noninterest income, given record results across
mortgage, capital markets and wealth, was partially offset by a 1% decrease in net interest income given lower rates.
◦
◦
Net interest income of $4.6 billion reflected 8% growth in average interest-earning assets offset by the impact of the lower rate and
challenging yield-curve environment.
Net interest margin of 2.88% decreased 26 basis points from 3.14% in 2019, reflecting the impact of lower interest rates, partially offset by
lower funding costs and improved funding mix, as well as continued mix shift towards higher yielding assets.
– Net interest margin on a fully taxable-equivalent basis of 2.89% decreased by 27 basis points, compared to 3.16% in 2019.
–
–
–
–
Average loans and leases of $124.5 billion increased $6.6 billion, or 6%, from $117.9 billion in 2019, reflecting a $5.5 billion increase
in commercial loans and leases primarily driven by $3.2 billion of PPP loans as well as a $1.1 billion increase in retail loans.
Period-end loan growth of $4.0 billion, or 3%, from 2019, reflected 6% growth in total commercial driven by PPP loans.
Average deposits of $138.7 billion increased $15.4 billion, or 13%, from $123.3 billion in 2019, as a result of government stimulus
benefiting consumers and small businesses as well as commercial clients building liquidity given COVID-19 disruption.
Period-end deposit growth of $21.9 billion, or 17%, from 2019, reflecting growth in demand deposits, money market accounts,
savings and checking with interest, partially offset by a decrease in term deposits.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 41
◦
Noninterest income of $2.3 billion increased $442 million, or 24%, from 2019, driven by mortgage banking and capital markets fees, partially
offset by lower service charges and fees, card fees, foreign exchange and interest rate products revenue, securities gains and other income.
• Noninterest expense of $4.0 billion increased $144 million, or 4%, from $3.8 billion in 2019, driven by higher salaries and employee benefits
reflecting strong mortgage production; outside services tied to growth initiatives; and equipment and software expense given continued
investments in technology; partially offset by lower other operating expense given lower travel, pension and advertising expenses.
◦ On an Underlying basis, noninterest expense increased 2% from 2019.
•
The efficiency ratio of 57.8% compared to 59.3% in 2019, and ROTCE of 6.9% compared to 12.6%.
◦
On an Underlying basis, the efficiency ratio of 56.0% compared to 58.2% in 2019 and ROTCE of 7.5% compared to 12.8%, given the
implementation of CECL and reserve increases tied to COVID-19 impacts.
• Provision for credit losses of $1.6 billion increased $1.2 billion from $393 million in 2019, reflecting our adoption of CECL and its reliance on
forecasts of expected future losses, combined with the approximate $923 million impact from COVID-19 and associated lockdowns and a
sudden rise in unemployment and drop in GDP.
•
Tangible book value per common of $32.72 increased 2% from 2019. Fully diluted average common shares outstanding decreased 23.1 million
shares, or 5% over the same period.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 42
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2020 compared with 2019
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (generally
loans, leases and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits and borrowed
funds). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the difference between the effective yield on our average interest-earning assets and the
effective cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of
the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “—Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk,” and “—Risk Governance.”
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 43
Table 2: Major Components of Net Interest Income
(dollars in millions)
Assets
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks
Taxable investment securities
Non-taxable investment securities
Total investment securities
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home Equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total loans and leases
(1)
Loans held for sale, at fair value
Other loans held for sale
Interest-earning assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Goodwill
Other noninterest-earning assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Checking with interest
Money market accounts
Regular savings
Term deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
Long-term borrowed funds
Total borrowed funds
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Demand deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Interest rate spread
Net interest income and net interest margin
Net interest income and net interest margin, FTE
Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand)
(2)
Year Ended December 31,
Average
Balances
2020
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
Average
Balances
2019
Income/
Expense
Change
Yields/
Rates
Average
Balances
Yields/
Rates (bps)
$6,175
25,160
4
25,164
46,255
14,452
2,365
63,072
19,178
12,607
12,064
11,165
6,458
61,472
124,544
2,772
620
159,275
(2,218)
7,049
12,336
$176,442
$26,002
44,732
16,144
14,309
101,187
334
10,853
11,187
112,374
37,553
4,280
154,207
22,235
$176,442
$138,740
$11
519
—
519
1,582
438
64
2,084
618
461
517
560
479
2,635
4,719
75
33
5,357
$64
192
50
203
509
2
260
262
771
0.18 %
2.06
2.60
2.06
3.36
2.98
2.71
3.25
3.22
3.66
4.29
5.02
7.41
4.29
3.76
2.72
5.22
3.35
0.24 %
0.43
0.31
1.42
0.50
0.52
2.39
2.33
0.69
$30
642
—
642
1,797
628
77
2,502
687
700
506
555
491
2,939
5,441
63
13
6,189
$203
450
75
427
1,155
10
410
420
1,575
$1,544
25,425
5
25,430
41,702
13,160
2,694
57,556
19,308
13,645
12,047
9,415
5,929
60,344
117,900
1,689
251
146,814
(1,244)
7,036
9,570
$162,176
$23,470
36,613
13,247
21,035
94,365
665
13,014
13,679
108,044
28,936
3,683
140,663
21,513
$162,176
$4,586
$4,599
$509
2.66 %
2.88 %
2.89 %
0.37 %
$4,614
$4,635
$1,155
$123,301
1.94 %
2.51
2.60
$4,631 (176) bps
(45)
—
(265)
(1)
2.51
4.25
4.71
2.84
4.29
3.56
5.13
4.20
5.89
8.27
4.87
4.59
3.74
5.10
4.19
0.87 %
1.23
0.57
2.03
1.22
1.47
3.14
3.06
1.46
2.73 %
3.14 %
3.16 %
0.94 %
(266)
4,553
1,292
(329)
5,516
(130)
(1,038)
17
1,750
529
1,128
6,644
1,083
369
12,461
(974)
13
2,766
$14,266
$2,532
8,119
2,897
(6,726)
6,822
(331)
(2,161)
(2,492)
4,330
8,617
597
13,544
722
$14,266
$15,439
(45)
(89)
(173)
(13)
(104)
(34)
(147)
9
(87)
(86)
(58)
(83)
(102)
12
(84)
(63) bps
(80)
(26)
(61)
(72)
(95)
(75)
(73)
(77)
(7)
(26)
(27)
(57) bps
(1)
(2)
Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Additionally, $1.0 billion and $728 million of average nonaccrual loans were included in the average loan balances used to determine the average yield on loans
for December 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Net interest income and net interest margin is presented on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The FTE impact is predominantly attributable to commercial and
industrial loans for the periods presented.
Net interest income of $4.6 billion decreased $28 million, reflecting 8% average interest-earning asset growth, including the addition of PPP
loans, and improvements in funding mix and deposit pricing that were more than offset by a 26 basis point decrease in net interest margin given the
lower rate and challenging yield curve environment.
Net interest margin on an FTE basis of 2.89% decreased 27 basis points compared to 3.16% in 2019, primarily reflecting the impact of lower
interest rates and elevated cash balances given strong deposit flows (elevated cash balances drove 8 basis points of the decline), partially offset by
improved funding mix and deposit
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 44
pricing. Average interest-earning asset yields of 3.35% decreased 84 basis points from 4.19% in 2019, while average interest-bearing liability costs of
0.69% decreased 77 basis points from 1.46% in 2019, reflecting strong pricing discipline.
Average interest-earning assets of $159.3 billion increased $12.5 billion, or 8%, from 2019, driven by a $5.5 billion increase in average
commercial loans, a $4.4 billion increase in total investment securities and interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks, a $1.5
billion increase in average total loans held for sale and a $1.1 billion increase in average retail loans. Commercial growth was driven by commercial and
industrial (primarily PPP loans) and commercial real estate. Retail growth was driven by education and other retail, partially offset by home equity.
Average deposits of $138.7 billion increased $15.4 billion from 2019, as a result of government stimulus benefiting consumers and small
businesses and clients building liquidity given COVID-19 disruption. Increases in demand deposits, money market accounts, savings, and checking with
interest, were partially offset by a decrease in term deposits. Total interest-bearing deposit costs of $509 million decreased $646 million, or 56%, from
$1.2 billion in 2019, primarily due to a lower rate environment and strong pricing discipline.
Average total borrowed funds of $11.2 billion decreased $2.5 billion from 2019 as strong deposit flows allowed for significantly lower levels of
borrowings, with FHLB advances near zero at period-end and a reduction in senior and subordinated debt. Total borrowed funds costs of $262 million
decreased $158 million from 2019. The total borrowed funds cost of 2.33% decreased 73 basis points from 3.06% in 2019 due to the impact of COVID-
19 on the rate environment.
Table 3: Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Average Volume and Average Rate
Year Ended December 31,
2020 Versus 2019
Average Volume
(1)
Average Rate
(1)
Net Change
(in millions)
Interest Income
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks
Taxable investment securities
Total investment securities
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home Equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total loans and leases
Loans held for sale, at fair value
Other loans held for sale
Total interest income
Interest Expense
Checking with interest
Money market accounts
Regular savings
Term deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
Long-term borrowed funds
Total borrowed funds
Total interest expense
Net interest income
(1)
Volume and rate changes have been allocated on a consistent basis using the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.
$90
(7)
(7)
194
61
(9)
246
(5)
(52)
1
103
44
91
337
41
19
$480
$22
100
16
(136)
2
(5)
(56)
(61)
(59)
$539
($109)
(116)
(116)
(409)
(251)
(4)
(664)
(64)
(187)
10
(98)
(56)
(395)
(1,059)
(29)
1
($1,312)
($161)
(358)
(41)
(88)
(648)
(3)
(94)
(97)
(745)
($567)
($19)
(123)
(123)
(215)
(190)
(13)
(418)
(69)
(239)
11
5
(12)
(304)
(722)
12
20
($832)
($139)
(258)
(25)
(224)
(646)
(8)
(150)
(158)
(804)
($28)
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 45
Noninterest Income
Table 4: Noninterest Income
(in millions)
Mortgage banking fees
Service charges and fees
Capital markets fees
Card fees
Trust and investment services fees
Letter of credit and loan fees
Foreign exchange and interest rate products
Securities gains, net
Other income
(1)
Noninterest income
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$915
403
250
217
203
140
120
4
67
2019
$302
505
216
254
202
135
155
19
89
$2,319
$1,877
Change
Percent
$613
(102)
34
(37)
1
5
(35)
(15)
(22)
$442
203 %
(20)
16
(15)
—
4
(23)
(79)
(25)
24 %
(1)
Includes bank-owned life insurance income and other income for all periods presented, and net impairment losses recognized in earnings on available for sale debt securities for the 2019 period.
Noninterest income of $2.3 billion increased $442 million, or 24%, from 2019, reflecting increased mortgage banking fees due to higher
origination volumes and gain on sale margins, and capital markets fees. These results were partially offset by lower service charges and fees and card
fees as well as lower foreign exchange and interest rate products revenue, reflecting challenging market conditions. Results also reflected decreased
securities gains and other income given lower leasing income and lower gains related to asset dispositions, partially offset by gain on sale of education
loans.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 46
Noninterest Expense
Table 5: Noninterest Expense
(in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits
Equipment and software expense
Outside services
Occupancy
Other operating expense
Noninterest expense
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$2,123
565
553
331
419
$3,991
2019
Change
$2,026
514
498
333
476
$3,847
$97
51
55
(2)
(57)
$144
Percent
5 %
10
11
(1)
(12)
4 %
Noninterest expense of $4.0 billion in 2020 increased $144 million, or 4%, compared to 2019, reflecting higher salaries and employee benefits,
reflecting strong mortgage production, outside services, tied to growth initiatives, and an increase in equipment and software expense, given continued
investments in technology. These results were partially offset by lower other operating expense given a decline in travel, pension, and advertising
expenses. Underlying noninterest expense increased $87 million, or 2%, due to the reasons listed above.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 47
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate our ACL. The total provision for credit losses includes the
provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit
Losses and Nonaccruing Loans and Leases” for more information.
Provision for credit losses of $1.6 billion included a $923 million reserve build primarily associated with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
and associated lockdowns on our loan portfolio, which resulted in a sudden rise in unemployment and drop in GDP. Net charge-offs of $693 million
increased $263 million from 2019, which reflected charge-offs in our commercial portfolio concentrated in certain sub-categories, including retail real
estate, metals and mining, energy and related, and casual dining, as well as the impact of continued seasoning in retail growth portfolios, and loan
growth.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $241 million decreased $219 million from $460 million in 2019. The 2020 effective tax rate of 18.5% decreased from
20.4% in 2019, driven by the increased benefit of tax-advantaged investments on lower pre-tax income. An Underlying effective tax rate of 19.9% in 2020
compared to 22.0% in 2019.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 48
Business Operating Segments
We have two business operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are derived by specifically attributing
managed assets, liabilities, capital and related revenues, provision for credit losses, which, at the segment level, is equal to net charge-offs, and other
expenses. The residual difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business operating segments’ net charge-offs is reflected
in Other.
Non-segment operations are classified as Other, which includes corporate functions, the Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale
funding activities, intangible assets not directly allocated to a business operating segment, community development, non-core assets, and other
unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses, expenses and income tax expense. In addition, Other includes goodwill not
directly allocated to a business operating segment and any associated goodwill impairment charges. For impairment testing purposes, we allocate all
goodwill to our Consumer Banking and/or Commercial Banking reporting units.
Our capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated on a risk-adjusted basis to the business operating
segments to support evaluation of business performance. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing
(“FTP”) methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used, or credit for the funds provided, to all business operating segment assets, liabilities
and capital, respectively, using a matched-funding concept. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management, including the
residual net interest income related to the FTP process, is included in Other. We periodically evaluate and refine our methodologies used to measure
financial performance of our business operating segments.
Noninterest income and expense are directly attributed to each business operating segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and
benefits, and other direct revenues and costs and are respectively accounted for in a manner similar to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by each business operating segment. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally
managed operations or business operating segments that directly support another business operating segment’s operations are charged to the
applicable business operating segment based on its utilization of those services.
Income tax expense is assessed to each business operating segment at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at
the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business operating segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly,
financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines are updated, or
our organizational structure changes.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 49
The following table presents certain financial data of our business operating segments. Total business operating segment financial results differ
from total consolidated net income. These differences are reflected in Other non-segment operations. See Note 25 in Item 8 for further information.
Table 6: Selected Financial Data for Business Operating
Segments
(dollars in millions)
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total revenue
Noninterest expense
Profit before provision for credit losses
Net charge-offs
Income before income tax expense
Income tax expense
Net income
Average Balances:
Total assets
Total loans and leases
(1)(2)
Deposits
Interest-earning assets
As of and for the Year Ended
December 31,
As of and for the Year Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
2020
2019
Consumer Banking
Commercial Banking
$3,311
1,655
4,966
2,964
2,002
288
1,714
429
$1,285
$3,182
1,156
4,338
2,851
1,487
325
1,162
287
$875
$72,022
$66,240
68,237
91,541
68,535
63,396
84,835
63,449
$1,643
595
2,238
860
1,378
398
980
206
$774
$60,839
57,935
40,417
58,334
$1,466
607
2,073
858
1,215
97
1,118
248
$870
$55,947
54,355
31,085
54,666
(1)
(2)
Includes LHFS.
The majority of PPP loans are reflected in Consumer Banking in accordance with how they are managed.
Consumer Banking
Net interest income increased $129 million, or 4%, from 2019, driven by the benefit of a $4.8 billion increase in average loans led by education,
other retail and the impact of the PPP loan program, partially offset by lower deposit margins driven by the low rate environment. Noninterest income
increased $499 million, or 43%, from 2019, driven by mortgage banking fees (reflecting strong origination volumes and gain on sale margins) and other
income (gain on sale of education loans), partially offset by lower service charges and fees (higher deposit balances and lower transaction volumes) and
card fees (lower transaction volumes). Noninterest expense increased $113 million, or 4%, from 2019, reflecting higher salaries and employee benefits
costs tied to higher mortgage origination volumes and PPP loans. Net charge-offs of $288 million decreased $37 million, or 11%, reflecting the impact of
loan forbearance programs.
Commercial Banking
Net interest income of $1.6 billion decreased $177 million, or 12%, from 2019, primarily due to the low rate environment, partially offset by higher
loan and lower-costing deposit volume. Noninterest income of $595 million decreased $12 million, or 2%, from $607 million in 2019, as higher capital
markets fees were offset by a decrease in other income and foreign exchange and interest rate products. Noninterest expense of $860 million increased
$2 million, from $858 million in 2019, driven by higher salaries and employee benefits, partially offset by lower travel costs. Net charge-offs of $398
million increased $301 million from 2019, driven by the impact of COVID-19 and associated lockdowns, primarily in the retail real estate, metals and
mining, energy and related, and casual dining industries.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2019 compared with 2018
For a description of our results of operations for 2019, see the “Results of Operations — 2019 compared with 2018” section of Item 7 in our 2019 Form
10-K.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 50
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Securities
Table 7: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of AFS and HTM Securities
(in millions)
U.S. Treasury and other
State and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities, at fair value:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
Other/non-agency
Total mortgage-backed securities, at fair value
Total debt securities available for sale, at fair value
Mortgage-backed securities, at cost:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
Other/non-agency
Total mortgage-backed securities, at cost
Asset-backed securities, at cost
Total debt securities held to maturity
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
$11
3
21,954
396
22,350
$11
3
22,506
422
22,928
$71
5
19,803
638
20,441
$71
5
19,875
662
20,537
$24
5
20,211
236
20,447
$24
5
19,634
232
19,866
$22,364
$22,942
$20,517
$20,613
$20,476
$19,895
$2,342
—
$2,342
$893
$3,235
$2,464
—
$2,464
$893
$3,357
$3,202
—
$3,202
$—
$3,202
$3,242
—
$3,242
$—
$3,242
$3,425
740
$4,165
$—
$4,165
$3,293
748
$4,041
$—
$4,041
Total debt securities available for sale and held to maturity
$25,599
$26,299
$23,719
$23,855
$24,641
$23,936
Equity securities, at fair value
Equity securities, at cost
$66
604
$66
604
$47
807
$47
807
$181
834
$181
834
Our securities portfolio is managed to maintain prudent levels of liquidity, credit quality and market risk while achieving appropriate returns that
align with our overall portfolio management strategy. The portfolio includes high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to
appropriate contingent liquidity levels and pledging capacity. U.S. government-guaranteed notes and GSE-issued mortgage-backed securities represent
95% of the fair value of our debt securities portfolio holdings. Holdings backed by mortgages dominate our portfolio and facilitate our ability to pledge
those securities to the FHLB for collateral purposes.
The fair value of the AFS debt securities portfolio of $22.9 billion at December 31, 2020 increased $2.3 billion from $20.6 billion at December 31,
2019 largely reflecting an increase of $1.8 billion related to reinvestment timing and a $482 million increase in value from lower long-term rates. The fair
value of the HTM debt securities portfolio decreased $115 million largely reflecting portfolio runoff, partially offset by the reclass of certain ABS. In
September 2020, we purchased $813 million of asset-backed securities, which were recorded as AFS; however, in October 2020, management
transferred these securities to HTM after concluding to hold these securities through maturity. For further information, see Note 1 in Item 8.
As of December 31, 2020, the portfolio’s average effective duration was 2.7 years compared with 3.7 years as of December 31, 2019, as lower
long-term rates drove an increase in both actual and projected securities prepayment speeds. We manage our securities portfolio duration and convexity
risk through asset selection and securities structure, and maintain duration levels within our risk appetite in the context of the broader interest rate risk in
the banking book framework and limits.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 51
Table 8: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of AFS and HTM Securities by Contractual Maturity
As of December 31, 2020
(1)
Distribution of Maturities
Due in 1 Year or
Less
Due After 1
Through 5
Years
Due After 5
Through 10
Years
Due After 10
Years
Total
(dollars in millions)
Amortized cost:
U.S. Treasury and other
State and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored
entities
Other/non-agency
Total debt securities available for sale
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored
entities
Asset-backed securities
Total debt securities held to maturity
Total amortized cost of debt securities
(2)
$11
—
1
—
12
—
—
—
$12
$—
—
127
—
127
—
—
—
$—
—
1,616
—
1,616
—
893
893
$—
3
20,210
396
20,609
2,342
—
2,342
$11
3
21,954
396
22,364
2,342
893
3,235
$127
2.16 %
$2,509
$22,951
$25,599
2.48 %
2.27 %
2.29 %
Weighted-average yield
(3)(4)
0.63 %
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
As of December 31, 2020, no investment exceeded 10% of Stockholders’ Equity.
Yields on tax-exempt securities are not computed on a tax-equivalent basis.
Yields exclude the impact of hedging activity.
Loans and Leases
Table 9: Composition of Loans and Leases, Excluding LHFS
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
(1) (2)
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
(1)
Residential mortgages
Home equity
(3)
Automobile
Education
Other retail
(4)
Total retail
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
$
%
December 31,
Changes from 2020-2019
$44,173
$41,479
$40,857
$37,562
$37,274
$2,694
14,652
1,968
60,793
19,539
12,149
12,153
12,308
6,148
62,297
13,522
2,537
57,538
19,083
13,154
12,120
10,347
6,846
61,550
13,023
2,903
56,783
18,978
14,286
12,106
8,900
5,607
11,308
3,161
52,031
17,045
15,566
13,204
8,134
4,637
10,624
3,753
51,651
15,115
16,927
13,938
6,610
3,428
59,877
58,586
56,018
1,130
(569)
3,255
456
(1,005)
33
1,961
(698)
747
6 %
8
(22)
6
2
(8)
—
19
(10)
1
3 %
Total loans and leases
$123,090
$119,088
$116,660
$110,617
$107,669
$4,002
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The commercial loan class has been renamed commercial and industrial, and the commercial loans and leases loan segment has been renamed commercial.
The December 31, 2020 commercial and industrial balance included PPP loans fully guaranteed by the SBA.
Beginning in the first quarter of 2020, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others and home equity lines of credit serviced by others are included in home equity. Prior periods
have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
Beginning in the first quarter of 2020, credit card and other retail are included in other retail. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
Total loans and leases increased $4.0 billion, or 3%, from $119.1 billion as of December 31, 2019, largely driven by commercial PPP loans to
small business customers. Growth in retail loans, driven by education, was muted in part by the sale of education loans in September and December
2020 amounting to $1.1 billion, inclusive of accrued interest, capitalized interest and fees, and a decline in home equity and other retail. For further
information, see Note 10 in Item 8.
PPP loans to small business customers totaled approximately $4.7 billion for the quarters ended June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, and
$4.2 billion as of December 31, 2020. Average PPP loans totaled approximately $3.4 billion, $4.7 billion and $4.5 billion for the quarters ended June 30,
2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020, respectively. There were no outstanding PPP loans as of and during the quarter ended March 31,
2020.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 52
As of December 31, 2020, under our COVID-19-related forbearance programs, that are guided by the CARES Act as well as banking regulator
interagency guidance, we have deferred payments on:
• Approximately $1.4 billion, or 2.3%, of our retail portfolio, for which the weighted average FICO score is 711
◦
◦
94% of customers that exited forbearance are current on payments
Although not required, approximately 42% of our residential mortgage borrowers have made payment while in active
forbearance, and the weighted average loan-to-value of the $700 million in residential mortgage loans in active forbearance is
62%.
• Approximately $343 million, or 0.6%, of our commercial portfolio, including approximately $53 million, or 1.0%, of our small business
The vast majority of these deferrals are not classified as TDRs.
portfolio.
Table 10: Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans and Leases to Changes in Interest Rates
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total loans and leases
Loans and leases due after one year at fixed interest rates
Loans and leases due after one year at variable interest rates
Loan and Lease Concentrations
Due in 1 Year or
Less
Due After 1
Year Through 5
Years
$7,678
3,710
460
11,848
1,033
10,179
170
17
2,196
13,595
$25,443
$31,390
9,951
1,208
42,549
2,247
258
6,801
1,346
3,713
14,365
$56,914
$22,848
34,066
Due After 5
Years
Total Loans and
Leases
$5,105
$44,173
991
300
6,396
16,259
1,712
5,182
10,945
239
34,337
$40,733
$22,730
18,003
14,652
1,968
60,793
19,539
12,149
12,153
12,308
6,148
62,297
$123,090
$45,578
52,069
At December 31, 2020, we did not identify any concentration of loans and leases exceeding 10% of total loans and leases that were not
otherwise disclosed as a category of loans and leases. For further information on how we manage concentration exposures, see Note 5 in Item 8.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 53
Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccruing Loans and Leases
The ACL, which consists of an ALLL and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments, is created through charges to the provision for credit
losses in order to provide appropriate reserves to absorb future estimated credit losses in accordance with GAAP. For further information on our
processes to determine our ACL, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” and Note 5 in Item 8.
Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience
Table 11: Summary of Changes in ALLL and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments
(dollars in millions)
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — Beginning:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Qualitative
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Qualitative
Total retail
Total allowance for loan and lease losses — Beginning
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail loans
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
$548
107
$530
138
$541
121
19
—
674
35
83
123
116
221
—
578
22
—
690
36
108
127
101
180
—
552
23
—
685
44
122
139
120
126
—
551
$516
$376
99
48
—
663
55
182
127
102
107
—
573
111
23
86
596
46
203
106
96
88
81
620
$1,252
$1,242
$1,236
$1,236
$1,216
($197)
(57)
78
(176)
95
74
82
298
80
629
$—
$—
$—
$—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
$453
$—
$—
$—
$—
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — Beginning, Adjusted:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Qualitative
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Qualitative
Total retail loans
Total allowance for loan and lease losses — beginning, Adjusted
$351
50
97
—
498
130
157
205
414
301
—
1,207
$1,705
$530
138
$541
121
22
—
690
36
108
127
101
180
—
552
23
—
685
44
122
139
120
126
—
551
$516
$376
99
48
—
663
55
182
127
102
107
—
573
111
23
86
596
46
203
106
96
88
81
620
$1,242
$1,236
$1,236
$1,216
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 54
Table 11: Summary of Changes in ALLL and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments
(dollars in millions)
Gross Charge-offs:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total gross charge-offs
Gross Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total gross recoveries
Net (Charge-offs)/Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total net charge-offs
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
($247)
(112)
(78)
(437)
(7)
(25)
(114)
(51)
(209)
(406)
($87)
(39)
(14)
(140)
(8)
(39)
(143)
(72)
(213)
(475)
($48)
($62)
($56)
(4)
—
(52)
(8)
(45)
(158)
(68)
(163)
(442)
(13)
—
(75)
(11)
(65)
(181)
(59)
(121)
(437)
(14)
(9)
(79)
(21)
(109)
(160)
(52)
(115)
(457)
($843)
($615)
($494)
($512)
($536)
$11
$24
$15
$37
$21
1
12
6
38
51
16
27
138
$150
($236)
(111)
(78)
(425)
(1)
13
(63)
(35)
(182)
(268)
($693)
—
24
9
49
57
16
30
161
$185
($63)
(39)
(14)
(116)
1
10
(86)
(56)
(183)
(314)
($430)
4
19
5
49
67
16
21
3
40
6
54
73
15
19
12
33
9
61
65
11
22
158
$177
167
$207
168
$201
($33)
($25)
($35)
—
—
(33)
(3)
4
(91)
(52)
(142)
(284)
($317)
(10)
—
(35)
(5)
(11)
(108)
(44)
(102)
(270)
($305)
(2)
(9)
(46)
(12)
(48)
(95)
(41)
(93)
(289)
($335)
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases
(0.56 %)
(0.36 %)
(0.28 %)
(0.28 %)
(0.32 %)
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Qualitative
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Qualitative
Total retail
$706
421
33
—
1,160
12
(36)
58
(18)
255
—
271
$81
8
11
—
100
(2)
(35)
82
71
224
—
340
$22
17
(1)
—
38
(5)
(18)
79
33
196
—
285
$50
32
(25)
—
57
(6)
(49)
120
62
121
—
248
Total provision for loan and lease losses
$1,431
$440
$323
$305
$117
(17)
34
(21)
113
8
(8)
99
21
95
27
242
$355
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 55
Table 11: Summary of Changes in ALLL and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments
(dollars in millions)
Total Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — Ending:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Qualitative
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Qualitative
Total retail
Total allowance for loan and lease losses — Ending
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments — Beginning
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Provision for unfunded lending commitments
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments — Ending
Total Allowance for Credit Losses — Ending
Table 12: Allocation of the ALLL
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
$821
360
52
—
1,233
141
134
200
361
374
—
1,210
$548
107
$530
138
$541
121
19
—
674
35
83
123
116
221
—
578
22
—
690
36
108
127
101
180
—
552
23
—
685
44
122
139
120
126
—
551
$458
92
48
65
663
42
147
110
76
90
108
573
$2,443
$1,252
$1,242
$1,236
$1,236
$44
(2)
185
$227
$91
—
(47)
$44
$88
—
3
$91
$72
—
16
$88
$58
—
14
$72
$2,670
$1,296
$1,333
$1,324
$1,308
(dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Qualitative
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Qualitative
Total retail
2020
2019
December 31,
2018
$821
360
52
—
1,233
141
134
200
361
374
—
36 %
12
1
N/A
49
16
10
10
10
5
N/A
1,210
51
$548
107
19
—
674
35
83
123
116
221
—
578
35 %
11
2
N/A
48
16
11
10
9
6
N/A
52
$530
138
22
—
690
36
108
127
101
180
—
552
35 %
11
3
N/A
49
16
12
10
8
5
N/A
51
2017
$541
121
23
—
685
44
122
139
120
126
—
551
34 %
10
3
N/A
47
15
14
12
7
5
N/A
53
2016
$458
92
48
65
663
42
147
110
76
90
108
573
35 %
10
3
N/A
48
14
16
13
6
3
N/A
52
Total loans and leases
$2,443
100 % $1,252
100 % $1,242
100 % $1,236
100 % $1,236
100 %
The ALLL represented 1.98% of total loans and leases and 240% of NPLs as of December 31, 2020 compared with 1.05% and 178%,
respectively, as of December 31, 2019.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 56
Risk Elements
Table 13: Nonaccrual Loans and Leases, Accruing and 90 Days or More Past Due and Restructured Loans
and Leases
(in millions)
Nonaccrual loans and leases
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total nonaccrual loans and leases
Loans and leases that are accruing and 90 days or more delinquent
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total accruing and 90 days or more delinquent
Total
Troubled debt restructurings
(1)
December 31,
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
$280
176
2
458
167
276
72
18
28
561
$1,019
$20
—
1
21
30
2
9
41
62
$240
$194
$238
$322
2
3
245
93
246
67
18
34
458
$703
$2
—
—
2
13
2
8
23
25
7
—
201
105
313
81
38
28
565
$766
$1
—
—
1
15
2
7
24
25
27
—
265
125
348
70
38
22
50
15
387
139
406
50
38
20
603
$868
653
$1,040
$5
3
—
8
16
3
5
24
32
$2
—
—
2
18
5
1
24
26
$1,081
$690
$728
$692
$791
$723
$900
$629
$1,066
$633
(1)
TDR balances reported in this line item consist of only those TDRs not reported in the nonaccrual loan or accruing and 90 days or more delinquent loan categories. Thus, only those TDRs that are in compliance with
their modified terms and not past due, or those TDRs that are past due 30-89 days and still accruing are included in the TDR balances listed above.
NPLs of $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2020 increased $316 million from December 31, 2019, driven by a $103 million increase in retail
reflecting growth in mortgage NPLs, and a $213 million increase in commercial NPLs reflecting a deterioration in certain industry sectors from the
impacts of COVID-19 and associated lockdowns. NCOs of $693 million increased $263 million, or 61%, from $430 million in 2019 reflecting charge-offs
in our commercial portfolio related to retail real estate, metals and mining, energy and related, and casual dining, while retail NCOs were down compared
to 2019 due in large part to U.S. Government stimulus programs and forbearance. NCOs as a percentage of total average loans of 0.56% increased 20
basis points compared to 0.36% in 2019.
We continue to assess the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns and have instituted a variety of measures to identify
and monitor areas of potential risk, including direct outreach to commercial clients and close monitoring of retail credit metrics.
Potential Problem Loans and Leases
At December 31, 2020, we did not identify any potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio that were not already disclosed in “—Risk
Elements” and “—Commercial Loan Asset Quality.” Potential problem loans or leases consist of loans and leases where information about a borrower’s
possible credit problems cause management to have serious doubts as to the ability of a borrower to comply with the present repayment terms.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate loans. The portfolio is largely comprised of
customers in our footprint and adjacent states in which we have a physical presence where our local delivery model provides for strong client
connectivity. We also lend nationally to companies that fall within targeted client, industry, and geographic expansion strategies.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 57
Commercial NPLs increased $213 million to $458 million as of December 31, 2020 from $245 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December
31, 2020, total commercial NPLs were 0.8% of the commercial portfolio and increased from 0.4% at December 31, 2019. Total 2020 commercial portfolio
net charge-offs of $425 million increased from $116 million in 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the commercial portfolio annualized net
charge-off ratio of 0.67% increased from 0.20% for the year ended December 31, 2019, reflecting charge-offs in the retail real estate, metals and mining,
energy and related, and casual dining industry sectors.
The increases in commercial NPLs and NCOs were driven largely by a deterioration in certain industry sectors, including retail real estate,
casual dining, and energy and related, resulting from the impacts of COVID-19 and associated lockdowns.
For commercial, we utilize regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. For more information on regulatory classification ratings, see
Note 5 in Item 8. The recorded investment in commercial based on regulatory classification ratings is presented below:
Table 14: Commercial Loans and Leases by Regulatory Classification
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
(1)
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
(1)
Pass includes PPP loans.
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
December 31, 2020
Criticized
Pass
Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$40,878
$1,583
$1,464
$248
$44,173
13,356
1,922
804
33
416
12
76
1
14,652
1,968
$56,156
$2,420
$1,892
$325
$60,793
December 31, 2019
Criticized
Pass
$38,950
13,169
2,383
$54,502
Special
Mention
$1,351
318
109
$1,778
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$934
33
42
$1,009
$244
$41,479
2
13,522
3
$249
2,537
$57,538
Total commercial criticized balances of $4.6 billion as of December 31, 2020 increased $1.6 billion compared with December 31, 2019.
Commercial criticized as a percent of total commercial of 7.6% at December 31, 2020 increased from 5.3% at December 31, 2019.
Commercial and industrial criticized balances of $3.3 billion, or 7.5% of the total commercial and industrial loan portfolio as of December 31,
2020, increased from $2.5 billion, or 6.1%, as of December 31, 2019. The increase was due to the migration to criticized loans for hospitality, energy and
related, and casual dining. Commercial and industrial criticized loans represented 71% of total criticized loans as of December 31, 2020 compared to
83% as of December 31, 2019.
Commercial real estate criticized balances of $1.3 billion, or 8.8% of the commercial real estate portfolio, increased from $353 million, or 2.6%,
as of December 31, 2019. The increase was due to the migration to criticized loans for a few larger borrowers in the hospitality and retail industry
sectors. Commercial real estate accounted for 28% of total criticized loans as of December 31, 2020 compared to 12% as of December 31, 2019.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 58
Table 15: Commercial Loans and Leases by Industry Sector
(dollars in millions)
Finance and insurance
Health, pharma, and social assistance
Accommodation and food services
Professional, scientific, and technical services
Other manufacturing
Information
Retail trade
Energy and related
Wholesale trade
Metals and mining
Arts, entertainment, and recreation
Other services
Administrative and waste management services
Computer, electrical equipment, appliance, and component manufacturing
Transportation and warehousing
Consumer products manufacturing
Automotive
Educational services
Chemicals
Real estate and rental and leasing
All other
(1)
Total commercial and industrial
Real estate and rental and leasing
Accommodation and food services
Finance and insurance
All other
(1)
Total commercial real estate
Total leases
Total commercial
(2)
(1)
(2)
Deferred fees and costs are reported in All other
Excludes PPP loans for the year-ended December 31, 2020.
Retail Loan Asset Quality
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Balance
% of
Total Loans
Balance
% of
Total Loans
$6,481
3,243
3,206
2,804
2,403
2,378
2,336
2,237
1,904
1,646
1,382
1,370
1,320
1,174
1,169
1,112
1,051
844
736
732
490
40,018
13,169
749
498
236
14,652
1,968
5 %
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
32
11
1
—
—
12
2
$5,155
3,496
3,346
2,986
2,337
2,485
2,319
2,564
2,606
1,956
1,229
1,413
1,454
1,199
1,141
1,005
1,213
1,093
983
659
840
41,479
12,116
606
418
382
13,522
2,537
4 %
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
—
1
35
10
1
—
—
11
2
$56,638
46 %
$57,538
48 %
For retail loans, we utilize credit scores provided by FICO which are generally refreshed on a quarterly basis and the loan’s payment and
delinquency status to monitor credit quality. Management believes FICO credit scores are considered the strongest indicator of credit losses over the
contractual life of the loan as the scores are based on current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, and assist
management in predicting the borrower’s future payment performance. The largest portion of the retail portfolio is represented by borrowers located in
the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, although we have continued to lend selectively in areas outside the footprint primarily in the auto
finance and education lending.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 59
Table 16: Aging of Retail Loans as a Percentage of Loan Class
December 31, 2020
Days Past Due
December 31, 2019
Days Past Due
Current-
29
30-59
60-89
90 or
More
Current-
29
30-59
60-89
90 or
More
Residential mortgages
98.73 % 0.30 % 0.11 % 0.86 %
99.29 % 0.18 % 0.09 % 0.44 %
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
97.53
97.93
99.56
98.36
0.50
1.40
0.27
0.62
0.23
0.53
0.11
0.47
1.74
0.14
0.06
0.55
97.57
97.26
99.45
98.29
0.69
1.87
0.29
0.66
0.30
0.67
0.14
0.45
1.44
0.20
0.12
0.60
Total retail loans
98.47 % 0.58 % 0.25 % 0.70 %
98.43 % 0.70 % 0.30 % 0.57 %
For more information on the aging of accruing and nonaccruing retail loans, see Note 5 in Item 8.
Table 17: Retail Asset Quality Metrics
Average refreshed FICO for total portfolio
CLTV ratio for secured real estate
(1)
Nonaccrual retail loans as a percentage of total retail
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
771
60 %
0.90 %
764
59 %
0.74 %
(1)
The real estate secured portfolio CLTV is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the most recently available value of the property.
(dollars in millions)
Net charge-offs
Annualized net charge-off rate
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$268
0.44 %
2019
Change
$314
0.52 %
($46)
(8) bps
Percent
(15 %)
Retail asset quality remained relatively stable with December 31, 2019. The net charge-off rate of 0.44% for the year ended December 31, 2020
reflected a decrease of 8 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2019, driven by the forbearance and stimulus activity stemming from the
COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
TDR is the classification given to a loan that has been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial
hardship that we would not otherwise make. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of
recovery and continuity of the relationship. Our loan modifications are handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually
agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet our borrower’s financial needs. The types of concessions include interest rate reductions,
term extensions, principal forgiveness and other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside our lending policy. Depending on the specific
facts and circumstances of the customer, restructuring can involve loans moving to nonaccrual, remaining on nonaccrual, or remaining on accrual status.
In the first quarter of 2020, we adopted the CARES Act and interagency guidance issued by the bank regulatory agencies which provide that
COVID-19-related modifications to retail and commercial loans that met certain eligibility criteria are exempt from classification as a TDR. Loans with
payment deferrals and forbearance plans entered into as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns were generally not considered
TDRs.
As of December 31, 2020, $718 million of retail loans were classified as TDRs, compared with $667 million as of December 31, 2019. As of
December 31, 2020, $171 million of retail TDRs were in nonaccrual status with 38% current with payments, compared to $143 million in nonaccrual
status with 38% current on payments at December 31, 2019. TDRs generally return to accrual status once repayment capacity and appropriate payment
history can be established. TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment and loans, once classified as TDRs, remain classified as TDRs until paid off,
sold or refinanced at market terms. For additional information regarding TDRs, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses” and
Note 5 in Item 8.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 60
Table 18: Accruing and Nonaccruing Retail Troubled Debt Restructurings
(dollars in millions)
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total
(dollars in millions)
Residential mortgages
Home equity loans
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total
December 31, 2020
As a % of Accruing Retail TDRs
30-89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days Past
Due
2.7 %
1.3
0.5
0.6
0.3
5.4 %
2.6 %
—
—
0.3
—
2.9 %
December 31, 2019
As a % of Accruing Retail TDRs
30-89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days Past
Due
3.8 %
1.9
0.2
0.9
0.6
7.4 %
2.1 %
—
—
0.3
—
2.4 %
Accruing
$172
221
13
116
25
$547
Accruing
$113
240
13
127
31
$524
Nonaccruing
Total
$43
83
33
10
2
$171
$215
304
46
126
27
$718
Nonaccruing
Total
$41
84
8
7
3
$143
$154
324
21
134
34
$667
Impact of Nonperforming Loans and Leases on Interest Income
The following table presents the gross interest income for both nonaccrual and restructured loans that would have been recognized if those
loans had been current in accordance with their original contractual terms, and had been outstanding throughout the year, or since origination if held for
only part of the year. The table also presents the interest income related to these loans that was actually recognized for the year.
Table 19: Interest Income Foregone
(in millions)
Gross amount of interest income that would have been recorded
(1)
Interest income actually recognized
Total interest income foregone
For the Year Ended
December 31, 2020
$126
17
$109
(1)
Based on the contractual rate that was being charged at the time the loan was restructured or placed on nonaccrual status.
Cross-Border Outstandings
Cross-border outstandings can include loans, receivables, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments and
other monetary assets that are denominated in either dollars or non-local currency. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no aggregate
cross-border outstandings from borrowers or counterparties in any country that exceeded 1%, or were between 0.75% and 1% of consolidated total
assets.
Deposits
Table 20: Composition of Deposits
(in millions)
Demand
Checking with interest
Regular savings
Money market accounts
Term deposits
Total deposits
December 31,
2020
2019
Change
Percent
$43,831
$29,233
$14,598
50 %
27,204
18,044
48,569
9,516
24,840
13,779
38,725
18,736
$147,164
$125,313
2,364
4,265
9,844
(9,220)
$21,851
10
31
25
(49)
17 %
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 61
Total deposits as of December 31, 2020, increased $21.9 billion, or 17%, to $147.2 billion compared to $125.3 billion, driven by growth in
demand deposits, money market accounts, savings, and checking with interest, partially offset by a decrease in term deposits and demand deposits.
Citizens Access , our national digital platform, attracted $5.9 billion of deposits through December 31, 2020, up from $5.8 billion as of December 31,
2019.
®
Table 21: Average Balances of and Average Interest Rates Paid for Deposits
(dollars in millions)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
(1)
Checking with interest
Money market accounts
Regular savings
Term deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
(1)
2020
Average
Balances
Yields/ Rates
For the Year Ended December 31,
2019
Average
Balances
Yields/ Rates
2018
Average
Balances
Yields/ Rates
$37,553
$26,002
44,732
16,144
14,309
$101,187
—
0.24 %
0.43
0.31
1.42
0.50 %
$28,936
$23,470
36,613
13,247
21,035
$94,365
—
0.87 %
1.23
0.57
2.03
1.22 %
$29,231
$21,856
36,497
10,238
18,035
$86,626
(1)
The aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was $839 million, $1.7 billion and $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Borrowed Funds
Table 22: Summary of Short-Term Borrowed Funds
(in millions)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowed funds
Total short-term borrowed funds
December 31,
2020
$231
12
$243
2019
$265
9
$274
Change
($34)
3
($31)
—
0.63 %
0.94
0.15
1.61
0.91 %
Percent
(13 %)
33
(11 %)
Our advances, lines of credit, and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by pledged mortgages and securities at least sufficient to
satisfy the collateral maintenance level established by the FHLB. The utilized borrowing capacity for FHLB advances and letters of credit was $3.2 billion
and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our remaining available FHLB borrowing capacity was $13.9 billion and $7.2 billion at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We can also borrow from the FRB discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. Collateral,
including certain loans, is pledged to support this borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2020, our unused secured borrowing capacity was approximately
$64.6 billion, which included unencumbered securities, FHLB borrowing capacity, and FRB discount window capacity.
Table 23: Key Data Related to Short-Term Borrowed Funds
(dollars in millions)
(1)
Weighted-average interest rate at year-end:
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowed funds
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year:
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowed funds
Average amount outstanding during the year:
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowed funds
Weighted-average interest rate during the year:
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowed funds
(1)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)
Rates exclude certain hedging costs.
Balances are net of certain short-term receivables associated with reverse repurchase agreements, as applicable.
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2020
— %
0.02
$1,049
18
$300
34
0.37 %
0.76
2019
0.41 %
3.85
$1,499
511
$599
66
1.36 %
2.50
2018
1.72 %
2.73
$1,282
1,110
$654
467
0.92 %
2.10
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 62
Table 24: Summary of Long-Term Borrowed Funds
(in millions)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Parent Company:
2.375% fixed-rate senior unsecured debt, due July 2021
4.150% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due September 2022
3.750% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due July 2024
4.023% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due October 2024
(1)
4.350% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due August 2025
4.300% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due December 2025
2.850% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due July 2026
2.500% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due February 2030
3.250% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due April 2030
2.638% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due September 2032
CBNA’s Global Note Program:
2.250% senior unsecured notes, due March 2020
2.447% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due March 2020
(2)
2.487% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due May 2020
2.200% senior unsecured notes, due May 2020
2.250% senior unsecured notes, due October 2020
2.550% senior unsecured notes, due May 2021
3.250% senior unsecured notes, due February 2022
0.941% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due February 2022
1.042% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due May 2022
2.650% senior unsecured notes, due May 2022
3.700% senior unsecured notes, due March 2023
1.201% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due March 2023
2.250% senior unsecured notes, due April 2025
3.750% senior unsecured notes, due February 2026
Additional Borrowings by CBNA and Other Subsidiaries:
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, 0.932% weighted average rate, due through 2038
Other
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
Total long-term borrowed funds
December 31,
2020
$350
182
159
25
193
450
497
297
745
543
—
—
—
—
—
1,003
716
299
250
510
527
249
746
551
2019
$349
348
250
42
249
750
496
—
—
—
700
300
250
500
750
991
711
299
250
501
515
249
—
521
19
35
$8,346
5,008
18
$14,047
(1)
Reflects the September 2020 completion of (i) $621 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes whereby participants received a combination of the our newly issued 2.638%
fixed-rate subordinated notes due 2032 and an additional cash payment and (ii) $11 million in related cash tender offers whereby validly tendered and accepted subordinated notes were purchased by us and
subsequently cancelled.
(2)
Rate disclosed reflects the floating rate as of December 31, 2020, or final rate as applicable.
Long-term borrowed funds of $8.3 billion as of December 31, 2020 decreased $5.7 billion from December 31, 2019, as strong deposit flows
allowed for significantly lower levels of borrowings. The decline in borrowed funds reflected a decrease of $5.0 billion in FHLB borrowings, and a
decrease of $729 million in subordinated debt and unsecured notes.
The Parent Company’s long-term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 included principal balances of $3.5 billion and $2.5 billion,
respectively, and unamortized deferred issuance costs and/or discounts of ($90) million and ($8) million, respectively. CBNA and other subsidiaries’ long-
term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 included principal balances of $4.8 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively, with unamortized
deferred issuance costs and/or discounts of ($11) million and ($13) million, respectively, and hedging basis adjustments of $112 million and $50 million,
respectively. See Note 13 in Item 8 for further information about our hedging of certain long-term borrowed funds.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 63
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table presents unaudited quarterly Consolidated Statements of Operations data and Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of and
for the four quarters of 2020 and 2019, respectively. We have prepared the Consolidated Statements of Operations data and Balance Sheet data on the
same basis as our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 and, in the opinion of management, each Consolidated Statement of Operations and
Balance Sheet includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations
and balance sheet data as of and for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and
Notes in Item 8.
Table 25: Quarterly Results of Operations
For the Three Months Ended
(dollars in millions, except per share
amounts)
Operating Data:
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total revenue
Provision for credit losses
Noninterest expense
(1) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Income before income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense
(2) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Net income
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Net income available to common
stockholders
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Net income per average common share-
basic
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Net income per average common share-
diluted
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Other Operating Data:
Return on average common equity
(11)
Return on average tangible common equity
(11)
Return on average total assets
(11)
Return on average total tangible assets
(11)
Efficiency ratio
(11)
Net interest margin
(11)
Net interest margin, FTE
(11) (12)
Share Data:
Cash dividends declared and paid per
common share
Dividend payout ratio
December 31, 2020
September 30, 2020
June 30, 2020
March 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
September 30, 2019
June 30, 2019 March 31, 2019
$1,129
578
1,707
124
1,012
571
115
$456
$424
$0.99
0.99
$1,137
654
1,791
428
988
375
61
$314
$289
$1,160
590
1,750
464
979
307
54
$253
$225
$1,160
497
1,657
600
1,012
45
11
$34
$12
$0.68
$0.53
$0.03
0.68
0.53
0.03
$1,143
494
1,637
110
986
541
91
$450
$427
$0.98
0.98
$1,145
493
1,638
101
973
564
115
$449
$1,166
462
1,628
97
951
580
127
$453
$432
$435
$1,160
428
1,588
85
937
566
127
$439
$424
$0.97
$0.95
$0.92
0.97
0.95
0.92
8.20 %
5.60 %
4.44 %
0.24 %
8.30 %
8.35 %
8.54 %
8.62 %
12.20
1.00
1.04
59.28
2.75
2.75
8.33
0.70
0.73
55.18
2.82
2.83
6.62
0.57
0.59
55.91
2.87
2.88
0.36
0.08
0.09
61.10
3.09
3.10
12.39
1.08
1.13
60.28
3.04
3.06
12.44
1.10
1.15
59.40
3.10
3.12
12.75
1.13
1.17
58.41
3.20
3.21
13.00
1.11
1.16
59.00
3.23
3.25
$0.39
39 %
$0.39
58 %
$0.39
74 %
$0.39
1,398 %
$0.36
37 %
$0.36
37 %
$0.32
34 %
$0.32
35 %
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 64
(dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets
Loans and leases
(13)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total securities
Goodwill
Total liabilities
Deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
(14)
Long-term borrowed funds
Total stockholders’ equity
Asset Quality Ratios:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
to loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to loans
and leases
Allowance for loan and lease losses
to nonaccruing loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to
nonaccruing loans and leases
Nonaccruing loans and leases to
loans and leases
Capital ratios:
CET1 capital ratio
(15)
Tier 1 capital ratio
Total capital ratio
Tier 1 leverage ratio
December 31, 2020
September 30, 2020
June 30, 2020
March 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
September 30, 2019
June 30, 2019
March 31, 2019
As of
$183,349
123,090
2,443
26,847
7,050
160,676
147,164
243
8,346
22,673
$179,228
124,071
2,542
26,124
7,050
156,759
142,921
252
9,109
22,469
$179,874
125,713
2,448
25,657
7,050
157,456
143,618
255
9,202
22,418
$176,719
127,528
2,171
26,352
7,050
154,769
133,475
1,059
16,437
21,950
$165,733
119,088
1,252
24,669
7,044
143,532
125,313
274
14,047
22,201
$164,362
117,880
1,263
25,602
7,044
142,511
124,714
1,077
12,806
21,851
$162,749
116,838
1,227
25,898
7,040
140,732
124,004
1,441
11,538
22,017
$161,342
117,615
1,245
25,651
7,040
139,811
123,916
679
11,725
21,531
1.98 %
2.05 %
1.95 %
1.70 %
1.05 %
1.07 %
1.05 %
1.06 %
2.17
240
262
0.83
10.0
11.3
13.4
9.4
2.21
199
214
1.03
9.8
11.2
13.3
9.5
2.01
247
255
0.79
9.6
10.9
13.1
9.3
1.73
279
283
0.61
9.4
10.5
12.5
9.6
1.09
178
184
0.59
10.0
11.1
13.0
10.0
1.11
171
177
0.63
10.3
11.1
13.0
9.9
1.13
169
182
0.62
10.5
11.3
13.4
10.1
1.13
167
179
0.63
10.5
11.3
13.4
10.0
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Fourth quarter 2020 noninterest expense included $42 million of pre-tax notable items consisting of $2 million of integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $40 million in other notable items related to TOP
programs and other efficiency initiatives.
Fourth quarter 2020 income tax expense included $18 million of benefits associated with other notable items ($7 million largely tied to an operational restructure and $11 million in TOP programs and other efficiency
initiatives).
Fourth quarter 2020 net income included $24 million of after-tax notable items consisting of $2 million in integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $22 million in other notable items (including a $7 million
benefit largely tied to an operational restructure more than offset by $29 million in after-tax TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives).
Third quarter 2020 noninterest expense included $31 million of pre-tax notable items consisting of $2 million of integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $29 million in other notable items related to TOP
programs and other efficiency initiatives. Income tax expense included $7 million of benefits associated with notable items related to TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives. Net income included $24 million of
after-tax notable items consisting of $2 million of total integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $22 million in other notable items related to TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives.
Second quarter 2020 noninterest expense included $19 million of pre-tax notable items consisting of $2 million of integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $17 million in other notable items related to TOP
programs and other efficiency initiatives. Income tax expense included $9 million of benefits associated with notable items ($1 million for integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $8 million in other notable
items, consisting of $4 million related to legacy tax matters and $4 million in TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives). Net income included $10 million of after-tax notable items consisting of $1 million of total
integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $9 million in other notable items (including $4 million related to legacy tax matters more than offset by $13 million after-tax in TOP programs and other efficiency
initiatives.
First quarter 2020 noninterest expense included $33 million of pre-tax notable items consisting of $4 million of integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $29 million in other notable items related to TOP
programs and other efficiency initiatives. Income tax expense included $8 million of benefits associated with notable items ($1 million for integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $7 million in TOP programs
and other efficiency initiatives). Net income included $25 million of after-tax notable items consisting of $3 million after-tax of total integration costs associated with Acquisitions and $22 million after-tax in other notable
items related to TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives.
Fourth quarter 2019 noninterest expense included $37 million of pre-tax notable items consisting of $35 million in other notable items ($35 million in TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives) and $2 million of
integration costs associated with acquisitions. Income tax expense included $33 million of benefits associated with other notable items ($24 million largely tied to legacy tax matters and $9 million in TOP programs
and other efficiency initiatives). Net income included $4 million of after-tax notable items consisting of $2 million in total integration costs associated with acquisitions and $2 million in other notable items (including
$24 million largely tied to legacy tax matters offset by $26 million in after-tax TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives).
Third quarter 2019 noninterest expense included $19 million of pre-tax notable items consisting of $15 million in other notable items ($15 million in TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives) and $4 million of
integration costs associated with acquisitions. Income tax expense included $15 million of benefits associated with notable items ($14 million in other notable items, consisting of $10 million related to an operational
restructure and $4 million in TOP programs and other efficiency initiatives, and $1 million for integration costs associated with acquisitions). Net income included $4 million of after-tax notable items consisting of
$3 million of total integration costs associated with acquisitions and $1 million in other notable items (including $10 million related to an operational restructure offset by $11 million in after-tax TOP programs and other
efficiency initiatives).
Second quarter 2019 noninterest expense included $7 million of pre-tax notable items for total integration costs associated with acquisitions. Income tax expense and net income included $2 million and $5 million,
respectively, related to these notable items.
First quarter 2019 noninterest expense included $5 million of pre-tax notable items for total integration costs associated with acquisitions. Income tax expense and net income included $1 million and $4 million,
respectively, related to these notable items.
Ratios for the periods above are presented on an annualized basis.
(9)
(10)
(11)
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 65
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
Net interest margin is presented on a FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%.
Excludes LHFS of $4.0 billion, $3.7 billion, $5.0 billion, $3.3 billion, $3.3 billion, $2.0 billion, $2.2 billion, and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2020, September 30, 2020, June 30, 2020, March 31, 2020, December 31,
2019, September 30, 2019, June 30, 2019 and March 31, 2019, respectively.
In the first quarter of 2020, we reclassified federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other short-term borrowed funds to short-term borrowed funds. Prior periods have been
adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
The capital ratios and associated components are prepared using the U.S. Basel III Standardized transitional approach.
CAPITAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
As a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary,
CBNA, is a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC. Our regulation and supervision continues to evolve as the legal and
regulatory frameworks governing our operations continue to change. For more information, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1.
Tailoring of Prudential Requirements
In October 2019, the FRB and the other banking regulators finalized rules that tailor the application of the enhanced prudential standards to bank
holding companies and depository institutions to implement the EGRRCPA amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act (“Tailoring Rules”). Under the Tailoring
Rules, Category IV firms, such as us, are subject to biennial supervisory stress-testing and are exempt from company-run stress testing and related
disclosure requirements. Category IV firms are also no longer required to submit resolution plans. The FRB continues to supervise Category IV firms on
an ongoing basis, including evaluation of the capital adequacy and capital planning processes during off-cycle years. We remain subject to the
requirement to develop, maintain and submit an annual capital plan for review and approval by our board of directors (or one of its committees), as well
as FR Y-14 reporting requirements. On April 6, 2020, we submitted our 2020 Capital Plan to the FRB under the FRB’s 2020 CCAR process. For more
information, see the “Tailoring of Prudential Requirements” section in Item 1.
On March 4, 2020, the FRB finalized a stress capital buffer (“SCB”) requirement that integrates regulatory capital requirements with the results of
the FRB’s supervisory stress tests by replacing the static CCB of 2.5% with a dynamic SCB requirement. The new SCB requirement is based on the
projected losses under the supervisory severely adverse scenario of each firm subject to CCAR plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends,
subject to a floor of 2.5%. Under the SCB framework, the FRB will no longer object to capital plans on quantitative grounds and each firm will be required
to maintain capital ratios above the sum of its minimum requirements and the SCB requirements to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and
discretionary bonus payments. For Category IV firms, like us, the FRB has stated that the SCB will be re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress
test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends and common share buy-backs. On October 1, 2020, our SCB of 3.4% became
effective and will apply to our capital actions through September 30, 2021.
On September 30, 2020, the FRB issued a proposed rule to make conforming changes to its Capital Plan Rule, stress capital buffer
requirements, and capital planning requirements to be consistent with the Tailoring Rules framework. Under the proposal, Category IV firms, like us,
would have the ability to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test and receive an updated SCB requirement in a year in which they are not
subject to the supervisory stress test. For purposes of calculating the SCB in 2021, the proposed rule would require us to notify the FRB of our intention
to participate in the 2021 supervisory stress test by April 5, 2021.
In light of the heightened uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns, the FRB took certain actions to preserve capital at
banks. Among those actions, the FRB imposed certain limitations on firms for the third and fourth quarters of 2020, including mandatory suspension of
share repurchases, and limiting common stock dividends to existing rates and the average quarterly net income for the prior four quarters. Further, the
FRB required that CCAR firms, like us, conduct an additional round of stress tests and resubmit updated capital plans to reflect changes in the
macroeconomic environment due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Consistent with the FRB’s mandate, we resubmitted our capital plan on November 2,
2020. The results of our resubmission, received on December 18, 2020, exceeded all capital requirements under the FRB’s severe stress scenarios and
we reiterated key aspects of our 2020 Capital Plan, which include maintaining quarterly common dividends of $0.39 per common share through the SCB
window period ending third quarter 2021. In December 2020, the FRB modified its limitations on capital distributions for the first quarter of 2021 such that
firms that participate in CCAR, like us, may resume share repurchases provided that the aggregate of share repurchases and common stock dividends
for the first quarter of 2021 do not exceed average quarterly net income for the trailing four quarters. The FRB can extend or modify its current capital
distribution limitations in future quarters. In January 2021, our board of directors authorized us to repurchase up to $750 million of our common stock
beginning in the first quarter of 2021. The timing and amount of future dividends and share
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 66
repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, risk-weighted assets, capital impacts of strategic
initiatives, market conditions and regulatory considerations. All future capital distributions are subject to consideration and approval by the board of
directors prior to execution.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, and stress capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently
subject to rulemaking and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of
these and any other prudential regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
Capital Framework
Under the current U.S. Basel III capital framework, we and our banking subsidiary must meet the following specific minimum requirements:
CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, total capital ratio of 8.0%, and tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As a bank holding company, our SCB
of 3.4% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above and a CCB of 2.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-
based capital ratios listed above for our banking subsidiary.
Effective for us on April 1, 2020, the CET1 deduction threshold for MSRs, certain deferred tax assets and significant investments in the capital of
unconsolidated institutions is 25%. As of December 31, 2020, we did not meet the threshold for these additional capital deductions. MSRs or deferred
tax assets not deducted from CET1 capital are assigned a 250% risk weight and significant investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial
institutions not deducted from CET1 capital are assigned an exposure category risk weight.
In reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB and the other federal banking regulators adopted a final rule relative to regulatory capital
treatment of ACL under CECL. This rule allowed electing banking organizations to delay the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital for a two-
year period ending January 1, 2022, followed by a three-year transition period ending January 1, 2025 to phase-in the aggregate amount of the capital
benefit provided during the initial two-year delay. As of December 31, 2020, $568 million of the capital benefit has been accumulated for application to
the three-year transition period.
Table 26: Regulatory Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules
(in millions, except ratio data)
December 31, 2020
CET1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Total capital
Tier 1 leverage
Risk-weighted assets
Quarterly adjusted average assets
December 31, 2019
CET1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Total capital
Tier 1 leverage
Risk-weighted assets
Quarterly adjusted average assets
Amount
Ratio
Required Minimum plus Required
(1)(2)
Buffer for Non-Leverage Ratios
$14,607
16,572
19,602
16,572
146,781
175,370
$14,304
15,874
18,542
15,874
142,915
158,782
10.0 %
11.3
13.4
9.4
10.0 %
11.1
13.0
10.0
7.9
9.4
11.4
4.0
7.0 %
8.5
10.5
4.0
(1)
(2)
Required “Minimum Capital ratio” for 2020 and 2019 are: Common equity tier 1 capital of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital of 6.0%; Total capital of 8.0%; and Tier 1 leverage of 4.0%.
“Minimum Capital ratio” includes stress capital buffer of 3.4% for 2020 and capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for 2019; N/A to Tier 1 leverage.
At December 31, 2020, our CET1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were 10.0%, 11.3% and 13.4%, respectively, as compared with
10.0%, 11.1% and 13.0%, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The CET1 capital ratio remained stable as $3.9 billion of risk-weighted asset (“RWA”)
growth and the impact of the capital actions described in “—Capital Transactions” below were primarily offset by net income for the year ended
December 31, 2020 and 25% of the increase in AACL subsequent to CECL adoption. The tier 1 capital ratio increased due to the changes in CET1
capital and the issuance of Series F preferred stock described in “—Capital Transactions” below. The total capital ratio increased due to the changes in
CET1 and tier 1 capital and the net change in AACL attributable to CECL adoption, the modified transition amount and excess ACL, partially offset by
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 67
the subordinated debt exchange offers described in “—Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition” below and an increase in non-qualifying
subordinated debt. At December 31, 2020, our CET1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were approximately 210 basis points, 190 basis points
and 200 basis points, respectively, above their regulatory minimums plus our stress capital buffer. All ratios remained well above the U.S. Basel III
minima.
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
CET1 capital under U.S. Basel III Standardized rules totaled $14.6 billion at December 31, 2020, and increased $303 million from $14.3 billion at
December 31, 2019, largely driven by net income for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 25% of the increase in AACL subsequent to CECL
adoption, partially offset by dividends and common share repurchases. Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2020 totaled $16.6 billion, reflecting a $698 million
increase from $15.9 billion at December 31, 2019, driven by the changes in CET1 capital and the issuance of Series F preferred stock. At December 31,
2020, we had $2.0 billion of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding, an increase of $395 million from $1.6 billion at December
31, 2019, given the second quarter 2020 issuance of 400,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock that qualified as additional tier 1 capital. Total capital of
$19.6 billion at December 31, 2020, increased $1.1 billion from December 31, 2019, driven by the changes in CET1 and tier 1 capital and the net change
in AACL, partially offset by a decrease in qualifying subordinated debt.
RWA totaled $146.8 billion at December 31, 2020, based on U.S. Basel III Standardized rules, up $3.9 billion from December 31, 2019. This
increase was driven by higher derivative valuations, increases in education loans, commercial real estate loans, MSR RWA, resulting from the
finalization of the simplification rules which increased risk weight from 100% to 250%, and increases in residential mortgages, loans held for sale and
commercial past due loans. These RWA increases were partially offset by decreases in high volatility commercial real estate, commercial loans, home
equity loans and consumer personal loans.
As of December 31, 2020, the tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.4% decreasing from 10.0% at December 31, 2019 driven by the $16.6 billion increase
in quarterly adjusted average assets, partially offset by higher tier one capital. The increase in quarterly adjusted average assets was primarily driven by
the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns, resulting in increased cash level of $9.3 billion and an increase in total loans of $4.6 billion. The
increased cash is a result of higher deposits caused by government stimulus and commercial clients building liquidity. The increase in total loans is
primarily the result of an increase in commercial and industrial loans from PPP.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 68
Table 27: Capital Composition Under the U.S. Basel III Capital Framework
(in millions)
Total common stockholders’ equity
Exclusions:
Modified CECL transitional amount
Net unrealized losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:
(1)
Debt and equity securities
Derivatives
Unamortized net periodic benefit costs
Deductions:
Goodwill
Deferred tax liability associated with goodwill
Other intangible assets
Total common equity tier 1
Qualifying preferred stock
Total tier 1 capital
(2)
Qualifying subordinated debt
Allowance for credit losses
Exclusions from tier 2 capital:
Modified AACL transitional amount
Excess allowance for credit losses
(2)
Adjusted allowance for credit losses
Total capital
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
$20,708
$20,631
568
(380)
11
429
(7,050)
379
(58)
14,607
1,965
16,572
1,204
2,670
(682)
(162)
$1,826
$19,602
—
(1)
(3)
415
(7,044)
374
(68)
14,304
1,570
15,874
1,372
1,296
—
—
$1,296
$18,542
(1)
(2)
As a U.S. Basel III Standardized approach institution, we selected the one-time election to opt-out of the requirements to include all the components of AOCI.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amount of non-qualifying subordinated debt excluded from regulatory capital was $348 million and $267 million, respectively.
On February 11, 2021, we completed $265 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes. Exchange offer
participants received newly issued subordinated notes due 2031 which are redeemable by us five years prior to their maturity. In September 2020, we
completed $621 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes. Exchange offer participants received a combination
of our newly issued subordinated notes due 2032 and an additional cash payment. We also completed related cash tender offers which result in $11
million of subordinated notes being validly tendered and accepted for purchase by us and subsequently cancelled. The completion of these subordinated
debt exchange offers will benefit our tier 2 and total capital going forward by increasing the amount of subordinated debt eligible for inclusion in tier 2
capital without increasing the aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt outstanding.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the
identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using
applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed changes to regulatory
capital requirements. Key analytical frameworks, including stress testing, which enable the assessment of capital adequacy versus unexpected loss
under a variety of stress scenarios, supplement our base line forecast. A governance framework supports our capital planning process, including capital
management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our Capital Contingency Plan and the active
engagement of both the legal-entity boards and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy feed development of a single capital plan covering us and our banking subsidiary that is
periodically submitted to the FRB. We prepare this plan in full compliance with the FRB’s Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRB’s
horizontal capital review, which is the FRB’s assessment of specific capital planning areas as part of their normal supervisory process.
All distributions proposed under our Capital Plan are subject to consideration and approval by our board of directors prior to execution. The
timing and exact amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance
and market conditions.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 69
Capital Transactions
We completed the following capital actions during 2020:
• Completed $621 million of subordinated debt private exchange offers in September 2020;
•
Issued $400 million or 400,000 shares, of 5.650% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock in June 2020;
• Declared and paid quarterly common stock dividends of $0.39 per share for the first, second, third, and fourth quarters of 2020, aggregating to
$672 million;
• Declared a semi-annual dividend of $27.50 per share in first quarter 2020, a quarterly dividend of $13.48 per share in second quarter of 2020, a
quarterly dividend of $10.90 per share in third quarter 2020 and a quarterly dividend of $10.72 per share in fourth quarter 2020 on the 5.500%
fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, aggregating to $15 million;
• Declared semi-annual dividends of $30.00 per share for the second and fourth quarter of 2020 on the 6.000% fixed-to-floating rate non-
cumulative perpetual Series B Preferred Stock, aggregating to $18 million;
• Declared quarterly dividends of $15.94 per share on the 6.375% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series C Preferred Stock,
aggregating to $19 million;
• Declared quarterly dividends of $15.88 per share on the 6.350% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series D Preferred Stock,
aggregating to $19 million;
• Declared quarterly dividends of $12.50 per share on the 5.000% fixed-rate non-cumulative perpetual Series E Preferred Stock, aggregating to
$23 million;
• Declared quarterly dividends of $19.15 per share in third quarter of 2020 and a quarterly dividend of $14.13 per share in fourth quarter 2020 on
the 5.650% fixed-rate non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock, aggregating to $13 million; and
• Repurchased $270 million of our outstanding common stock in the first quarter 2020.
Banking Subsidiary’s Capital
Table 28: CBNA's Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules
(dollars in millions, except ratio data)
CET1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Total capital
Tier 1 leverage
Risk-weighted assets
Quarterly adjusted average assets
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Ratio
10.9 %
10.9
13.0
9.2
Amount
$16,032
16,032
18,980
16,032
146,558
174,954
Ratio
11.0 %
11.0
12.6
9.9
Amount
$15,610
15,610
17,937
15,610
142,555
158,391
CBNA CET1 and tier 1 capital totaled $16.0 billion at December 31, 2020, up $422 million from $15.6 billion at December 31, 2019. The increase
was primarily driven by net income for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 25% of the increase in AACL subsequent to CECL adoption, partially
offset by dividend payments to the Parent Company. Total capital was $19.0 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $1.0 billion from $17.9 billion at
December 31, 2019, driven by the change in CET1 capital, the net change in AACL and an increase in qualifying subordinated debt.
CBNA had RWA of $146.6 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $4.0 billion from December 31, 2019, driven by higher derivative
valuations, increases in education loans, commercial real estate loans, MSR RWA, resulting from the finalization of the simplification rules which
increased risk weight from 100% to 250%, and increases in residential mortgages, loans held for sale and commercial past due loans. These RWA
increases were partially offset by decreases in high volatility commercial real estate, commercial loans, home equity loans and consumer personal loans.
As of December 31, 2020, the CBNA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased to 9.2% from 9.9% at December 31, 2019, driven by the $16.6 billion
increase in quarterly adjusted average assets, partially offset by higher tier one capital. The increase in quarterly adjusted average assets was primarily
driven by COVID-19 and the associated lockdowns, resulting in increased cash level of $9.3 billion and an increase in total loans of $4.6 billion. The
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 70
increased cash is a result of higher deposits caused by government stimulus and commercial clients building liquidity. The increase in total loans is
primarily the result of an increase in commercial and industrial loans from PPP.
LIQUIDITY
Liquidity is defined as our ability to meet our cash flow and collateral obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. An institution must
maintain operating liquidity to meet its expected daily and forecasted cash flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected (stress
scenario) funding requirements. As noted earlier, reflecting the importance of meeting all unexpected and stress scenario funding requirements, we
identify and manage contingent liquidity (consisting of cash balances at the FRB, unencumbered high-quality and liquid securities, and unused FHLB
borrowing capacity.) Separately, we also identify and manage asset liquidity as a subset of contingent liquidity (consisting of cash balances at the FRB
and unencumbered high-quality securities.) We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity fundamental to our health and strength.
We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity, including at the Parent Company and CBNA level.
Parent Company Liquidity
Our Parent Company’s primary sources of cash are dividends and interest received from CBNA as a result of investing in bank equity and
subordinated debt and externally issued preferred stock as well as senior and subordinated debt. Uses of cash include the routine cash flow
requirements as a bank holding company, including periodic share repurchases and payments of dividends, interest and expenses; the needs of
subsidiaries, including CBNA, for additional equity and, as required, its need for debt financing; and the support for extraordinary funding requirements
when necessary. To the extent the Parent Company has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Parent Company completed the following transactions:
•
•
•
Issued $400 million, or 400,000 shares, of 5.650% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock on June 4, 2020;
Issued $750 million in ten-year 3.250% fixed-rate senior notes on April 30, 2020; and
Issued $300 million in ten-year 2.500% fixed-rate senior notes on February 6, 2020.
For further information on outstanding debt and preferred stock, see Note 12 and Note 16 in Item 8.
During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Parent Company declared and paid dividends on common stock of $672 million and
$617 million, respectively, and declared dividends on preferred stock of $107 million and $73 million, respectively. In addition, the Parent Company
repurchased $270 million and $1.2 billion of its outstanding common stock, respectively.
Our Parent Company’s cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs and totaled $2.7 billion
as of December 31, 2020 compared with $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019. The Parent Company’s double-leverage ratio (the combined equity
investment in Parent Company subsidiaries divided by Parent Company equity) is a measure of reliance on equity cash flows from subsidiaries to fund
Parent Company obligations. At December 31, 2020, the Parent Company’s double-leverage ratio was 98%.
CBNA Liquidity
In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank
liquidity include deposits from our consumer and commercial customers; payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and wholesale
borrowings, as needed, and as described under “—Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include withdrawals
and maturities of deposits; payment of interest on deposits; funding of loans and related commitments; and funding of securities purchases. To the extent
that CBNA has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest. For further information on CBNA’s
outstanding debt, see Note 12 in Item 8.
As CBNA’s primary business involves taking deposits and making loans, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have
timely access to funds from deposits and for loans. Liquidity management also
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 71
involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when
necessary.
On April 30, 2020 CBNA issued $750 million in five-year 2.250% fixed-rate senior notes.
Liquidity Risk
We define liquidity risk as the risk that an entity will be unable to meet its payment obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. Liquidity
risk can arise due to contingent liquidity risk and/or funding liquidity risk.
Contingent liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions may reduce an entity’s ability to liquidate, pledge and/or finance certain assets and
thereby substantially reduce the liquidity value of such assets. Drivers of contingent liquidity risk include general market disruptions as well as specific
issues regarding the credit quality and/or valuation of a security or loan, issuer or borrower and/or asset class.
Funding liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions and/or entity-specific events may reduce an entity’s ability to raise funds from depositors
and/or wholesale market counterparties. Drivers of funding liquidity risk may be idiosyncratic or systemic, reflecting impediments to operations and/or
damaged market confidence.
Factors Affecting Liquidity
Given the composition of assets and borrowing sources, contingent liquidity risk at CBNA would be materially affected by events such as
deterioration of financing markets for high-quality securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities and other instruments issued by the GNMA, FNMA and the
FHLMC), by any inability of the FHLBs to provide collateralized advances and/or by a refusal of the FRB to act as a lender of last resort in systemic
stress.
Similarly, given the structure of its balance sheet, the funding liquidity risk of CBNA would be materially affected by an adverse idiosyncratic
event (e.g., a major loss, causing a perceived or actual deterioration in its financial condition), an adverse systemic event (e.g., default or bankruptcy of a
significant capital markets participant), or a combination of both. Consequently, and despite ongoing exposure to a variety of idiosyncratic and systemic
events, we view our contingent liquidity risk and our funding liquidity risk to be relatively modest.
An additional variable affecting our access to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large denomination (i.e., uninsured) customer deposits
is the credit ratings assigned by such agencies as Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch.
Table 29: Credit Ratings
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
Long-term issuer
Short-term issuer
Subordinated debt
Preferred Stock
Citizens Bank, National Association:
Long-term issuer
Short-term issuer
Long-term deposits
Short-term deposits
NR = Not Rated
Moody’s
NR
NR
NR
NR
Baa1
NR
A1
P-1
December 31, 2020
Standard and
Poor’s
BBB+
A-2
BBB
BB+
A-
A-2
NR
NR
Fitch
BBB+
F1
BBB
BB
BBB+
F1
A-
F1
Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding. As a result and in order to maintain a
conservative funding profile, CBNA continues to minimize reliance on unsecured wholesale funding. At December 31, 2020, our wholesale funding
consisted primarily of secured borrowings from the FHLBs collateralized by high-quality residential mortgages and term debt issued by the Parent
Company and CBNA.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management
practices. The FRB, the OCC and the FDIC regularly evaluate our liquidity as
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 72
part of the overall supervisory process. In addition we are subject to existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements, some of which are subject to
further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. For further discussion, see the “Regulation and Supervision —
Financial Regulatory Reform” and “—Liquidity Requirements” sections in Item 1.
The LCR was developed by the U.S. federal banking regulators to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net
cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. In accordance with the October 2019 Final Rules, Category IV institutions with less than $50 billion in
weighted short-term wholesale funding, such as us, are no longer subject to the requirements of the LCR rule as of December 31, 2019.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury unit in accordance with policy guidelines
promulgated by our Board and the Asset Liability Committee. In managing liquidity risk, the Funding and Liquidity unit delivers regular and
comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits, for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory
commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.
Our Funding and Liquidity unit’s primary goal is to deliver and otherwise maintain prudent levels of operating liquidity (to support expected and
projected funding requirements), and contingent liquidity (to support unexpected funding requirements resulting from idiosyncratic, systemic, and
combination stress events, and regulatory liquidity requirements) in a timely manner from stable and cost-efficient funding sources.
We seek to accomplish this goal by funding loans with stable deposits; by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly
short-term unsecured funding; and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and
securities. As of December 31, 2020:
• Core deposits continued to be our primary source of funding and our consolidated year-end loans-to-deposits ratio, which excludes LHFS, was
83.6%;
• Our cash position (which is defined as cash balance held at the FRB) totaled $11.7 billion;
• Contingent liquidity was $47.3 billion, consisting of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $21.8 billion, unused FHLB capacity of $13.9
billion, and our cash position of $11.7 billion. Asset liquidity (a component of contingent liquidity) was $33.5 billion, consisting of our cash position
of $11.7 billion and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $21.8 billion;
• Available discount window capacity, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the FRB based on identified collateral, is secured by non-
mortgage commercial and retail loans and totaled $28.9 billion. Use of this borrowing capacity would be considered only during exigent
circumstances; and
•
For a summary of our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, see the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8.
The Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics and early warning indicators and metrics, including specific risk
thresholds limits. These monitoring tools are broadly classified as follows:
• Current liquidity sources and capacities, including cash at the FRBs, free and liquid securities and available and secured FHLB borrowing
capacity;
•
Liquidity stress sources, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stresses, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements; and
• Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a
variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored individually for CBNA, and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including cash
position, unencumbered securities, asset liquidity, and available FHLB borrowing capacity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform
funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 73
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Table 30: Outstanding Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Total
Less than 1
year
1 to 3 years
3 to 5
years
More than 5
years
Deposits with a stated maturity of less than one year
(1) (2)
$137,648
$137,648
Term deposits
(1)
Long-term borrowed funds
(1) (3)
Contractual interest payments
(4)
Lease liabilities maturing under non-cancelable operating leases
Purchase obligations
(5)
9,516
8,346
895
921
944
8,474
1,361
224
149
411
$—
828
$—
211
2,746
1,586
287
277
396
217
201
116
$—
3
2,653
167
294
21
Total outstanding contractual obligations
$158,270
$148,267
$4,534
$2,331
$3,138
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Deposits and long-term borrowed funds exclude interest.
Includes demand, checking with interest, regular savings, and money market account deposits. See “—Deposits” for further information.
Includes obligations under capital leases.
Includes accrued interest and future contractual interest obligations related to long-term borrowed funds.
Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by non-cancelable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Table 31: Outstanding Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit
Letters of credit
Risk participation agreements
Loans sold with recourse
Marketing rights
Total
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
December 31,
2020
$74,160
2,239
98
54
29
2019
$72,743
2,190
37
37
33
Change
$1,417
49
61
17
(4)
$76,580
$75,040
$1,540
Percent
2 %
2
165
46
(11)
2 %
Our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in this Report, are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited
Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our audited
Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and
circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. Our most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related
application are discussed below. See Note 1 in Item 8, for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
We reserve for expected credit losses on our loan and lease portfolio through the ALLL and for expected credit losses in our unfunded lending
commitments through other liabilities. Collectively, the ALLL and reserves for expected credit losses in unfunded lending commitments are referred to as
the ACL.
Changes in the ACL are reflected in net income through provision for credit losses. Changes in the credit risk profile of our loans and leases
result in changes in provision expense with a resulting change, net of charge-offs and recoveries, in the ACL balance.
The ACL is often the most critical of all the accounting estimates for banking institutions like us. The ACL is maintained at a level we believe to
be appropriate to absorb expected lifetime credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and lease portfolios and on the unfunded lending
commitments. Our determination of the ACL is based on periodic evaluation of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded lending commitments that are
not unconditionally cancellable considering a number of relevant underlying factors, including key assumptions and evaluation of quantitative and
qualitative information.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 74
Key assumptions used in our ACL measurement process include the use of a two-year reasonable and supportable economic forecast period
followed by a one-year period during which the expected credit losses revert to long-term historical macroeconomic inputs.
The evaluation of quantitative and qualitative information is performed through assessments of groups of assets that share similar risk
characteristics and certain individual loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with the collective group. Loans are grouped generally
by product type (e.g., commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage, etc.), and significant loan portfolios are assessed for credit
losses using econometric models. The evaluation process is inherently imprecise and subjective as it requires significant management judgment based
on underlying factors that are susceptible to change, sometimes materially and rapidly.
The quantitative evaluation of the adequacy of the ACL utilizes a single economic forecast as its foundation, and is primarily based on
econometric models that use known or estimated data as of the balance sheet date and forecasted data over the reasonable and supportable period.
Known and estimated data include current PD, LGD and EAD (for commercial), timing and amount of expected draws (for unfunded lending
commitments), FICO, LTV, term and time on books (for retail loans), mix and level of loan balances, delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, previous
loss experience, current business conditions, amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, and factors particular to a specific commercial credit
such as competition, business and management performance. Forward-looking economic assumptions include real gross domestic product,
unemployment rate, interest rate curve, and changes in collateral values. This data is aggregated to estimate expected credit losses over the contractual
life of the loans and leases, adjusted for expected prepayments. In highly volatile economic environments historical information, such as commercial
customer financial statements or consumer credit ratings, may not be as important to estimating future expected losses as forecasted inputs to the
models.
The ACL may also be affected materially by a variety of qualitative factors that we consider to reflect our current judgment of various events and
risks that are not measured in our statistical procedures including uncertainty related to the economic forecasts used in the modeled credit loss
estimates, loan growth, back testing results, credit underwriting policy exceptions, regulatory and audit findings, and peer comparisons. The qualitative
allowance is further informed for certain industry sectors or loan classes by alternative scenarios to support the period-end ACL balance. We recognize
that this approach may not be suitable in certain economic environments and differing analysis may be requested at management’s discretion. Due in
part to its subjectivity, the qualitative evaluation may be materially impacted during periods of economic uncertainty and late breaking events could lead
to revision of reserves to reflect management’s best estimate of expected credit losses.
The measurement process results in specific or pooled allowances for loans, leases and unfunded lending commitments, and qualitative
allowances that are judgmentally determined and applied across the portfolio.
There are certain loan portfolios that may not need an econometric model to enable us to calculate management’s best estimate of the expected
credit losses. Less data intensive, non-modeled approaches to estimating losses are considered more efficient and practical for portfolios that have lower
levels of outstanding balances (e.g., runoff or closed portfolios, and new products or products that are not significant to our overall credit risk exposure).
The difference in ACL as of December 31, 2020 as compared to December 31, 2019 continues to be driven by the COVID-19 pandemic and
associated lockdowns and the resulting economic impacts from March to December 31, 2020, as well as our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. We
added $451 million in ACL upon adoption of CECL, and have added an additional $923 million over 2020, resulting in an ending ACL balance of
$2.7 billion.
To determine the ACL as of December 31, 2020, we utilized an economic scenario that generally reflects real GDP growth of approximately 4%
over 2021, returning to fourth quarter 2019 real GDP levels by the last quarter of 2021. The scenario also projects the unemployment rate to be in the
range of approximately 7% to 7.5% throughout 2021. While the macroeconomic forecast was slightly improved relative to the third quarter 2020 forecast,
we continued to apply management judgment to adjust the modeled reserves in the commercial industry sectors most impacted by the COVID-19
pandemic and associated lockdowns, including retail and hospitality, casual dining, retail trade, price-sensitive energy and related, and educational
services, as well as in certain retail products.
Our determination of the ACL is sensitive to changes in forecasted macro-economic conditions during the reasonable and supportable period. To
illustrate, we applied a more pessimistic scenario than that described
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 75
above which assumes vaccinations taking longer and COVID-19 cases being approximately 50% higher than our current expectations. This pessimistic
scenario reflects real GDP growth of approximately 2.5% and unemployment in the range of 8% to 8.5% over 2021. Excluding consideration of
qualitative adjustments, this scenario would result in a quantitative lifetime loss estimate of approximately 1.2x our period end ACL, or an increase of
$450 million.
Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the ACL, this sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect
the nature and extent of future changes in the ACL or even what the ACL would be under these economic circumstances. The sensitivity is intended to
provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in the macro-economic environment and the corresponding impact to modeled loss estimates. The
hypothetical determination does not incorporate the impact of management judgment or other qualitative factors that could be applied in the actual
estimation of the ACL, and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in our loss rates.
To provide additional context regarding sensitivity to more pessimistic scenarios, our ACL balance of $2.7 billion represents 31% of the $8.6
billion of nine-quarter losses projected in the Federal Reserve run of the December 2020 Supervisory Severely Adverse scenario (the “Supervisory
Severely Adverse scenario”), which forecasted more protracted unemployment and GDP declines compared with our ACL calculation. Our ACL
calculation also included the impacts of government stimulus.
Comparatively, our ACL represents 53% of the $5.1 billion of projected losses in the Company run results of the Supervisory Severely Adverse
scenario. Losses projected under the Company run Supervisory Severely Adverse scenario are lower than the Federal Reserve run results due to
methodology and modeling differences. As an example, the Federal Reserve’s models did not recognize contractual loss sharing arrangements in the
merchant loan portfolio. In addition, both the Company run and Federal Reserve run results include incremental losses associated with loan originations
assumed post-June 30, 2020. In contrast, our December 31, 2020 ACL balance considers only existing loans and lines of credit as of the reporting date.
While the recovery path is clearer than it was at the end of the third quarter 2020, significant future uncertainty still exists, including size and
timing of further monetary and fiscal stimulus, and progress in the rollout of COVID-19-related vaccines. It remains difficult to estimate how changes in
economic forecasts might affect our ACL because such forecasts consider a wide variety of variables and inputs, and changes in the variables and
inputs may not occur at the same time or in the same direction, and such changes may have differing impacts by product types. Further, the variables
and inputs may be idiosyncratically affected by existing or future monetary and fiscal stimulus programs and forbearance and other customer
accommodation efforts. Nevertheless, changes in one or multiple of the key variables may have a material impact to our estimation of expected credit
losses.
We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, vaccination efforts, and related policy measures on the economy and the
resulting potentially material effects on the ACL.
For additional information regarding the ALLL and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, see Note 1 and Note 5 in Item 8.
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recorded as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination and is
assigned to our reporting units at the acquisition date. Our reporting units align to our operating segments identified in Note 25 in Item 8. We have
identified and assigned goodwill totaling $7.1 billion at December 31, 2020, to our reporting units as follows: $2.3 billion to Consumer Banking and
$4.8 billion to Commercial Banking.
Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual impairment tests. We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31 and in interim
periods when events or changes indicate the carrying value of one or more reporting units may not be recoverable. If it is more likely than not that the fair
value exceeds the carrying value, no further testing is necessary, otherwise a quantitative assessment of goodwill is required.
The quantitative assessment used to identify potential impairment involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value,
including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value inclusive of goodwill, the applicable goodwill is not considered impaired. If
the carrying value of the reporting unit inclusive of goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge against net income is recorded equal to the
excess amount. Under the quantitative impairment assessment, the fair values of our reporting units are determined using a combination of income and
market-based approaches. We rely on the income approach
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 76
(discounted cash flow method, or “DCF”) as our primary method to determine a range of values for each reporting unit, with the market and transaction
approaches used to inform management of the best estimate of value within that range.
Significant management judgment is necessary in the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit as the income approach requires an
estimation of future cash flows, considering the after-tax results of operations, the extent and timing of credit losses, and appropriate discount and capital
retention rates. The determination of fair value is a highly subjective process, and actual future cash flows may differ from forecasted results.
Cash flow projections rely upon multi-year financial forecasts developed for each reporting unit that consider key business drivers such as new
business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, fees and expenses, forward interest
rates, historical performance, credit performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The long-term growth rate used in
determining the terminal value of each reporting unit is estimated based on management’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of
each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as GDP, unemployment and inflation.
Our discount rate was based on the estimated cost of equity under the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate,
market risk premium, and beta specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated on the assessment of the risks related to the
projected cash flows of each reporting unit.
Under the market approach, valuation of our reporting units considers a combination of earnings and equity multiples from companies with
characteristics similar to the reporting unit. Since the fair values determined under the market approach are representative of non-controlling interests,
the valuations incorporate a control premium.
We performed our annual goodwill impairment assessment on a quantitative basis in the fourth quarter of 2020. When calculating the fair value
of our reporting units under the income approach, short and medium-term forecasts incorporated current economic conditions and ongoing impacts of
the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns, including a federal funds target near zero and near-term elevated ACL, offset by significant
monetary and fiscal stimulus. Long-term cash flow projections reflected normalized rate and credit environments, as well as a long-term rate of return for
each reporting unit. At the conclusion of the quantitative assessment it was determined that the estimated fair value of the Commercial Banking and
Consumer Banking reporting units substantially exceed their carrying values due primarily to an improvement in the short and medium-term economic
forecasts.
When performing the quantitative goodwill impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2020, we corroborated the fair value of our reporting
units determined by the DCF method by adding the aggregated sum of these fair value measurements to the fair value of our Other non-segment
operations and comparing this total to our observed market capitalization. The excess of the sum of the fair values of the reporting units over the market
capitalization of Citizens decreased from third quarter of 2020 to October 31, 2020, and decreased significantly to December 31, 2020 as our per share
price rose from $25.28 to $35.76. The increase in our market capitalization resulted in a corresponding decrease in our implied control premium.
Fair Value
We measure fair value of assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is also used on a recurring and nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain
assets for impairment or for financial statement disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include impairment for certain loans,
leases and goodwill. Examples of recurring uses of fair value for financial statement disclosure purposes include disclosure of the fair value of certain
financial assets and liabilities accounted for on an amortized cost basis, such as HTM securities. For certain assets or liabilities, the application of
management judgment in the determination of the fair value is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. MSRs are classified as Level 3 since the valuation methodology utilizes
significant unobservable inputs. The MSR fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model which used assumptions, including weighted-
average life, prepayment assumptions and weighted-average option adjusted spread. It is important to note that changes in our assumptions may not be
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 77
independent of each other; changes in one assumption may result in changes to another (e.g., changes in interest rates, which are inversely correlated
to changes in prepayment rates, may result in changes to discount rates). The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by values
received from independent third parties based on their review of the servicing portfolio, and comparisons to market transactions.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 1, Note 3, Note 8, Note 13, and Note 19 in Item 8.
RISK GOVERNANCE
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit
of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the
levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable our Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of
those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The Executive Risk Committee (“ERC”), chaired by the Chief
Risk Officer, is responsible for oversight of risk across the enterprise and actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile
and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated. Reporting to the ERC are the following additional
committees, covering specific areas of risk: Compliance and Operational Risk Committee, Model Risk Committee, Credit Policy Committee, Asset
Liability Committee, Business Initiatives Review Committee, and the Conduct and Ethics Committee.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and
accountabilities for risk management activities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines (including their associated support functions) are the first line of defense and are accountable for identifying, assessing,
managing, and controlling the risks associated with the products and services they provide. The business lines are responsible for performing regular
risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and
certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their operational and financial reporting controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating
procedures and establishing and owning a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The second line of defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for developing and ensuring implementation of
risk and control frameworks and related policies. This centralized risk function is appropriately independent from the business and is accountable for
overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks, including credit, market, operational, regulatory, reputational,
interest rate, liquidity and strategic risks.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the third line of defense providing independent assurance with a view of the effectiveness of our internal controls,
governance practices, and culture so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has
complete and unrestricted access to any and all of our records, physical properties and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal
review and provides an audit opinion to the Board’s Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
Credit Quality Assurance reports to the Chief Audit Executive and provides the legal-entity boards, senior management and other stakeholders
with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line
with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Quality Assurance function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting
through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 78
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond
which we could be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations.
Our principal non-market risks include credit, operational, regulatory, reputational, liquidity and strategic risks. We are also subject to certain
market risks which include potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other
relevant market rates or prices. Market risk in our business arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rates,
foreign exchange risk and non-trading activities within capital markets. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify,
measure, monitor and report on market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. See “—Market Risk” for further information.
Our risk appetite is reviewed and approved annually by the Board Risk Committee.
Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual
terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a
variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings
and balance sheet, the assessment, approval and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The independent Credit Risk Function is responsible for reviewing and approving credit risk appetite across all lines of business and credit
products, approving larger and higher risk credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem credit exposures, and ensuring
remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the business line and the second line of defense. The second line of
defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all of our credit risk. The Chief Credit Officer reports to the
Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Credit Officer, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance
process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits and authority delegation. The Chief Credit Officer and team also
have responsibility for credit approvals for larger and higher risk transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the Chief
Credit Officer are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, Citizens
Restructuring Management, Portfolio and Corporate Reporting, ALLL Analytics, Current Expected Credit Loss, and Credit Policy and Administration.
Each team under these leaders is composed of highly experienced credit professionals.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the
minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material changes in our business model and strategies that identify a
need to change our risk appetite or highlight a risk not previously contemplated are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit
Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval, as appropriate.
Key Management Processes
We employ a comprehensive and integrated risk control program to proactively identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate existing and emerging
credit risks across the credit life cycle (origination, account management/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery).
Consumer
On the Consumer Banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the life cycle of the loan. Starting at
origination, credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 79
of an applicant. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit
risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
To ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams, lending authority is granted by the second line of defense credit risk function to each
underwriter. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each
underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk team are authorized to
approve significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies when compensating factors are present.
There are exception limits which, when reached, trigger a comprehensive analysis.
Once an account is established, credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals to allow for proactive identification of
increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated to ensure
consistency and efficiency.
Commercial
On the Commercial Banking side of credit risk, the structure is broken into C&I loans, leases and CRE. Within C&I loans and leases there are
separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology and mid-
corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined
industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial credit risk management begins with defined credit products and policies.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual
review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of credit grades that confirm the PD and LGD. All material
transactions then require the approval of both a business line approver and an independent credit approver with the requisite level of delegated authority.
The approval level of a particular credit facility is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD. The checks and balances in the
credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being
accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All
authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and regularly updated.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s
management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure,
and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the
decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Quality Assurance
group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts
portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans and validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes and
the effectiveness of credit risk management.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower
or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry asset class and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on
extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary markets (for this purpose defined as our 11 state
footprint plus contiguous states), although we do engage in lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are
acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives.
Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by a specialized group of credit professionals.
MARKET RISK
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other
relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign
exchange risk. As
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 80
described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit-gathering. We have
established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage market risk for both
trading and non-trading activities.
Non-Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk as a result of non-trading banking activities. This market risk is substantially composed of interest rate risk, as we
have no commodity risk and de minimis direct currency and equity risk. We also have market risk related to capital markets loan originations, as well as
the valuation of our MSRs.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk
embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.”
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets relative to liabilities and equity. There are differences in the
timing and drivers of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a commercial loan
may reprice monthly with changes in LIBOR, while the rate paid on debt or certificates of deposit may be fixed for a longer period. There may also be
differences in the drivers of rate changes. Loans may be tied to a specific index rate such as LIBOR or Prime, while deposits may be only loosely
correlated with LIBOR and dependent upon competitive demand. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads
between certain indices or repricing rates.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most
consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty and most consumer deposits can also be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by
customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating-rate loans relative to core deposit funding. This source of
asset sensitivity is more biased toward the short end of the yield curve.
The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed-rate loans, as
well as prepayment risk on mortgage-related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by our Board. These
limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is
managed within our risk appetite, we must measure the exposure and hedge it, as necessary. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is
responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on our structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the
Asset Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary
method we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative
positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net
interest income across the scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances and the
behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. The most material of these behavioral assumptions relate to the repricing
characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities, as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments.
Assessments are periodically made by running sensitivity analyses to determine the impact of key assumptions. The results of these analyses are
reported to the Asset Liability Committee.
As the future path of interest rates cannot be known in advance, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest
rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario, as well as a variety of deliberately extreme and perhaps unlikely scenarios. These
scenarios may assume gradual
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 81
ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-
term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where
market forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Our policies involve measuring exposures as
a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous or gradual parallel changes in rates relative to the market
implied forward yield curve. As the following table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset-sensitive; net interest income would benefit from an increase in
interest rates, while exposure to a decline in interest rates is within limit. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates is included in this
analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would likely be more gradual and therefore have a more modest impact.
Table 32: Sensitivity of Net Interest Income
Basis points
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
200
100
-25
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
200
100
-25
Estimated % Change in
Net Interest Income over 12 Months
December 31,
2020
21.2 %
11.2
(2.7)
10.8 %
5.5
(1.5)
2019
6.9 %
3.6
(1.3)
3.2 %
1.5
(0.5)
We continue to manage asset sensitivity within the scope of our policy and changing market conditions. Asset sensitivity against a 200 basis
point gradual increase in rates was 10.8% at December 31, 2020, compared with 3.2% at December 31, 2019. Current levels of asset sensitivity are
elevated relative to our core sensitivity profile due to meaningful increases in cash and deposit balances as a result of monetary and fiscal stimulus
programs. This increase in asset sensitivity is recognition of the current level of historically low interest rates and is consistent with our positioning in prior
periods of policy rates between zero and 25 basis points. The risk position can be affected by changes in interest rates which impact the repricing
sensitivity or beta of the deposit base as well as the cash flows on assets that allow for early payoff without a penalty. The risk position is managed within
our risk limits, and long term view of interest rates through occasional adjustments to securities investments, interest rate swaps and mix of funding.
We use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”), as a supplement to net interest
income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis, as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures
the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates.
This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. The change in value is expressed as
a percentage of regulatory capital.
We use interest rate swap contracts to manage the interest rate exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate assets and
floating-rate wholesale funding, and to hedge market risk on fixed-rate capital markets debt issuances.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 82
Table 33: Interest Rate Swap Contracts Used to Manage Non-Trading Interest Rate Exposure
(dollars in millions)
Cash flow - receive-fixed/pay-variable - conventional ALM
Fair value - receive-fixed/pay-variable - conventional debt
Cash flow - pay-fixed/receive-variable - conventional ALM
Fair value - pay-fixed/receive-variable - conventional ALM
(1)
Total portfolio swaps
(1)
Includes $1.8 billion of forward-starting, pay-fixed interest rate swaps.
December 31, 2020
Weighted Average
December 31, 2019
Weighted Average
Notional
Amount
Maturity
(Years)
Receive Rate Pay Rate
Notional
Amount
Maturity
(Years)
Receive Rate Pay Rate
$12,350
3,200
4,750
2,000
$22,300
1.0
1.7
3.9
3.7
2.0
1.5 %
2.1
0.2
0.2
1.2 %
0.2 %
0.2
1.4
1.5
0.6 %
$19,350
4,650
3,000
2,846
$29,846
1.5
2.0
4.5
4.5
2.2
1.7 %
2.0
1.7
1.8
1.8 %
1.7 %
1.9
1.7
1.8
1.8 %
Using the interest rate curve at December 31, 2020, the estimated net contribution to net interest income related to the ALM interest rate swap
contracts we use to manage the interest rate exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate commercial loans and floating-rate
wholesale funding, as well as the variability in the fair value of AFS securities is approximately $58 million for the full-year 2021. This amount could differ
from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to December
31, 2020.
Table 34: Pre-Tax Gains (Losses) Recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in millions)
Amount of pre-tax net gains recognized in OCI
Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into interest income
Amount of pre-tax net (losses) gains reclassified from OCI into interest expense
Amounts Recognized for the Year Ended
December 31,
2020
$130
184
(35)
2019
$138
(68)
11
LIBOR Transition
As previously disclosed, many of our lending products, securities, derivatives, and other financial transactions utilize the LIBOR benchmark rate
and will be impacted by its planned discontinuance. In late 2018, we formed a LIBOR Transition Program designed to guide the organization through the
planned discontinuation of LIBOR. The Program, with direction and oversight from our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for developing, maintaining
and executing against a coordinated strategy to ensure a timely and orderly transition from LIBOR. The Program is structured to address various
initiatives including program governance, transition management, communications, exposure management, new alternative reference rate product
delivery, risk management, contract remediation, operations and technology readiness, accounting and reporting, as well as tax and regulation impacts.
We have identified and are monitoring the risks associated with the LIBOR transition on a quarterly basis.
The ARRC recommended that banks be systemically and operationally capable of supporting transactions in alternative reference rates, such as
SOFR, by the end of September 2020. Guided by this milestone, we are systemically and operationally prepared to support alternative reference rate
transactions. In light of announcements from the ICE Benchmark Administration regarding their proposal to extend the availability of U.S. dollar LIBOR
for most tenors through June 20, 2023 and the support for this proposal from the official sector in the U.S., we are now engaged in determining the
impact that this change may have on our LIBOR transition activities. Remaining mindful that regulators are still urging market participants to stop
entering into new U.S. dollar LIBOR contracts as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of 2021, we will continue all efforts to move new
originations to alternative reference rates over the course of 2021. However, plans for legacy contract remediation will extend through mid-2023 should
the proposal become final in its current form. More broadly, program governance remains robust, and progress has been made in the above-outlined
initiatives as management closely monitors the consultations and waits for timelines to be finalized.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 83
For a further discussion of how the discontinuance of LIBOR may impact our business, see Item 1A “Risk Factors."
Capital Markets
A key component of our capital markets activities is the underwriting and distribution of corporate credit facilities to partially finance mergers and
acquisitions transactions for our clients. We have a rigorous risk management process around these activities, including a limit structure capping our
underwriting risk, our potential loss, and sub-limits for specific asset classes. Further, the ability to approve underwriting exposure is delegated only to
senior level individuals in the credit risk management and capital markets organizations with each transaction adjudicated in the Loan Underwriting
Approval Committee.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We have market risk associated with the value of residential MSRs, which are impacted by various types of inherent risks, including risks related
to duration, basis, convexity, volatility and yield curve. Through December 31, 2019, we had elected to account for the MSRs acquired from FAMC at fair
value while maintaining a lower of cost or market approach on our MSRs held before the FAMC acquisition. On January 1, 2020, we elected to change
our accounting treatment such that all MSRs will be accounted for at fair value.
As part of our overall risk management strategy relative to the fair market value of the MSRs we enter into various free-standing derivatives,
such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures, and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities to economically
hedge the changes in fair value. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of our MSRs was $658 million and $642 million, respectively, and the
total notional amount of related derivative contracts was $11.4 billion and $8.6 billion, respectively. Gains and losses on MSRs and the related
derivatives used for hedging are included in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As with our traded market risk-based activities, earnings at risk excludes the impact of MSRs. MSRs are captured under our single price risk
management framework that is used for calculating a management value at risk that is consistent with the definition used by banking regulators, as
defined below.
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products, as well as
corporate bond underwriting and market making activities. Exposure is created as a result of changes in interest rates and related basis spreads and
volatility, foreign exchange rates, and credit spreads on a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities, corporate bonds and secondary
loan instruments. These trading activities are conducted through CBNA and CCMI.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives, financially settled commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts
where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. In addition to the aforementioned
activities, we operate a secondary loan trading desk with the objective to meet secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor
clients. We do not engage in any trading activities with the intent to benefit from short-term price differences.
We record these rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts as derivative assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Trading assets and liabilities are carried at fair value with income earned related to these activities included in net interest income. Changes in fair value
of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in other income, a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Market Risk Governance
The market risk limit setting process is established in-line with the formal enterprise risk appetite process and policy. This appetite reflects the
strategic and enterprise level articulation of opportunities for creating franchise value set to the boundaries of how much market risk to assume. Dealing
authorities represent the key control tool in the management of market risk that allows the cascading of the risk appetite throughout the enterprise. A
dealing authority sets the operational scope and tolerances within which a business and/or trading desk is permitted to operate, which is reviewed at
least annually. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate client facing trades and hedges needed to manage the risk profile. Primary
responsibility for keeping within established tolerances resides with the business. Key risk indicators, including VaR, open foreign
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 84
currency positions and single name risk, are monitored on a daily basis and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business
strategy to relevant business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR as a statistical measure for estimating potential exposure of our traded market risk in normal market conditions. Our VaR framework
for risk management and regulatory reporting is the same. Risk management VaR is based on a one day holding period to a 99% confidence level,
whereas regulatory VaR is based on a ten day holding period to the same confidence level. In addition to VaR, non-statistical measurements for
measuring risk are employed, such as sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing.
Our market risk platform and associated market risk and valuation models capture correlation effects across all our “covered positions” and allow
for aggregation of market risk across products, risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure, monitor and report market risk for both
management and regulatory capital purposes.
VaR Overview
The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading
positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity
prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain broadly unaltered over the course of a given holding period. It is
assumed that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. VaR’s benefit is that it
captures the historic correlations of a portfolio. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the
loan trading and high yield bond desks’ Specific Risk capital which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad
market movements. The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure
(used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits) is a 99% confidence level with a one day holding period, meaning that a loss greater than the VaR is
expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR
two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is done at a 99% confidence level with a ten-day holding period. The historical market data
applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a two business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our ten-day VaR metrics
for the quarters ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, including high, low, average and period end VaR for interest rate and foreign
exchange rate risks, as well as total VaR.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 85
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
The U.S. banking regulators’ “Market Risk Rule” covers the calculation of market risk capital. For the purposes of the Market Risk Rule, all of our
client facing trades and associated hedges maintain a net low risk and do qualify, as “covered positions.” The internal management VaR measure is
calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR.
Table 35: Results of Modeled and Non-Modeled Measures for Regulatory Capital Calculations
(in millions)
For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2020
For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2019
Market Risk Category
Interest Rate
Foreign Exchange Currency Rate
Credit Spread
Commodity
General VaR
Specific Risk VaR
Total VaR
Stressed General VaR
Stressed Specific Risk VaR
Total Stressed VaR
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on
de Minimis Exposure Add-on
Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital
Market Risk-Weighted Assets (calculated)
Market Risk-Weighted Assets (included in our FR Y-9C regulatory filing)
Stressed VaR
Period End
Average
High
Low
Period End
Average
High
Low
$2
—
9
—
9
—
$9
$13
—
$13
$56
14
—
$70
$871
$871
$2
—
10
—
8
—
$8
$10
—
$10
$4
—
12
—
13
—
$13
$16
—
$16
$—
—
3
—
4
—
$4
$6
—
$6
$1
—
5
—
5
—
$5
$13
—
$13
$42
14
—
$56
$695
$695
$—
—
4
—
4
—
$4
$10
—
$10
$1
—
5
—
5
—
$5
$13
—
$13
$—
—
3
—
3
—
$3
$7
—
$7
SVaR is an extension of VaR, but uses a longer historical look-back horizon that is fixed from January 3, 2005. This is done not only to identify
headline risks from more volatile periods, but also to provide a counter-balance to VaR which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding
period for profit and loss determination is ten days. In addition to risk management purposes, SVaR is also a component of market risk regulatory capital.
We calculate SVaR daily under its own dynamic window regime. In a dynamic window regime, values of the ten-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all
possible 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for details of SVaR
metrics, including high, low, average and period end SVaR for the combined portfolio.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct
and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures, option prices and credit spreads. Whereas VaR is based on
previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements
VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves, and is an effective tool in evaluating the
appropriateness of hedging strategies and concentrations.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or
hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for selected time periods corresponding to the most volatile
underlying returns while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from our
trading activities that may not be fully captured by our other risk measurement methodologies. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that market moves
happen simultaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as market events unfold. We generate stress tests of our
trading positions on a daily basis. For example, we currently include a stress test that simulates a “Lehman-type” crisis scenario by taking
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 86
the worst 20-trading day peak to trough moves for the various risk factors that go into VaR from that period, and assumes they occurred simultaneously.
VaR Model Review and Validation
Market risk measurement models used are independently reviewed and subject to ongoing performance analysis by the model owners. The
independent review and validation focuses on the model methodology, market data, and performance. Independent review of market risk measurement
models is the responsibility of Citizens’ Model Risk Management and Validation team. Aspects covered include challenging the assumptions used, the
quantitative techniques employed and the theoretical justification underpinning them and an assessment of the soundness of the required data over
time. Where possible, the quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions will be estimated (e.g., through developing alternative
models). Results of such reviews are shared with our U.S. banking regulators. The market risk models may be periodically enhanced due to changes in
market price levels and price action regime behavior. The Market Risk Management and Validation team will conduct internal validation before a new or
changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to a market data mapping.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model and is run daily. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure
to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year
(the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the
multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes, when applicable. We perform sub-
portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, using models approved by our banking regulators, for interest rate, credit spread, and
foreign exchange positions.
The following graph shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Daily VaR Backtesting
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 87
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Introduction — Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” included in
this Report. The following tables present computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing our “Underlying” results used throughout the
MD&A:
Table 36: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
(in millions, except share, per share and ratio data)
Total revenue, Underlying:
Total revenue (GAAP)
Less: Notable items
Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Noninterest expense, Underlying:
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
Less: Notable items
Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Pre-provision profit:
Total revenue (GAAP)
Less: Noninterest expense (GAAP)
Pre-provision profit (GAAP)
Pre-provision profit, Underlying:
Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Less: Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Pre-provision profit, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Income before income tax expense, Underlying:
Income before income tax expense (GAAP)
Less: Expense before income tax benefit related to notable items
Income before income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Income tax expense and effective income tax rate, Underlying:
Income tax expense (GAAP)
Less: Income tax benefit related to notable items
Income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Effective income tax rate (GAAP)
Effective income tax rate, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Net income, Underlying:
Net income (GAAP)
Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit
Net income, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying:
Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP)
Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit
Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Return on average common equity and return on average common equity, Underlying:
Average common equity (GAAP)
Return on average common equity
Return on average common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Return on average tangible common equity and return on average tangible common equity, Underlying:
Average common equity (GAAP)
Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
Average tangible common equity
Return on average tangible common equity
Return on average tangible common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Ref.
2020
2019
Year Ended December 31,
A
B
C
D
A
C
B
D
E
F
G
H
G/E
H/F
I
J
K
L
M
K/M
L/M
M
N
K/N
L/N
$6,905
—
$6,905
$3,991
125
$3,866
6,905
3,991
$2,914
$6,905
3,866
$3,039
$1,298
(125)
$1,423
$241
(42)
$283
18.54 %
19.92
$1,057
83
$1,140
$950
83
$1,033
$20,438
4.65 %
5.05
$20,438
7,049
64
376
$13,701
6.93 %
7.53
$6,491
—
$6,491
$3,847
68
$3,779
$6,491
3,847
$2,644
$6,491
3,779
$2,712
$2,251
(68)
$2,319
$460
(51)
$511
20.43 %
22.03
$1,791
17
$1,808
$1,718
17
$1,735
$20,325
8.45 %
8.53
$20,325
7,036
71
371
$13,589
12.64 %
12.76
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 88
(in millions, except share, per share and ratio data)
Return on average total assets and return on average total assets, Underlying:
Average total assets (GAAP)
Return on average total assets
Return on average total assets, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Return on average total tangible assets and return on average total tangible assets, Underlying:
Average total assets (GAAP)
Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
Average tangible assets
Return on average total tangible assets
Return on average total tangible assets, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio, Underlying:
Efficiency ratio
Efficiency ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Operating leverage and operating leverage, Underlying:
Increase in total revenue
Increase in noninterest expense
Operating Leverage
Increase in total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Increase in noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Operating Leverage, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Tangible book value per common share:
Common shares - at period end (GAAP)
Common stockholders’ equity (GAAP)
Less: Goodwill (GAAP)
Less: Other intangible assets (GAAP)
Add: Deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
Tangible common equity
Tangible book value per common share
Net income per average common share - basic and diluted and net income per average common share - basic and diluted, Underlying:
Average common shares outstanding - basic (GAAP)
Average common shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP)
Net income per average common share - basic (GAAP)
Net income per average common share - diluted (GAAP)
Net income per average common share-basic, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Net income per average common share-diluted, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Dividend payout ratio and dividend payout ratio, Underlying:
Cash dividends declared and paid per common share
Dividend payout ratio
Dividend payout ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP)
Ref.
O
I/O
J/O
O
P
I/P
J/P
C/A
D/B
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$176,442
$162,176
0.60 %
0.65
1.10 %
1.11
$176,442
$162,176
7,049
64
376
7,036
71
371
$169,705
$155,440
0.62 %
0.67
57.80 %
55.99
6.38 %
3.73
2.65 %
6.39 %
2.30
4.09 %
1.15 %
1.16
59.28 %
58.23
5.91 %
6.30
(0.39)%
5.83 %
6.00
(0.17)%
Q
427,209,831
433,121,083
$20,708
7,050
58
379
$13,979
$32.72
427,062,537
428,157,780
$2.22
2.22
2.42
2.41
$1.56
70 %
65
$20,631
7,044
68
374
$13,893
$32.08
449,731,453
451,213,701
$3.82
3.81
3.86
3.84
$1.36
36 %
35
R
R/Q
S
T
K/S
K/T
L/S
L/T
U
U/(K/S)
U/(L/S)
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 89
The following table presents computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing certain metrics excluding the impact of PPP loans used
throughout the MD&A:
Table 37: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures - Excluding PPP
(in millions, except share, per share and ratio data)
Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases, excluding the impact of PPP loans:
Total loans and leases (GAAP)
Less: PPP loans
Total loans and leases, excluding the impact of PPP loans (non-GAAP)
Allowance for credit losses (GAAP)
Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases (GAAP)
Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases, excluding the impact of PPP loans (non-GAAP)
Ref.
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
A
B
C
C/A
C/B
$123,090
4,155
$118,935
$2,670
2.17 %
2.24 %
$119,088
—
$119,088
$1,296
1.09 %
1.09 %
The following table presents computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing certain metrics excluding the impact of elevated cash
levels used in “—Net Interest Income”:
Table 38: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures - Excluding Elevated Cash
(in millions, except ratio data)
Ref.
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Net interest income, FTE, excluding the impact of elevated cash:
Net interest income, FTE
Less: Net interest income associated with elevated cash
Net interest income, FTE, excluding the impact of elevated cash (non-GAAP)
Average interest-earning assets, excluding the impact of elevated cash:
Total interest-earning assets (GAAP)
Less: Elevated cash
Total average interest-earning assets, excluding the impact of elevated cash (non-GAAP)
Ratios:
Net interest margin, FTE
Net interest margin, FTE, excluding the impact of elevated cash (non-GAAP)
A
B
C
D
A/C
B/D
$4,599
—
$4,599
$159,275
4,322
$154,953
$4,635
—
$4,635
$146,814
—
$146,814
2.89 %
2.97 %
3.16 %
3.16 %
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are presented in the “Market Risk” section of Part II, Item 7 — Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 90
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1 - Basis of Presentation
Note 2 - Cash and Due from Banks
Note 3 - Securities
Note 4 - Loans and Leases
Note 5 - Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk
Note 6 - Premises, Equipment and Software
Note 7 - Mortgage Banking
Note 8 - Leases
Note 9 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Note 10 - Variable Interest Entities
Note 11 - Deposits
Note 12 - Borrowed Funds
Note 13 - Derivatives
Note 14 - Employee Benefits
Note 15 - Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Note 16 - Stockholders’ Equity
Note 17 - Share-Based Compensation
Note 18 - Commitments and Contingencies
Note 19 - Fair Value Measurements
Note 20 - Noninterest Income
Note 21 - Other Operating Expense
Note 22 - Income Taxes
Note 23 - Earnings Per Share
Note 24 - Regulatory Matters
Note 25 - Business Operating Segments
Note 26 - Parent Company Financials
Page
92
93
96
97
98
99
100
101
103
103
105
105
109
111
123
124
126
128
129
132
132
134
137
139
140
141
142
144
150
152
152
155
155
156
159
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 91
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed, under the supervision of the Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on the
framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).
Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report, appearing on page 96, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 92
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
Providence, Rhode Island
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December
31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In
our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020
and 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion
on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Change in Accounting Principle
As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for estimating the allowance for credit losses
on January 1, 2020 due to the adoption of Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326).
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits
included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial
statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in
any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 93
Allowance for Credit Losses - COVID-19 Considerations - Refer to Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
Management’s estimate of expected credit losses in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is recorded in the allowance for loan and lease losses and
the reserve for unfunded lending commitments (collectively, the “ACL”). The ACL is maintained at a level the Company believes to be appropriate to
absorb expected lifetime credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and lease portfolios and on the unfunded lending commitments. The
determination of the ACL is based on periodic evaluation of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded lending commitments that are not unconditionally
cancelable considering a number of relevant underlying factors, including key assumptions and evaluation of quantitative and qualitative information. Key
assumptions used in the ACL measurement process include the use of a two-year reasonable and supportable economic forecast period followed by a
one-year period during which the expected credit losses revert to long-term historical macroeconomic inputs.
The quantitative evaluation of the adequacy of the ACL utilizes a single economic forecast as its foundation and is primarily based on econometric
models that use known or estimated data as of the balance sheet date and forecasted data over the reasonable and supportable period. Known and
estimated data include current probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default (for commercial), timing and amount of expected draws
(for unfunded lending commitments), FICO scores, loan-to-values ratios, term and time on books (for retail loans), mix and level of loan balances,
delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, previous loss experience, current business conditions, amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, and
factors particular to a specific commercial credit such as competition, business and management performance. Forward-looking economic assumptions
include real gross domestic product, unemployment rate, interest rate curves, and changes in collateral values. This data is aggregated to estimate
expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loans and leases, adjusted for expected prepayments. In highly volatile economic environments,
historical information, such as commercial customer financial statements or consumer credit ratings, may not be as important to estimating future
expected losses as forecasted inputs to the models.
The ACL may also be affected materially by a variety of qualitative factors that the Company considers to reflect current judgment of various events and
risks that are not measured in the statistical procedures including uncertainty related to the economic forecasts used in the modeled credit loss
estimates, loan growth, back testing results, credit underwriting policy exceptions, regulatory and audit findings, and peer comparisons. The qualitative
allowance is further informed for certain industry sectors or loan classes by alternative scenarios to support the period-end ACL.
While the macroeconomic forecast at year-end slightly improved relative to the third quarter of 2020 forecast, the Company continued to apply
management judgment to adjust the modeled reserves in the commercial industry sectors most impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and associated
lockdowns, including in retail and hospitality, casual dining, retail trade, price-sensitive energy and related, and educational services, as well as in certain
retail products.
Given the size of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded commitments and the subjective nature of estimating the ACL, including the estimated
impact of COVID-19, auditing the ACL involved a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the ACL for the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded commitments included the following, among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of controls over the (i) selection of the foundational economic forecast, (ii) development, execution, and monitoring of the
econometric models, (iii) estimation of management’s adjustments to the modeled reserves for COVID-19, (iv) determination of the qualitative
allowance, and (v) overall calculation and disclosure of the ACL.
• We used our credit specialists to assist us in evaluating the reasonableness of the econometric models and management’s adjustments to the
modeled reserves for COVID-19.
• We (i) evaluated the reasonableness of the econometric models and related assumptions, (ii) assessed the reasonableness of design, theory, and
logic of the econometric models for estimating expected credit losses, (iii) tested the accuracy of the data input into the econometric models, and (iv)
tested the arithmetic
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 94
accuracy of the models’ calculations of the expected credit losses.
• We (i) evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s identification of the commercial industry sectors and retail products most severely impacted
by COVID-19, (ii) assessed the reasonableness of management’s methodologies and assumptions used to estimate the impact of COVID-19 on the
impacted sectors, (iii) tested the accuracy of the data used in management’s calculation of the adjustments to the modeled reserves for the sectors
impacted by COVID-19, (iv) tested the arithmetic accuracy of the calculation of the adjustments, and (v) considered available information related to
industry sectors and borrowers severely impacted by COVID-19.
• We (i) evaluated the appropriateness and relevance of the qualitative factors and related quantitative measures included in the qualitative allowance,
(ii) tested the accuracy and evaluated the relevance of the historical loss data used in determining the qualitative allowance, (iii) evaluated the
reasonableness of the Company’s assessment and determination of the qualitative factors and related impact on the estimation of the qualitative
allowance and (iv) tested the arithmetic accuracy of the calculation of the qualitative allowance.
• We tested the arithmetic accuracy of the calculation of the overall ACL and assessed the reasonableness of the related disclosures.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 23, 2021
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2000.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 95
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
Providence, Rhode Island
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31,
2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, of the Company and our report dated February 23, 2021, expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of Financial
Instruments - Credit Losses (ASC 326) on January 1, 2020.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3)
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 23, 2021
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 96
(in millions, except share data)
ASSETS:
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
Debt securities available for sale, at fair value (including $549 and $359 pledged to creditors, respectively)
Debt securities held to maturity (fair value of $3,357 and $3,242, respectively, and including $144 and $249 pledged to creditors,
respectively)
Loans held for sale, at fair value
Other loans held for sale
Loans and leases
Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1)
(1)
Net loans and leases
Derivative assets
Premises and equipment, net
Bank-owned life insurance
Goodwill
Other assets
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Total deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
Derivative liabilities
Deferred taxes, net
Long-term borrowed funds
Other liabilities
TOTAL LIABILITIES
Contingencies (refer to Note 18)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred Stock:
$25.00 par value,100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,000,000 and 1,600,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
2020 and 2019, respectively
Common stock:
$0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 569,876,133 shares issued and 427,209,831 shares outstanding at
December 31, 2020 and 568,238,730 shares issued and 433,121,083 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Treasury stock, at cost, 142,666,302 and 135,117,647 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(1)
Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
$1,037
11,696
306
22,942
3,235
3,564
439
123,090
(2,443)
120,647
1,915
759
1,756
7,050
8,003
$1,175
2,211
297
20,613
3,202
1,946
1,384
119,088
(1,252)
117,836
807
761
1,725
7,044
6,732
$183,349
$165,733
$43,831
103,333
147,164
243
128
629
8,346
4,166
160,676
1,965
6
18,940
6,445
(4,623)
(60)
22,673
$29,233
96,080
125,313
274
120
866
14,047
2,912
143,532
1,570
6
18,891
6,498
(4,353)
(411)
22,201
$183,349
$165,733
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 97
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except share and per-share data)
INTEREST INCOME:
Interest and fees on loans and leases
Interest and fees on loans held for sale, at fair value
Interest and fees on other loans held for sale
Investment securities
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
Total interest income
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
Long-term borrowed funds
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
NONINTEREST INCOME:
Mortgage banking fees
Service charges and fees
Capital markets fees
Card fees
Trust and investment services fees
Letter of credit and loan fees
Foreign exchange and interest rate products
Securities gains, net
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings on debt securities
Other income
Total noninterest income
NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
Salaries and employee benefits
Equipment and software expense
Outside services
Occupancy
Other operating expense
Total noninterest expense
Income before income tax expense
Income tax expense
NET INCOME
Net income available to common stockholders
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Per common share information:
Basic earnings
Diluted earnings
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$4,719
$5,441
$5,010
75
33
519
11
63
13
642
30
37
10
672
29
5,357
6,189
5,758
509
2
260
771
4,586
1,616
2,970
915
403
250
217
203
140
120
4
—
67
1,155
10
410
1,575
4,614
393
4,221
302
505
216
254
202
135
155
19
(2)
91
785
15
426
1,226
4,532
326
4,206
152
513
179
244
171
128
126
19
(3)
67
2,319
1,877
1,596
2,123
2,026
1,880
565
553
331
419
3,991
1,298
241
$1,057
$950
514
498
333
476
3,847
2,251
460
$1,791
$1,718
464
447
333
495
3,619
2,183
462
$1,721
$1,692
427,062,537
428,157,780
449,731,453
451,213,701
478,822,072
480,430,741
$2.22
2.22
$3.82
3.81
$3.54
3.52
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 98
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Net unrealized derivative instruments gains (losses) arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $33, $35, ($11),respectively
Reclassification adjustment for net derivative (gains) losses included in net income, net of income taxes of ($38), $14, $10,
respectively
Net unrealized debt securities gains (losses) arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $124, $165, ($79), respectively
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on debt securities, net of income taxes of $0, $0, ($1), respectively
Reclassification of net debt securities gains to net income, net of income taxes of ($1), ($8), ($4), respectively
Employee benefit plans:
Actuarial (loss) gain, net of income taxes of $(10), $12, ($14), respectively
Amortization of actuarial loss, net of income taxes of $4, $6, $3, respectively
Amortization of prior service cost, net of income taxes of $0, $0,$0, respectively
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
Total comprehensive income
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$1,057
$1,791
$1,721
97
(111)
382
—
(3)
(27)
13
—
351
103
43
501
—
(15)
36
13
(1)
680
$1,408
$2,471
(33)
33
(239)
(3)
(12)
(35)
14
(1)
(276)
$1,445
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 99
(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2018
Dividends to common stockholders
Dividend to preferred stockholders
Preferred stock issued
Treasury stock purchased
Share-based compensation plans
Employee stock purchase plan shares
purchased
Total comprehensive income:
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2018
Dividends to common stockholders
Dividend to preferred stockholders
Preferred stock issued
Treasury stock purchased
Share-based compensation plans
Employee stock purchase plan shares
purchased
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
standards
Total comprehensive income:
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2019
Dividends to common stockholders
Dividends to preferred stockholders
Preferred stock issued
Treasury stock purchased
Share-based compensation plans
Employee stock purchase plan shares
purchased
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
standards
Total comprehensive income:
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Balance at December 31, 2020
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in Capital
Retained
Earnings
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
$247
—
—
593
—
—
—
—
—
—
$840
—
—
730
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$1,570
—
—
395
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
491
—
—
—
(26)
1
—
—
—
—
466
—
—
—
(34)
1
—
—
—
—
—
433
—
—
—
(8)
1
1
—
—
—
—
$1,965
427
$6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$6
$18,781
—
—
—
—
20
14
—
—
—
$18,815
—
—
—
—
59
17
—
—
—
—
$18,891
—
—
—
—
30
19
—
—
—
—
$4,164
(471)
(29)
—
—
—
—
1,721
—
1,721
$5,385
(617)
(73)
—
—
—
—
12
1,791
—
1,791
$6,498
(672)
(107)
—
—
—
—
(331)
1,057
—
1,057
Treasury
Stock, at
Cost
($2,108)
—
—
—
(1,025)
—
—
—
—
—
($3,133)
—
—
—
(1,220)
—
—
—
—
—
—
($4,353)
—
—
—
(270)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
($820)
—
—
—
—
—
Total
$20,270
(471)
(29)
593
(1,025)
20
—
14
—
(276)
(276)
($1,096)
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
—
680
680
($411)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
351
351
1,721
(276)
1,445
$20,817
(617)
(73)
730
(1,220)
59
17
17
1,791
680
2,471
$22,201
(672)
(107)
395
(270)
30
19
(331)
1,057
351
1,408
$18,940
$6,445
($4,623)
($60)
$22,673
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 100
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses
Net change in loans held for sale
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
Amortization of intangibles
Deferred income taxes
Share-based compensation
Net gain on sales of:
Debt securities
Premises and equipment
Increase in other assets
Increase in other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investment securities:
Purchases of debt securities available for sale
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of debt securities available for sale
Proceeds from sales of debt securities available for sale
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of debt securities held to maturity
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits in banks
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Net increase in loans and leases
Capital expenditures, net
Other
Net cash used in investing activities
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$1,057
$1,791
$1,721
1,616
32
567
11
(238)
48
(4)
—
(3,979)
1,001
111
(9,271)
6,943
585
897
(9)
(3)
(5,095)
(118)
(65)
(6,136)
393
(672)
622
11
64
41
(25)
(6)
(853)
331
1,697
(8,422)
3,946
5,016
398
(149)
(129)
(4,334)
(95)
(106)
(3,875)
326
26
486
3
97
41
(19)
—
(1,217)
303
1,767
(4,270)
3,258
998
522
44
(533)
(6,445)
(232)
(419)
(7,077)
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 101
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
(in millions)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in deposits
Net decrease in short-term borrowed funds
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowed funds
Repayments of long-term borrowed funds
Treasury stock purchased
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
Dividends declared and paid to common stockholders
Dividends declared and paid to preferred stockholders
Premium paid to exchange debt
Payments of employee tax withholding for share-based compensation
Net cash provided by financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
(a)
(a)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
(a)
Supplemental disclosures:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Non-cash items:
Transfer of securities from available for sale to held to maturity
Transfer of securities from held to maturity to available for sale
Loans securitized and transferred to securities available for sale
Loans securitized and transferred to securities held to maturity
Stock issued for share-based compensation plans
Stock issued for Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(a)
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing cash and due from banks as reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
21,851
(39)
8,323
(14,022)
(270)
395
(672)
(98)
(80)
(16)
15,372
9,347
3,386
$12,733
$837
261
$813
—
956
111
30
19
5,738
(1,048)
12,850
(14,857)
(1,220)
730
(617)
(65)
—
(21)
1,490
(688)
4,074
$3,386
4,486
(4,870)
22,503
(14,837)
(1,025)
593
(471)
(14)
—
(13)
6,352
1,042
3,032
$4,074
$1,560
326
$1,184
241
$192
734
150
—
59
17
$—
—
142
—
20
14
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 102
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accounting and reporting policies of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. conform to GAAP. The Company’s principal business activity is banking,
conducted through its banking subsidiary Citizens Bank, National Association. The Company also provides M&A, capital raising and other financial
advisory services to middle market companies across a focused set of industry verticals through its broker-dealer CCMI.
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Citizens and subsidiaries in which Citizens has a controlling financial interest. All
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The Company has evaluated its unconsolidated entities and does not believe that any
entity in which it has an interest, but does not currently consolidate, meets the requirements to be consolidated as a variable interest entity.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near-
term relate to the determination of the ACL and the fair value of MSRs.
Certain prior period balances on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, amounts reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and applicable Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the
current period presentation:
• Equity investment securities, at fair value, and equity investment securities, at cost, have been reclassified to other assets;
•
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase, and other short-term borrowed funds have been reclassified to
short-term borrowed funds;
• Purchases of equity securities, at fair value, proceeds of equity securities, at fair value, purchases of equity securities, at cost, and proceeds or
equity securities, at cost, have been reclassified to other investing activities; and
• Purchases of mortgage servicing rights has been reclassified to other investing activities.
Certain prior period balances have been reclassified in the applicable Notes to the Financial Statements due to the following loan class changes:
• Home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced for others, and home equity lines of credit serviced for others have
been reclassified into home equity; and
• Credit card and other retail have been reclassified into other retail.
Additionally, the commercial loan class has been renamed commercial and industrial and the commercial loans and leases loan segment has
been renamed commercial.
These changes had no effect on net income, total comprehensive income, total assets, or total stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 103
Significant Accounting Policies
The following table identifies the Company’s significant accounting policies and the Note and Page where a detailed description of each policy
can be found.
Cash and Due From Banks
Securities
Loans and Leases
Allowance for Credit Losses
Premises, Equipment and Software
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Leases
Goodwill
Variable Interest Entities
Derivative Instruments
Employee Benefits
Treasury Stock
Employee Share-Based Compensation
Fair Value Measurement
Revenue Recognition
Income Taxes
Earnings Per Share
Note
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Note 6
Note 7
Note 8
Note 9
Note 10
Note 13
Note 14
Note 16
Note 17
Note 19
Note 20
Note 22
Note 23
Page
105
105
109
111
123
124
126
128
129
134
137
140
141
144
150
152
155
Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in 2020
Pronouncement
Summary of Guidance
Effects on Financial Statements
Financial Instruments - Credit
Losses
• Required effective date: January 1, 2020.
Issued June 2016
• Establishes a single allowance framework for financial assets carried at
amortized cost (including securities HTM), which reflects
management’s estimate of credit losses over the full remaining
expected life of the financial assets.
• Amends impairment guidance for securities AFS to incorporate an
allowance, which allows for reversals of impairment losses in the event
that the credit of an issuer improves.
• Requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings, net of
taxes, as of the beginning of the reporting period of adoption.
• Requires enhanced credit quality disclosures including disaggregation
of credit quality indicators by vintage.
• The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020, under the modified
retrospective approach. Refer to Note 5 for discussion of the significant accounting
policy for the allowance for credit losses following adoption.
• Adoption resulted in a cumulative-effect reduction of $337 million, net of taxes of
$114 million, to retained earnings and a corresponding increase to the ACL of $451
million. Refer to Note 5 for the impact of the adoption to the ALLL and reserve for
unfunded commitments.
• Adoption of the new standard could produce higher volatility in the quarterly
provision for credit losses than the prior incurred loss reserve process and could
adversely impact the Company’s ongoing earnings.
• Based on the credit quality of the Company’s existing debt securities portfolio, the
Company did not recognize an allowance for HTM and AFS debt securities upon
adoption.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 104
Goodwill
Issued January 2017
• Requires an impairment loss to be recognized when the estimated fair
value of a reporting unit falls below its carrying value.
•
The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020. Refer to Note 9 for
discussion of the significant accounting policy for goodwill impairment following
adoption.
• Eliminates the second condition in the previous guidance that required
an impairment loss to be recognized only if the estimated implied fair
value of the goodwill is below its carrying value.
• Adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Disclosure Requirements -
Fair Value Measurements
Issued August 2018
Simplifying the Accounting for
Income Taxes
Issued December 2019
Facilitation of the Effects of
Reference Rate Reform on
Financial Reporting
Issued March 2020
• Applied prospectively to all goodwill impairment tests performed after
the adoption date.
• Amends disclosure requirements on fair value measurements.
•
The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020.
• Eliminates requirements for certain disclosures that are no longer
considered relevant or cost beneficial, requires new disclosures and
modifies existing disclosures that are expected to enhance the
usefulness of the financial statements.
• Prospective application is required for new disclosures.
• Retrospective application is required for all other amendments for all
periods presented.
• Adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements. Required fair value measurement disclosures are included in Note 19.
• Simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain
• The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2020.
exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the
methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the
recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences.
• Simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted
changes in tax laws or rates.
• Clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the
tax basis of goodwill.
•
•
•
Provides the option to apply a number of practical expedients when
evaluating if a contract modification as the result of reference rate
reform is considered a new contract or a continuation of an existing
contract.
Provides optional expedients to the evaluation of, and accounting
for, fair value and cash flow hedges affected by reference rate
reform.
Provides an optional one-time election to sell or transfer debt
securities classified as HTM that reference a rate affected by
reference rate reform
• Adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.
•
The Company adopted the new standard in the first quarter of 2020 upon issuance
and is effective through December 31, 2022.
• Adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.
NOTE 2 - CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less and include cash and due
from banks and interest-bearing cash and due from banks, primarily at the FRB.
Citizens maintains certain average reserve balances and compensating balances for check clearing and other services with the FRB. At
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of deposits at the FRB amounted to $11.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. Average balances maintained
with the FRB during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 exceeded amounts required by law for the FRB’s requirements. All amounts, both
required and excess reserves, held at the FRB currently earn interest at a fixed rate of 10 basis points. Citizens recorded interest income on FRB
deposits of $10 million, $28 million, and $28 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, in interest-bearing deposits in
banks in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
NOTE 3 - SECURITIES
Investments include debt and equity securities and other investment securities. Citizens classifies debt securities as AFS, HTM, or trading based
on management’s intent to hold to maturity at the time of purchase. Management reserves the right to change the initial classification of debt and equity
securities purchased based
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 105
on its intent to hold to maturity or as permitted by periodic changes in accounting guidance. Equity securities are recorded at fair value or at cost if there
is not a readily determinable fair value.
Debt securities that will be held for indefinite periods of time and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment
risk, or other factors considered in managing the Company’s asset/liability strategy are classified as AFS and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains
and losses reported in OCI, net of taxes, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized in
noninterest income and are computed using the specific identification method.
Debt securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and reported at amortized cost.
Transfers of debt securities to the HTM classification are recognized at fair value at the date of transfer.
For debt securities classified as AFS or HTM, interest income is recorded on the accrual basis including the amortization of premiums and the
accretion of discounts. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted using the effective interest method over the estimated lives
of the individual securities. Citizens uses actual prepayment experience and estimates of future prepayments to determine the constant effective yield
necessary to apply the effective interest method of income recognition. Estimates of future prepayments are based on the underlying collateral
characteristics of each security and are derived from market sources. Judgment is involved in making determinations about prepayment expectations
and in changing those expectations in response to changes in interest rates and macroeconomic conditions. The amortization of premiums and
discounts associated with mortgage-backed securities may be significantly impacted by changes in prepayment assumptions.
Securities classified as trading are bought and held principally for selling them in the near term and carried at fair value, with changes in fair
value recognized in earnings. When applicable, realized and unrealized gains and losses on such assets are reported in noninterest income in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Equity securities are primarily composed of FHLB stock and FRB stock (which are carried at cost) and money market mutual fund investments
held by the Company’s broker-dealers (which are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in noninterest income). Equity securities that
are carried at cost are reviewed at least annually for impairment, with valuation adjustments recognized in noninterest income.
The following table presents the major components of securities at amortized cost and fair value:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
$11
3
21,954
396
22,350
$—
—
571
26
597
$—
—
$11
3
$71
5
(19)
—
22,506
422
19,803
638
(19)
22,928
20,441
$—
—
143
24
167
$—
—
$71
5
(71)
—
19,875
662
(71)
20,537
$22,364
$597
($19)
$22,942
$20,517
$167
($71)
$20,613
(in millions)
U.S. Treasury and other
State and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities, at fair
value:
Federal agencies and U.S.
government sponsored entities
Other/non-agency
Total mortgage-backed
securities, at fair value
Total debt securities available for
sale, at fair value
Federal agencies and U.S.
government sponsored entities
Total mortgage-backed
securities, at cost
Asset-backed securities, at cost
(1)
Total debt securities held to maturity
$3,235
Equity securities, at fair value
Equity securities, at cost
$66
604
$2,342
$122
$—
$2,464
$3,202
2,342
893
122
—
$122
$—
—
—
—
$—
$—
—
2,464
893
$3,357
$66
604
3,202
—
$3,202
$47
807
$45
45
—
$45
$—
—
($5)
$3,242
(5)
—
($5)
$—
—
3,242
—
$3,242
$47
807
(1)
In 2020, Citizens sold $1.1 billion of private in-school education loans, inclusive of accrued interest, capitalized interest and fees. As part of the transaction, the Company provided financing to the purchaser for a
portion of the sale price in the form of $893 million of asset-backed securities, collateralized by the assets of the purchasing entity, which were initially classified as AFS. In October, 2020 management transferred
these securities to the HTM portfolio upon concluding that the Company has the ability and the intent to hold the securities through maturity. Refer to Note 10 for additional information.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 106
Accrued interest receivable on debt securities totaled $55 million and $58 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019,
respectively, and is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2020. Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
(in millions)
Amortized cost:
U.S. Treasury and other
State and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
Other/non-agency
Total debt securities available for sale
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
Asset-backed securities
Total debt securities held to maturity
Total amortized cost of debt securities
Fair value:
U.S. Treasury and other
State and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
Other/non-agency
Total debt securities available for sale
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
Asset-backed securities
Total debt securities held to maturity
Total fair value of debt securities
Distribution of Maturities
1 Year or
Less
After 1 Year
through 5
Years
After 5 Years
through 10
Years
After 10
Years
Total
$11
—
1
—
12
—
—
—
$—
—
127
—
127
—
—
—
$—
—
1,616
—
1,616
—
893
893
$—
3
20,210
396
20,609
2,342
—
2,342
$11
3
21,954
396
22,364
2,342
893
3,235
$12
$127
$2,509
$22,951
$25,599
$11
—
1
—
12
—
—
—
$—
—
133
—
133
—
—
—
$—
—
1,660
—
1,660
—
893
893
$—
3
20,712
422
21,137
2,464
—
2,464
$11
3
22,506
422
22,942
2,464
893
3,357
$12
$133
$2,553
$23,601
$26,299
Taxable interest income from investment securities as presented on the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $519 million, $642 million
and $672 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The following table presents realized gains and losses on securities:
(in millions)
Gains on sale of debt securities
Losses on sale of debt securities
(1)
Debt securities gains, net
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$6
(2)
$4
2019
$41
(16)
$25
2018
$19
—
$19
(1)
For the year ended December 31, 2019, $6 million of gains on sale of debt securities were recognized in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, as they related to AFS securities held as
economic hedges of the value of the MSR portfolio recognized using the amortization method.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 107
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities pledged:
(in millions)
Pledged against repurchase agreements
Pledged against FHLB borrowed funds
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
$224
394
$231
423
$265
638
$266
662
Pledged against derivatives, to qualify for fiduciary powers, and to secure public
and other deposits as required by law
3,818
3,937
3,670
3,672
Citizens regularly enters into security repurchase agreements with unrelated counterparties, which involve the transfer of a security from one
party to another, and a subsequent transfer of substantially the same security back to the original party. The Company’s repurchase agreements are
typically short-term in nature and are accounted for as secured borrowed funds on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Citizens recognized no
offsetting of short-term receivables or payables as of December 31, 2020 or 2019. Citizens offsets certain derivative assets and derivative liabilities on
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For further information see Note 13.
Securitizations of mortgage loans retained in the investment portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, were $144
million, $150 million and $142 million, respectively. These securitizations include a substantive guarantee by a third party. In 2020, 2019 and 2018 the
guarantors were FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA. The debt securities received from the guarantors are classified as AFS.
Impairment
Upon purchase of HTM investment securities and at each subsequent measurement date, Citizens is required to evaluate the securities for risk
of loss over their life and, if necessary, establish an associated reserve. Recognition of a reserve for expected credit losses is not required if the amount
the Company expects to realize is zero (commonly referred to as “zero expected credit losses”). The Company evaluated its existing HTM portfolio as of
December 31, 2020 and concluded that the majority (72%) of the securities met the zero expected credit loss criteria, and therefore no ACL was
recognized as of the balance sheet date. Lifetime expected credit losses for the remaining (28%) HTM portfolio were modeled using various approaches
and determined to be $0 at December 31, 2020. The Company monitors the credit exposure through the use of credit quality indicators. For these
securities, the Company uses external credit ratings or an internally derived credit rating when an external rating is not available. All securities were
determined to be investment grade at December 31, 2020.
Citizens reviews its AFS debt securities for impairment at the individual security level on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if a potential loss
triggering event occurs. The initial indicator of impairment for debt securities classified as AFS is a decline in fair value below its amortized cost basis.
For any security that has declined in fair value below the amortized cost basis, the Company recognizes an impairment loss in current period earnings if
management has the intent to sell the security or if it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost
basis.
Estimating the recovery of the amortized cost basis of a debt security is based upon an assessment of the cash flows expected to be collected. If
the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the security’s original effective yield, is less than the amortized cost basis,
impairment equal to the shortfall in cash flows has occurred. Citizens evaluates whether any portion of the impairment is attributable to credit-related
factors or various other market factors affecting the fair value of the security (e.g., interest rates, spread levels, liquidity in the sector, etc.), and the public
credit rating of the security. If credit-related factors exist, credit-related impairment has occurred regardless of the Company’s intent to hold the security
until it recovers.
The credit-related portion of impairment is recognized in current period earnings as provision expense through the establishment of an allowance
for AFS securities, to the extent the allowance does not reduce the value of the AFS security below its current fair value. The remaining non-credit
related portion of impairment is recognized in OCI. Improvement in credit losses in subsequent periods results in a reversal of the allowance for AFS
securities and a corresponding decrease to provision expense, to the extent the allowance does not become negative. Accrued interest receivable on
AFS debt securities is excluded from the balances used to calculate the allowance for AFS securities. All accrued and uncollected interest is immediately
reversed against interest income when it is deemed uncollectible. The Company has evaluated any AFS securities in an unrealized loss position at
December 31, 2020 and concluded that all unrealized losses are due to non-credit related factors. As such, the Company does not have an allowance
for AFS securities as of December 31, 2020.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 108
The following table presents AFS mortgage-backed debt securities with fair values below their respective carrying values, separated by the
duration the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
(dollars in millions)
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored
entities
December 31, 2020
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
Total
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Fair Value
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$1,991
($19)
$—
$—
$1,991
($19)
The following table present AFS and HTM mortgage-backed debt securities with fair values below their respective carrying values, separated by
the duration the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
(dollars in millions)
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored
entities
NOTE 4 - LOANS AND LEASES
December 31, 2019
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or Longer
Total
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
$5,135
($24)
$3,748
($52)
$8,883
($76)
Loans held for investment are reported at the amount of their outstanding principal, net of charge-offs, unearned income, deferred loan
origination fees and costs, and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Deferred loan origination fees and costs and purchase
premiums and discounts are amortized as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan, using the effective interest method. Unamortized amounts
remaining upon prepayment or sale are recorded as interest income or gain (loss) on sale, respectively. Credit card receivables include billed and
uncollected interest and fees.
Interest income on loans is determined using the effective interest method. This method calculates periodic interest income at a constant
effective yield on the net investment in the loan, to provide a constant rate of return over the term. Loans accounted for using the fair value option are
measured at fair value with corresponding changes recognized in noninterest income.
Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down, and other credit related fees, are deferred (together with any incremental
costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate over the loan term. When it is unlikely that a loan will be drawn down, the loan
commitment fees are recognized over the commitment period on a straight-line basis.
Loans and leases are disclosed in portfolio segments and classes. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio segments are commercial and retail.
The classes of loans and leases are: commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity, automobile,
education and other retail.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 109
The following table presents the composition of loans and leases, excluding LHFS:
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
(1)
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total loans and leases
December 31,
2020
$44,173
14,652
1,968
60,793
19,539
12,149
12,153
12,308
6,148
62,297
2019
$41,479
13,522
2,537
57,538
19,083
13,154
12,120
10,347
6,846
61,550
$123,090
$119,088
(1)
The December 31, 2020 commercial and industrial balance includes $4.2 billion of PPP loans fully guaranteed by the SBA.
Accrued interest receivable on loans and leases held for investment totaled $449 million and $495 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively, and is included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table presents the composition of LHFS:
(in millions)
Loans held for sale at fair value
Other loans held for sale
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Residential
(1)
Mortgages
Commercial
(2)
Total
Residential
(1)
Mortgages
Commercial
(2)
Total
$3,416
—
$148
439
$3,564
439
$1,778
1,101
$168
283
$1,946
1,384
(1)
(2)
Residential mortgage LHFS are originated for sale.
Commercial LHFS at fair value consist of loans managed by the Company’s commercial secondary loan desk. Other commercial LHFS generally consist of loans associated with the Company’s syndication business.
Loans pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowed funds, primarily residential mortgages and home equity loans, totaled $25.5 billion and $25.3
billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Loans pledged as collateral to support the contingent ability to borrow at the FRB discount window,
if necessary, were primarily comprised of education, auto, commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate loans, and totaled $40.0 billion and
$17.4 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company purchased $2.4 billion of education loans and $870 million of other retail loans. During
the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company purchased $1.1 billion of education loans and $530 million of other retail loans.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company sold $500 million of commercial loans, $1.0 billion of education loans and $1.5 billion
of residential mortgage loans. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company sold $454 million of commercial loans and $628 million of retail
loans, including $22 million of TDR sales.
Citizens is engaged in the leasing of equipment for commercial use, primarily focused on middle market and mid-corporate clients for large
capital equipment acquisitions including corporate aircraft, railcars and trucks and trailers, among other equipment. The Company determines if an
arrangement is a lease and the related lease classification at inception. Lease terms predominantly range from three years to ten years and may include
options to purchase the leased property prior to the end of the lease term. The Company does not have lease agreements which contain both lease and
non-lease components.
A lessee is evaluated from a credit perspective using the same underwriting standards and procedures as for a loan borrower. A lessee is
expected to make rental payments based on its cash flows and the viability of its operations. Leases are usually not evaluated as collateral-based
transactions, and therefore the lessee’s overall financial strength is the most important credit evaluation factor.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 110
The components of the net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases, before ALLL, are presented below:
(in millions)
Total future minimum lease rentals
Estimated residual value of leased equipment (non-guaranteed)
Initial direct costs
Unearned income
Total leases
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
$1,381
746
7
(166)
$1,968
$1,739
1,013
10
(225)
$2,537
Interest income on direct financing and sales-type leases for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $64 million and $77 million,
respectively, and is reported within interest and fees on loans and leases in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
A maturity analysis of direct financing and sales-type lease receivables at December 31, 2020 is presented below:
(in millions)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total undiscounted future minimum lease rentals
$334
308
246
170
112
211
$1,381
NOTE 5 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, NONPERFORMING ASSETS, AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Allowance for Credit Losses
Management’s estimate of expected credit losses in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is recorded in the ALLL and the reserve for
unfunded lending commitments (collectively the ACL). Through December 31, 2019 the ACL reserve was management’s best estimate of incurred
probable losses in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios based on reviews of certain individual loans and leases, analyzing changes in the
composition, size and delinquency of the portfolio, reviewing previous loss experience and considering current and anticipated economic factors. The
Company’s methodology for determining the qualitative component through December 31, 2019 included a statistical analysis of prior charge-off rates
and an assessment of factors affecting the determination of incurred losses in the loan and lease portfolio. Such factors included trends in economic
conditions, loan growth, back testing results, credit underwriting policy exceptions, regulatory and audit findings, and peer comparisons. Upon adoption
of CECL effective January 1, 2020, the Company’s ACL reserve methodology changed to estimate expected credit losses over the contractual life of
loans and leases.
The ACL is maintained at a level the Company believes to be appropriate to absorb expected lifetime credit losses over the contractual life of the
loan and lease portfolios and on the unfunded lending commitments. The determination of the ACL is based on periodic evaluation of the loan and lease
portfolios and unfunded lending commitments that are not unconditionally cancellable considering a number of relevant underlying factors, including key
assumptions and evaluation of quantitative and qualitative information.
Key assumptions used in the ACL measurement process include the use of a two-year reasonable and supportable economic forecast period
followed by a one-year reversion period to historical credit loss information.
The evaluation of quantitative and qualitative information is performed through assessments of groups of assets that share similar risk
characteristics and certain individual loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with the collective group. Loans are grouped generally
by product type (e.g., commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage, etc.), and significant loan portfolios are assessed for credit
losses using econometric models.
The quantitative evaluation of the adequacy of the ACL utilizes a single economic forecast as its foundation, and is primarily based on
econometric models that use known or estimated data as of the balance
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 111
sheet date and forecasted data over the reasonable and supportable period. Known and estimated data include current PD, LGD and EAD (for
commercial), timing and amount of expected draws (for unfunded lending commitments), FICO, LTV, term and time on books (for retail loans), mix and
level of loan balances, delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, previous loss experience, current business conditions, amounts and timing of expected
future cash flows, and factors particular to a specific commercial credit such as competition, business and management performance. Forward-looking
economic assumptions include real gross domestic product, unemployment rate, interest rate curve, and changes in collateral values. This data is
aggregated to estimate expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loans and leases, adjusted for expected prepayments. In highly volatile
economic environments historical information, such as commercial customer financial statements or consumer credit ratings, may not be as important to
estimating future expected losses as forecasted inputs to the models.
The ACL may also be affected materially by a variety of qualitative factors that the Company considers to reflect current judgment of various
events and risks that are not measured in the statistical procedures including uncertainty related to the economic forecasts used in the modeled credit
loss estimates, loan growth, back testing results, credit underwriting policy exceptions, regulatory and audit findings, and peer comparisons. The
qualitative allowance is further informed for certain industry sectors or loan classes by alternative scenarios to support the period-end ACL balance.
The measurement process results in specific or pooled allowances for loans, leases and unfunded lending commitments, and qualitative
allowances that are judgmentally determined and applied across the portfolio.
There are certain loan portfolios that may not need an econometric model to enable the Company to calculate management’s best estimate of
the expected credit losses. Less data intensive, non-modeled approaches to estimating losses are considered more efficient and practical for portfolios
that have lower levels of outstanding balances (e.g., runoff or closed portfolios, new products or products that are not significant to the Company’s
overall credit risk exposure).
Loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics are individually assessed for expected credit losses. Nonaccruing commercial and
industrial, and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $5 million or greater and all commercial and industrial, and commercial real
estate TDRs (regardless of size) are assessed on an individual loan level basis. Generally, the measurement of ACL on individual loans and leases is the
present value of its future cash flows or the fair value of its underlying collateral, if the loan or lease is collateral dependent. Loans that are deemed to be
collateral dependent are written down to the fair value, less costs to sell, if sale of the collateral is expected as of the evaluation date and are reassessed
each subsequent period to determine if a change to the ACL is required. Subsequent evaluations may result in an increase or decrease to the ACL,
based on a corresponding change in the fair value of the collateral during the period. Any subsequent decrease to the ACL (because of an increase to
the collateral-dependent loan’s fair value) is limited to the total amount previously written off for that loan. For retail TDRs that are not collateral
dependent, the ACL is developed using the present value of expected future cash flows compared to the amortized cost basis in the loans. Expected re-
default factors are considered in this analysis. Retail TDRs that are deemed collateral dependent are written down to fair market value less cost to sell.
Expected recoveries are considered in management’s estimate of the ACL and may result in a negative adjustment (i.e., reduction) to the ACL
balance. A loan is collateral dependent if repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral when the
borrower is experiencing financial difficulty as of the evaluation date. Generally, repayment would be expected to be provided substantially by the sale or
continued operation of the underlying collateral if cash flows to repay the loan from all other available sources (including guarantors) are expected to be
no more than nominal. If repayment is dependent only on the operation of the collateral, the fair value of the collateral would not be adjusted for
estimated costs to sell. If a loan is considered collateral dependent, the ACL is calculated as the difference between the fair value of collateral (adjusted
for the costs to sell if the sale of the collateral is expected) and the amortized cost basis as of the evaluation date. It is possible to have a negative ACL
for a collateral dependent loan if the fair value of the collateral increases in a subsequent reporting period. The negative ACL cannot exceed the total
amount previously charged off.
Accrued interest receivable on loans and leases is excluded from asset balances used to calculate the ACL. All accrued and uncollected interest
is immediately reversed against interest income when a loan or lease is placed on nonaccrual status. Uncollectible interest is written off timely in
accordance with regulatory guidelines. Generally, loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more, or
earlier if management believes that the probability of collection is insufficient to warrant further accrual.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 112
Residential mortgages are placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 120 days or more, or sooner if deemed collateral dependent, unless
guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration. Residential mortgages that received extended forbearance and were subsequently modified as a
result of COVID-19 will be placed on nonaccrual sooner than those that were not on extended forbearance, and will return to accrual status only
following a sustained period of repayment performance. Loans in COVID-19 pandemic-related forbearance programs continue to accrue interest during
the forbearance period; a reserve is established for interest income expected to be uncollectible following forbearance. Accrued interest reversed against
interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $8 million and $19 million for commercial and retail, respectively.
The Company estimates expected credit losses associated with off-balance sheet financial instruments such as standby letters of credit,
financial guarantees and unfunded loan commitments that are not unconditionally cancellable. Off-balance sheet financial instruments are subject to
individual reviews and are analyzed and segregated by risk according to the Company’s internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in
conjunction with historical loss experience, current and future economic conditions, timing and amount of expected draws, and performance trends within
specific portfolio segments, result in the estimate of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The Company does not recognize a reserve for
future draws from credit lines that are unconditionally cancellable (e.g., credit cards).
The ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the allowance for loan and
lease losses and in other liabilities, respectively. Provision for credit losses related to the loan and lease portfolios and the unfunded lending
commitments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as provision for credit losses.
Loan Charge-Offs
Commercial loans are charged off when available information indicates that a loan or portion thereof is determined to be uncollectible, including
situations where a loan is determined to be both impaired and collateral-dependent. The determination of whether to recognize a charge-off involves
many factors, including the prioritization of the Company’s claim in bankruptcy, expectations of the workout/restructuring of the loan and valuation of the
borrower’s equity or the loan collateral. A loan is considered to be collateral-dependent when repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by
the underlying collateral, rather than by cash flows from the borrower’s operations, income or other resources.
Retail loans are generally fully charged-off or written down to the net realizable value of the underlying collateral, with an offset to the ALLL, upon
reaching specified stages of delinquency in accordance with standards established by the FFIEC. Residential real estate loans, credit card loans and
unsecured open end loans are generally charged off in the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due. Auto loans, education loans and
unsecured closed end loans are generally charged off in the month in which the account becomes 120 days past due. Certain retail loans will be charged
off or charged down to their net realizable value earlier than the FFIEC charge-off standards in the following circumstances:
Loans modified in a TDR that are determined to be collateral-dependent.
•
• Residential real estate loans that received extended forbearance and were subsequently modified as a result of COVID-19
•
Loans to borrowers who have experienced an event (e.g., bankruptcy) that suggests a loss is either known or highly certain.
◦
◦
◦
Residential real estate and auto loans are charged down to the net realizable value within 60 days of receiving notification of the
bankruptcy filing, or when the loan becomes 60 days past due if repayment is likely to occur.
Credit card loans are fully charged off within 60 days of receiving notification of the bankruptcy filing or other event.
Education loans are generally charged off when the loan becomes 60 days past due after receiving notification of a bankruptcy.
• Auto loans are written down to net realizable value upon repossession of the collateral.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 113
The following table present a summary of changes in the ACL for the year ended December 31, 2020:
(in millions)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period, adjusted
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision charged to income
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period, adjusted
Provision for unfunded lending commitments
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period
Total allowance for credit losses, end of period
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Commercial
$674
(176)
498
(437)
12
(425)
1,160
1,233
44
(3)
41
145
186
Retail
$578
629
1,207
(406)
138
(268)
271
1,210
—
1
1
40
41
Total
$1,252
453
1,705
(843)
150
(693)
1,431
2,443
44
(2)
42
185
227
$1,419
$1,251
$2,670
The following table provides additional detail on the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle on the ACL and related coverage ratios:
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
(1)
Total commercial
Residential
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
December 31, 2019
January 1, 2020
December 31, 2020
Amortized
Cost Basis
ACL
Balance
Coverage
Impact of
Adoption of
CECL
ACL
Balance
Coverage
Amortized
Cost Basis
ACL
Balance
Coverage
$41,479
13,522
2,537
57,538
19,083
13,154
12,120
10,347
6,846
61,550
$575
124
19
718
35
83
123
116
221
578
1.4 %
0.9
0.7
1.2
0.2
0.6
1.0
1.1
3.2
0.9
1.1 %
($199)
(57)
77
(179)
95
73
83
298
81
630
$451
$376
67
96
539
130
156
206
414
302
1,208
$1,747
0.9 %
0.5
3.8
0.9
0.7
1.2
1.7
4.0
4.4
2.0
1.5 %
$44,173
14,652
1,968
60,793
19,539
12,149
12,153
12,308
6,148
62,297
$123,090
$895
472
52
1,419
141
150
200
386
374
1,251
$2,670
2.0 %
3.2
2.6
2.3
0.7
1.2
1.6
3.1
6.1
2.0
2.2 %
Total loans and leases
$119,088
$1,296
(1)
The commercial coverage ratio includes a 21 basis point reduction associated with PPP loans as of December 31, 2020.
The difference in ACL as of December 31, 2020 as compared to December 31, 2019 continues to be driven by the COVID-19 pandemic,
associated lockdowns and the resulting economic impacts from March to December 31, 2020, as well as the Company’s adoption of CECL on January 1,
2020. Citizens added $451 million in ACL upon adoption of CECL, and has since added an additional $923 million in the year ended December 31, 2020,
resulting in an ending ACL balance of $2.7 billion.
The increase in commercial net charge-offs in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven
by charge-offs in the retail real estate, metals and mining, energy and related, and casual dining industry sectors. Retail net charge-offs in the year
ended December 31, 2020 reflected the benefit of forbearance and stimulus activity stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns.
To determine the ACL as of December 31, 2020, we utilized an economic scenario that generally reflects real GDP growth of approximately 4%
over 2021, returning to fourth quarter 2019 real GDP levels by the last quarter of 2021. The scenario also projects the unemployment rate to be in the
range of approximately 7% to 7.5% throughout 2021. While the macroeconomic forecast was slightly improved relative to the third quarter 2020 forecast,
we continued to apply management judgment to adjust the modeled reserves in the commercial industry sectors most impacted by the COVID-19
pandemic and associated lockdowns, including retail and hospitality, casual dining, retail trade, price-sensitive energy and related, and educational
services, as well as in certain retail products.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 114
The following tables present a summary of changes in the ACL for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
(in millions)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision charged to income
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
Provision for unfunded lending commitments
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period
Total allowance for credit losses, end of period
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Commercial
$690
(140)
24
(116)
100
674
91
(47)
44
$718
Retail
$552
(475)
161
(314)
340
578
—
—
—
Total
$1,242
(615)
185
(430)
440
1,252
91
(47)
44
$578
$1,296
(in millions)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision charged to income
(1)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
Provision for unfunded lending commitments
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, end of period
Total allowance for credit losses, end of period
Credit Quality Indicators
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Commercial
$685
(52)
19
(33)
38
690
88
3
91
$781
Retail
$551
(442)
158
(284)
285
552
—
—
—
Total
$1,236
(494)
177
(317)
323
1,242
88
3
91
$552
$1,333
Loan and lease portfolio segments and classes, excluding LHFS, are presented by credit quality indicator and vintage year. Citizens defines the
vintage date for the purpose of this disclosure as the date of the most recent credit decision. In general, renewals are categorized as new credit
decisions and reflect the renewal date as the vintage date. Loans modified in a TDR are considered to be a continuation of the original loan and vintage
date corresponds with the initial loan origination date.
For commercial, Citizens utilizes regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Regulatory classification ratings are assigned at loan
origination and are periodically re-evaluated by Citizens utilizing a risk-based approach, or at any time management becomes aware of information
affecting the borrowers' ability to fulfill their obligations. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in this review process. Loans with a
“pass” rating are those that the Company believes will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans that are
“criticized” are those that have some weakness or potential weakness that indicate an increased probability of future loss. “Criticized” loans are grouped
into three categories, “special mention,” “substandard” and “doubtful.” Special mention loans have potential weaknesses that, if left uncorrected, may
result in deterioration of the Company’s credit position at some future date. Substandard loans are inadequately protected loans; these loans have well-
defined weaknesses that could hinder normal repayment or collection of the debt. Doubtful loans have the same weaknesses as substandard, with the
added characteristics that the possibility of loss is high and collection of the full amount of the loan is improbable. Additional credit quality information is
discussed below for each loan class.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 115
For commercial and industrial loans, Citizens monitors the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level
of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, management assigns an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD.
This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process. These ratings are generally reviewed at least
annually. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to commercial and industrial loans, capturing both the combination of expectations of
default and loss severity in the event of default, reflects credit quality characteristics as of the reporting date and are used as inputs into the loss
forecasting process. Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and risk rating assessment, management periodically reviews each loan,
prioritizing those loans which are perceived to be of higher risk, based upon PDs and LGDs, or loans for which credit quality is weakening (e.g., payment
delinquency). Citizens proactively manages loans by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan, including ongoing
outreach to the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s financial conditions and appraisal of the collateral.
Credit risk associated with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgages are managed similar to commercial and industrial loans
by evaluating PD and LGD. Risks associated with commercial real estate activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure and collateral location,
project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. As with the commercial
and industrial loan class, periodic reviews are also performed to assess market/geographic risk and business unit/industry risk, which may result in
increased scrutiny on loans that are perceived to be of higher risk, had adverse changes in risk ratings and/or areas that concern management. These
reviews are designed to assess risk and facilitate actions to mitigate such risks.
Citizens manages credit risk associated with financing leases similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Reviews are
generally performed annually based upon the dollar amount of the lease and the level of credit risk, and may be more more frequent if circumstances
warrant. The review process includes analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk,
guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance as applicable.
Commercial loans with renewal terms in the original contract are recognized as current year originations upon renewal unless the loan
automatically renewed with no new credit decision. Citizens generally reserves the right to not renew the loan or lease until current underwriting has
been completed and approved.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 116
The following table presents the amortized cost basis of commercial loans and leases, by vintage date and regulatory classification rating, as of
December 31, 2020:
(in millions)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Term Loans by Origination Year
Revolving Loans
Within the
Revolving
Period
Converted
to Term
Prior to
2016
Total
Commercial and industrial
Pass
(1)
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total commercial and
industrial
Commercial real estate
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total commercial real
estate
Leases
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total leases
Total commercial
Pass
(1)
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
$8,036
$5,730
$4,180
$2,174
$1,157
$1,980
$17,281
$340
$40,878
34
91
65
264
195
10
163
248
34
84
100
38
60
81
3
173
127
31
771
600
63
34
22
4
1,583
1,464
248
8,226
6,199
4,625
2,396
1,301
2,311
18,715
400
44,173
1,848
19
116
16
2,836
130
2
26
2,810
121
65
8
1,106
92
5
—
1,999
2,994
3,004
1,203
566
94
53
—
713
455
246
229
139
180
3
—
—
458
4
2
—
252
2
2
—
233
4
4
—
147
2
4
—
186
919
48
26
2
995
673
18
—
1
692
10,339
8,812
7,219
3,419
1,903
3,572
56
207
81
398
199
36
286
315
42
180
109
38
156
138
3
239
153
34
3,271
300
149
24
3,744
—
—
—
—
—
20,552
1,071
749
87
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13,356
804
416
76
14,652
1,922
33
12
1
1,968
340
56,156
34
22
4
2,420
1,892
325
Total commercial
$10,683
$9,445
$7,862
$3,746
$2,200
$3,998
$22,459
$400
$60,793
(1)
Includes PPP loans designated as pass that are fully guaranteed by the SBA originating in 2020.
For retail loans, Citizens utilizes credit scores provided by FICO and the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality.
Management believes FICO credit scores are considered the strongest indicator of credit losses over the contractual life of the loan as the scores are
based on current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, and assist management in predicting the borrower’s
future payment performance.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 117
The following table presents the amortized cost basis of retail loans, by vintage date and FICO scores that are generally refreshed quarterly, as
of December 31, 2020:
Term Loans by Origination Year
(in millions)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Revolving Loans
Within the
Revolving
Period
Converted
to Term
Prior to
2016
Total
$2,687
$1,885
$638
$1,129
$1,615
$1,755
$—
$—
$9,709
2,931
784
97
12
1
1,133
351
94
28
2
398
162
44
35
1
527
172
56
58
5
743
295
66
50
1
904
458
223
185
14
6,512
3,493
1,278
1,947
2,770
3,539
Residential mortgages
800+
740-799
680-739
620-679
<620
No FICO available
(1)
Total residential
mortgages
Home equity
800+
740-799
680-739
620-679
<620
Total home equity
Automobile
800+
740-799
680-739
620-679
<620
No FICO available
(1)
2
2
1
—
1
6
1,056
1,514
1,347
669
140
2
8
6
6
10
17
47
812
1,022
889
484
242
—
10
7
10
18
30
75
424
531
461
259
189
—
7
6
15
21
29
78
312
344
282
157
137
—
5
5
8
14
18
50
169
172
138
84
79
—
642
578
251
90
25
8
—
216
180
179
136
122
833
62
59
47
32
34
4
238
777
423
221
95
41
60
Total automobile
4,728
3,449
1,864
1,232
Education
800+
740-799
680-739
620-679
<620
No FICO available
(1)
1,817
1,797
450
26
2
2
1,363
1,009
294
35
5
—
849
541
173
33
10
—
781
387
127
28
10
—
Total education
4,094
2,706
1,606
1,333
952
1,617
Other retail
800+
740-799
680-739
620-679
<620
No FICO available
(1)
461
620
495
248
24
54
380
460
302
104
30
1
Total other retail
1,902
1,277
Retail
800+
740-799
680-739
620-679
<620
No FICO available
(1)
6,023
6,864
3,077
1,040
179
59
4,448
3,630
1,842
727
322
3
163
184
111
37
17
—
512
2,084
1,661
917
391
281
1
77
81
48
14
6
—
226
2,306
1,345
644
276
240
5
15
19
10
3
1
—
48
2,382
1,190
541
192
156
1
44
31
13
5
3
—
96
2,854
1,597
918
491
385
78
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,319
3,234
1,632
402
105
9,692
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
341
638
561
174
77
272
—
—
—
—
—
—
344
331
284
195
214
1,368
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
5
7
8
2
6,636
2,222
580
368
24
19,539
4,911
3,771
2,135
796
536
12,149
2,835
3,642
3,164
1,685
821
6
12,153
6,165
4,408
1,355
242
76
62
12,308
1,481
2,035
1,545
592
166
329
2,063
24
6,148
4,660
3,872
2,193
576
182
272
344
333
289
202
222
2
25,101
20,492
10,421
3,895
1,967
421
Total retail
$17,242
$10,972
$5,335
$4,816
$4,462
$6,323
$11,755
$1,392
$62,297
(1)
Represents loans for which an updated FICO score was unavailable (e.g., due to recent profile changes).
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 118
Nonaccrual and Past Due Assets
Nonaccrual loans and leases are those on which accrual of interest has been suspended. Loans (other than certain retail loans insured by U.S.
government agencies) are placed on nonaccrual status when full payment of principal and interest is in doubt, unless the loan is both well secured and in
the process of collection.
When the Company places a loan on nonaccrual status, the accrued unpaid interest receivable is reversed against interest income and
amortization of any net deferred fees is suspended. Interest collections on nonaccruing loans and leases for which the ultimate collectability of principal
is uncertain are generally applied to first reduce the carrying value of the asset. Otherwise, interest income may be recognized to the extent of the cash
received. A loan or lease may be returned to accrual status if (i) principal and interest payments have been brought current, and the Company expects
repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest, (ii) the loan or lease has otherwise become well-secured and in the process of collection,
or (iii) the borrower has been making regularly scheduled payments in full for the prior six months and the Company is reasonably assured that the loan
or lease will be brought fully current within a reasonable period.
Commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and leases are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past
due 90 days or more, or earlier if management believes that the probability of collection is insufficient to warrant further accrual. Some of these loans and
leases may remain on accrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more if management considers the loan collectible.
Residential mortgages are generally placed on nonaccrual status when past due 120 days, or sooner if determined to be collateral-dependent,
unless repayment of the loan is guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration. Credit card balances are placed on nonaccrual status when past due
90 days or more and are restored to accruing status if they subsequently become less than 90 days past due. All other retail loans are generally placed
on nonaccrual status when past due 90 days or more, or earlier if management believes that the probability of collection is insufficient to warrant further
accrual. Loans less than 90 days past due may be placed on nonaccrual status upon the death of the borrower, fraud or bankruptcy.
Nonaccrual and Past Due Assets
The following table presents nonaccrual loans and leases and loans accruing and 90 days or more past due:
(in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total loans and leases
As of December 31, 2020
As of December 31,
2019
Nonaccrual
loans and
leases
90+ days past
due and
accruing
Nonaccrual
with no related
ACL
Nonaccrual loans
and leases
$280
$20
176
2
458
167
276
72
18
28
561
$1,019
—
1
21
30
—
—
2
9
41
$62
$56
2
—
58
96
207
17
2
—
322
$380
$240
2
3
245
93
246
67
18
34
458
$703
Interest income is generally not recognized for loans and leases that are on nonaccrual status. The Company reverses accrued interest
receivable with a charge to interest income upon classifying the loan or lease as nonaccrual.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 119
The following table presents an analysis of the age of both accruing and nonaccruing loan and lease past due amounts:
December 31, 2020
Days Past Due
December 31, 2019
Days Past Due
(in millions)
Current-29 30-59
60-89
90 or
More
Total Current-29 30-59
60-89
90 or
More
Total
Commercial and industrial
$43,817
$223
$16
$117
$44,173
$41,340
$45
$27
$67
$41,479
Commercial real estate
Leases
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total
14,531
1,956
60,304
19,291
11,848
11,901
12,255
6,047
61,342
1
9
233
59
61
170
33
38
361
85
—
101
21
28
65
13
29
35
3
155
168
212
17
7
34
156
438
14,652
1,968
60,793
19,539
12,149
12,153
12,308
6,148
62,297
13,520
2,498
57,358
18,947
12,834
11,788
10,290
6,729
60,588
$121,646
$594
$257
$593 $123,090
$117,946
1
37
83
35
91
227
30
45
428
$511
1
—
28
17
40
81
15
31
184
$212
—
2
69
84
189
24
12
41
350
13,522
2,537
57,538
19,083
13,154
12,120
10,347
6,846
61,550
$419 $119,088
The Company estimates expected credit losses based on the fair value of collateral for collateralized loans that management believes will not be
paid under the terms of the original loan contract. These loans are considered to be collateral dependent, and the estimated credit loss is calculated as
the difference between the loan’s amortized cost basis and the fair value of the collateral as of each evaluation date.
Collateral values for residential mortgage and home equity loans are based on refreshed valuations which are updated at least every 90 days
less estimated costs to sell. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had collateral-dependent residential mortgage and home equity loans
totaling $552 million and $227 million, respectively.
For collateral-dependent commercial loans, the ACL is individually assessed based on the fair value of the collateral. Various types of collateral
are used, including real estate, inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, securities and cash, among others. For commercial real estate loans,
collateral values are generally based on appraisals which are updated based on management judgment under the specific circumstances on a case-by-
case basis. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had collateral-dependent commercial loans totaling $206 million and $85 million,
respectively.
The amortized cost basis of mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in-
process was $119 million and $152 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company grants a concession to the
borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR. TDRs typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation efforts and
are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship with the borrower. The Company’s loan modifications are
handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet the borrower’s
financial needs. Concessions granted in TDRs for all classes of loans may include lowering the interest rate, forgiving a portion of principal, extending
the loan term, lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, waiving or delaying a scheduled payment of principal or interest for other than
an insignificant time period, or capitalizing past due amounts. A rate increase can be a concession if the increased rate is lower than a market rate for
debt with risk similar to that of the restructured loan. TDRs for commercial loans may also involve creating a multiple note structure, accepting non-cash
assets, accepting an equity interest, or receiving a performance-based fee. In some cases, a TDR may involve multiple concessions. The financial
effects of TDRs for all loan classes may include lower income (either due to a lower interest rate or a delay in the timing of cash flows), larger loan loss
provisions, and accelerated charge-offs if the modification renders the loan collateral-dependent. In some cases, interest income throughout the term of
the loan may increase if, for example, the loan is extended or the interest rate is increased as a result of the restructuring.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 120
Retail and commercial loans whose contractual terms have been modified in a TDR and are current at the time of restructuring may remain on
accrual status if there is demonstrated performance prior to the restructuring and payment in full under the restructured terms is expected. Retail loans
that were discharged in bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower are deemed to be collateral-dependent TDRs and are generally charged off to the
fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell, and less amounts recoverable under a government guarantee (if any). Cash receipts on nonaccruing impaired
loans, including nonaccruing loans involved in TDRs, are generally applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance. Certain TDRs that are current in
payment status are classified as nonaccrual in accordance with regulatory guidance. Income on these loans may be recognized on a cash basis if
management believes that the remaining book value of the loan is realizable. Nonaccruing TDRs that meet the guidelines above for accrual status can
be returned to accruing if supported by a well-documented evaluation of the borrowers’ financial condition, and if they have been current for at least six
months.
Because TDRs are impaired loans, Citizens measures impairment by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows, or when
appropriate, the fair value of collateral less costs to sell, to the loan’s amortized cost basis. Any excess of amortized cost basis over the present value of
expected future cash flows or collateral value is included in the ALLL. Any portion of the loan’s amortized cost basis the Company does not expect to
collect as a result of the modification is charged off at the time of modification. For retail TDR accounts where the expected value of cash flows is utilized,
any recorded investment in excess of the present value of expected cash flows is recognized by increasing the ALLL. For retail TDR accounts assessed
based on the fair value of collateral, any portion of the loan’s recorded investment in excess of the collateral value less costs to sell is charged off at the
time of modification or at the time of subsequent and regularly recurring valuations.
In 2020, Citizens implemented various retail and commercial loan modification programs to provide borrowers relief from the economic impacts
of COVID-19. The CARES Act and bank regulatory agencies provided guidance stating certain loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial
distress as a result of COVID-19 may not be accounted for as TDRs under U.S. GAAP. In accordance with the CARES Act, Citizens elected to not apply
TDR classification to any COVID-19 related loan modification performed after March 1, 2020 for borrowers who were current as of December 31, 2019 or
the date of their loan modification. In addition, for loans modified in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns that were not eligible
for relief from TDR classification under the CARES Act, the Company elected to apply the guidance issued by the bank regulatory agencies. Under this
guidance, loans with up to six months of deferred principal and interest to borrowers who were current as of March 1, 2020 or the date of their loan
modification are not classified as TDRs.
For loan modifications that include a payment deferral and are not TDRs, the borrower’s past due and nonaccrual status will not be impacted
during the deferral period. Interest income will continue to be recognized over the contractual life of the loan.
The following table summarizes TDRs by class and total unfunded commitments:
(in millions)
Commercial
Retail
Unfunded commitments related to TDRs
December 31,
2020
$257
718
49
2019
$297
667
42
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 121
The following tables summarize how loans were modified during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The reported balances
represent the post-modification outstanding recorded investment and can include loans that became TDRs during the period and were paid off in full,
charged off, or sold prior to period end.
(dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total
(dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total
(dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Total commercial
Residential mortgages
Home equity
Automobile
Education
Other retail
Total retail
Total
December 31, 2020
Primary Modification Types
Interest Rate Reduction
(1)
Maturity Extension
(2)
Other
(3)
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
1
—
1
210
143
129
—
2,311
2,793
2,794
$—
—
—
39
12
2
—
10
63
$63
25
1
26
190
151
104
—
—
445
471
$107
7
114
34
12
1
—
—
47
$161
44
—
44
73
429
3,003
465
280
4,250
4,294
$325
—
325
13
23
47
10
2
95
$420
December 31, 2019
Primary Modification Types
Interest Rate Reduction
(1)
Maturity Extension
(2)
Other
(3)
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
3
—
3
60
196
160
—
3,259
3,675
3,678
$—
—
—
12
20
3
—
18
53
$53
26
1
27
62
72
21
—
—
155
182
$5
—
5
10
11
—
—
—
21
$26
56
—
56
120
454
1,250
272
480
2,576
2,632
$210
—
210
17
26
17
7
2
69
$279
December 31, 2018
Primary Modification Types
Interest Rate Reduction
(1)
Maturity Extension
(2)
Other
(3)
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
7
—
7
35
128
158
—
2,313
2,634
2,641
$1
—
1
4
11
3
—
13
31
$32
49
3
52
61
180
46
—
—
287
339
$22
31
53
8
26
1
—
—
35
$88
53
2
55
142
584
1,189
355
9
2,279
2,334
$200
31
231
17
36
17
7
—
77
$308
(1)
(2)
(3)
Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forgiveness, and capitalizing arrearages. Also included
are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post modification balances being
higher than pre-modification.
The net change to ALLL resulting from modifications of loans for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $12 million, $9 million
and $3 million, respectively. Charge-offs may also be recorded on
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 122
TDRs. Citizens recorded charge-offs resulting from the modification of loans of $51 million, $7 million and $5 million for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
A payment default refers to a loan that becomes 90 days or more past due under the modified terms. Loan data includes loans meeting the
criteria that were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. For commercial loans, recorded investment in TDRs
that defaulted within 12 months of their modification date for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $54 million, $1 million and $63
million, respectively. For retail loans, there were $46 million, $37 million and $40 million of loans which defaulted within 12 months of their restructuring
date for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
As of December 31, 2020, under the Company’s COVID-19-related forbearance and other customer accommodation programs that are guided
by the CARES Act as well as banking regulator interagency guidance, Citizens deferred payments on approximately $1.4 billion, or 2.3%, of the retail
portfolio, approximately $343 million, or 0.6%, of the commercial portfolio, including approximately $53 million, or 1.0%, of the small business portfolio.
The vast majority of these deferrals are not classified as TDRs.
Most of the Company’s lending activity is with customers located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. Generally, loans are
collateralized by assets including real estate, inventory, accounts receivable, other personal property and investment securities. As of December 31,
2020 and 2019, Citizens had a significant amount of loans collateralized by residential and commercial real estate. There were no significant
concentration risks within the commercial loan or retail loan portfolios. Exposure to credit losses arising from lending transactions may fluctuate with fair
values of collateral supporting loans, which may not perform according to contractual agreements. The Company’s policy is to collateralize loans to the
extent necessary; however, unsecured loans are also granted on the basis of the financial strength of the applicant and the facts surrounding the
transaction.
Certain loan products, including residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and credit cards, have contractual features that
may increase credit exposure to the Company in the event of an increase in interest rates or a decline in housing values. These products include loans
that exceed 90% of the value of the underlying collateral (high LTV loans), interest-only and negative amortization residential mortgages, and loans with
low introductory rates. Certain loans have more than one of these characteristics. The following tables present balances of loans with these
characteristics:
(in millions)
High loan-to-value
Interest only/negative amortization
Low introductory rate
Total
(in millions)
High loan-to-value
Interest only/negative amortization
Low introductory rate
Total
Residential
Mortgages
Home Equity
Other Retail
December 31, 2020
$289
2,801
—
$3,090
$64
—
—
$64
$—
—
170
$170
Residential
Mortgages
Home Equity
Other Retail
December 31, 2019
$402
2,043
—
$2,445
$151
—
—
$151
$—
—
235
$235
Total
$353
2,801
170
$3,324
Total
$553
2,043
235
$2,831
NOTE 6 - PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization have been
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 123
lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease (including renewal options if exercise of those options is reasonably
assured) or their estimated useful life, whichever is shorter.
Additions to premises and equipment are recorded at cost. The cost of major additions, improvements and betterments is capitalized. Normal
repairs and maintenance and other costs that do not improve the property, extend the useful life or otherwise do not meet capitalization criteria are
charged to expense as incurred. Citizens evaluates premises and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable.
A summary of the carrying value of premises and equipment is presented below:
(dollars in millions)
Land and land improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Construction in progress
Total premises and equipment, gross
Accumulated depreciation
Total premises and equipment, net
Useful Lives
(years)
10 - 75
5 - 60
4 - 20
December 31,
2020
$102
800
644
50
1,596
(837)
$759
2019
$102
848
535
368
1,853
(1,092)
$761
Depreciation charged to noninterest expense totaled $110 million, $116 million, and $117 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,
and 2018, respectively, and is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in both occupancy and equipment expense.
Software
Costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized if the projects improve functionality and provide long-
term future operational benefits. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the asset’s expected useful life, based upon the
basic pattern of consumption and economic benefits provided by the asset. Citizens begins to amortize the software when the asset (or identifiable
component of the asset) is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. All other costs incurred in connection with an internal-use software
project are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Citizens had capitalized software assets of $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion and related accumulated amortization of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amortization expense was $215 million, $194 million, and $189 million for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expense for capitalized software assets is presented below.
Year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
(1)
Total
(in millions)
$191
155
123
97
57
43
$666
(1)
Excluded from this balance is $226 million of in-process software at December 31, 2020.
NOTE 7 - MORTGAGE BANKING AND OTHER
The Company sells residential mortgages to GSEs and other parties, who may issue securities backed by pools of such loans. The Company
retains no beneficial interests in these sales, but may retain the servicing rights for the loans sold. The Company is obligated to subsequently
repurchase a loan if the purchaser discovers a representation or warranty violation such as noncompliance with eligibility or servicing requirements, or
customer fraud, that should have been identified in a loan file review.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 124
Mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for at fair value on an individual loan basis. Changes in the fair value, and realized gains and losses
on the sales of mortgage loans, are reported in mortgage banking income.
The following table summarizes activity related to the Company’s residential mortgage loan sales and the Company's mortgage banking activity:
(in millions)
Residential mortgage loan sold with servicing retained
Gain on sales
Contractually specified servicing, late and other ancillary fees
(1)
(1)
(1)
Reported in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$33,221
895
227
2019
$20,430
251
208
2018
$8,149
89
118
The Company recognizes the right to service residential mortgage loans for others, or MSRs, as separate assets, which are presented in other
assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, when purchased, or when servicing is contractually separated from the underlying mortgage loans by sale
with servicing rights retained. MSRs are initially recorded at fair value. Subsequent to the initial recognition, MSRs are measured using either the fair
value method or the amortization method. Effective January 1, 2020, the Company elected to account for all MSRs previously accounted for under the
amortization method under the fair value method. Upon election, the Company recognized a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of $6
million, net of taxes, equal to the difference between the carrying value of the MSRs and the fair value. Under the fair value method, the MSRs are
recorded at fair value at each reporting date with any changes in fair value during the period recorded in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. The unpaid principal balance of the related residential mortgage loans was $81.2 billion and $77.5 billion as of December 31,
2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company manages an active hedging strategy to manage the risk associated with changes in the value of the MSR
portfolio accounted for under the fair value method, which includes the purchase of freestanding derivatives.
The following table summarizes changes in MSRs recorded using the fair value method:
(in millions)
Fair value as of beginning of the period
Transfers upon election of fair value method
(1)
Fair value as of beginning of the period, adjusted
Amounts capitalized
Changes in unpaid principal balance during the period
(2)
Changes in fair value during the period
(3)
Fair value at end of the period
As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
2020
$642
190
832
324
(196)
(302)
$658
2019
$600
—
600
270
(119)
(109)
$642
(1)
(2)
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company elected to account for all MSRs previously accounted for under the amortization method under the fair value method.
Represents changes in value of the MSRs due to i) passage of time including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and partial
paydowns, and ii) loans that paid off during the period.
(3)
Represents changes in value primarily driven by market conditions. These changes are recorded in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The fair value of MSRs is estimated by using the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and
expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, contractual servicing fee income, servicing costs, default rates, ancillary income, and other
economic factors, which are determined based on current market interest rates. The valuation does not attempt to forecast or predict the future direction
of interest rates.
The sensitivity analyses below present the impact to current fair value of an immediate 50 basis point and 100 basis point adverse change in key
economic assumptions and the decline in fair value if the respective adverse change was realized. These sensitivities are hypothetical, with the effect of
a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes
in one factor may result in changes in another (e.g., changes in interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rates, could result in changes in the
discount rates), which may amplify or counteract the sensitivities. The primary risk inherent in the Company’s MSRs is an increase in prepayments of the
underlying mortgage loans serviced, which is dependent upon movements in market interest rates.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 125
(dollars in millions)
Fair value
Weighted average life (in years)
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
Weighted average option adjusted spread
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Actual
$658
4.2
17.3%
595 bps
Decline in fair value
due to
50 bps
adverse
change
100 bps
adverse
change
$122
12
$202
24
Actual
$642
5.5
13.9%
440 bps
Decline in fair value
due to
50 bps
adverse
change
100 bps
adverse
change
$116
12
$222
25
Citizens accounts for derivatives in its mortgage banking operations at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as derivative assets or
derivative liabilities, depending on whether the derivative had a positive (asset) or negative (liability) fair value as of the balance sheet date. The
Company’s mortgage banking derivatives include commitments to originate mortgages held for sale, certain loan sale agreements, and other financial
instruments that meet the definition of a derivative. Refer to Note 13 for additional information.
Other Serviced Loans
From time to time, Citizens engages in other servicing relationships. The following table presents the unpaid principal balance of other serviced
loans:
(in millions)
Education
(1)
Commercial and industrial
(2)
(1)
(2)
Represents the servicing associated with education loans sold. See Note 10 for further information.
Represents the government guaranteed portion of SBA loans sold to outside investors.
NOTE 8 - LEASES
Citizens as Lessee
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
$974
51
$—
33
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and records a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability. A right-
of-use asset represents the value of the Company’s contractual right to use an underlying leased asset and a lease liability represents the Company’s
contractual obligation to make payments on the same underlying leased asset. Operating and finance lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are
recognized at commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the non-cancelable lease term. As most of the Company’s
leases do not specify an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date
to determine the present value of the lease payments. The Company evaluates right-of-use assets for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.
In its normal course of business, the Company leases both equipment and real estate, including office and branch space. Lease terms
predominantly range from one year to ten years and may include options to extend the lease, terminate the lease, or purchase the underlying asset at
the end of the lease. Certain lease agreements include rental payments based on an index or are adjusted periodically for inflation. The Company has
lease agreements that contain lease and non-lease components and for certain real estate leases, these components are accounted for as a single
lease component.
Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and are recognized in
occupancy expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the remaining lease term. The Company may
also enter into subleases with third parties for certain leased real estate properties that are no longer occupied.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 126
The components of operating lease cost are presented below.
(in millions)
Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Variable lease cost
Sublease income
Total
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$165
4
8
(4)
$173
$165
10
7
(3)
$179
Operating lease cost is recognized on a straight line basis over the lease term and is recorded in occupancy, equipment and software expense,
and other income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Supplemental Consolidated Balance Sheet information related to the Company’s operating lease arrangements is presented below:
(in millions)
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Operating lease liabilities
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Affected Line Item in Consolidated
Balance Sheets
$800
835
$699
721
Other assets
Other liabilities
Supplemental information related to the Company’s operating lease arrangements is presented below:
(in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Right-of-use assets in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$167
268
$164
117
The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for operating leases as of December 31, 2020 is eight years
and 2.48%, respectively. The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for operating leases as of December 31, 2019
is seven years and 3.15%, respectively.
At December 31, 2020, lease liabilities maturing under non-cancelable operating leases are presented below for the years ended December 31.
(in millions)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: Interest
Present value of lease liabilities
Citizens as Lessor
Operating Leases
$149
147
130
111
90
294
921
86
$835
Operating lease assets where Citizens was the lessor totaled $153 million and $57 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Operating lease rental income for leased assets where Citizens is the lessor is recognized in other income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 127
Depreciation expense associated with operating lease assets is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, considering the
estimated residual value of the leased asset and is included in other operating expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. On a periodic
basis, operating lease assets are reviewed for impairment. Impairment loss is recognized in other operating expense if the carrying amount of the leased
asset exceeds fair value and is not recoverable. The carrying amount of a leased asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash
flows expected to result from the lease payments and the estimated residual value upon the eventual disposition of the asset.
For discussion of direct finance and sales-type leases where Citizens is lessor, refer to Note 4.
NOTE 9 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill is the purchase premium associated with the acquisition of a business and is assigned to the Company’s reporting units at the
acquisition date. A reporting unit is a business operating segment or a component of a business operating segment. Citizens has identified and assigned
goodwill to two reporting units - Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking - based upon reviews of the structure of the Company’s executive team
and supporting functions, resource allocations and financial reporting processes. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains
its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support
the value of the goodwill.
Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. Citizens reviews goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31 and in
interim periods when events or changes indicate the carrying value of one or more reporting units may not be recoverable. The Company has the option
of performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than the
carrying value. If it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds the carrying value, then no further testing is necessary; otherwise, Citizens must
perform a quantitative assessment of goodwill.
st
Citizens may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative assessment. The quantitative assessment, used to identify
potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit
exceeds its carrying value inclusive of goodwill, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value of the reporting unit inclusive of
goodwill exceeds fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. The impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill
assigned to the reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.
Under the quantitative impairment assessment, the fair values of the Company’s reporting units are determined using a combination of income
and market-based approaches. Citizens relies on the income approach (discounted cash flow method) for determining fair value. Market and transaction
approaches are used as benchmarks only to corroborate the value determined by the discounted cash flow method. Citizens relies on several
assumptions when estimating the fair value of its reporting units using the discounted cash flow method. These assumptions include the discount rate, as
well as projected loan loss, income tax and capital retention rates.
In 2020, U.S. economic conditions deteriorated significantly due to the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns. For the year ended
December 31, 2020, Citizens performed a quantitative analysis to determine whether the fair value of either of its reporting units was less than the
respective reporting unit’s carrying value. When calculating the fair value of the Company’s reporting units under the income approach, short and
medium-term forecasts incorporated current economic conditions and ongoing impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, including a federal funds target near
zero and near-term elevated ACL, offset by significant monetary and fiscal stimulus. Long-term cash flow projections reflected normalized rate and credit
environments, as well as a long-term rate of return for each reporting unit. As a result of this quantitative assessment, the Company determined that
there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company's goodwill as of December 31, 2020.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 128
On March 4, 2020, the Company expanded its capital markets and financial advisory position through the acquisition of Trinity Capital, a Los
Angeles-based advisory firm that delivers a range of financial services to commercial clients, which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $6 million.
Changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below.
(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2018
Business acquisition
Adjustments
Balance at December 31, 2019
Business acquisitions
Balance at December 31, 2020
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
$2,172
83
3
$2,258
—
$2,258
$4,751
35
—
$4,786
6
$4,792
Total
$6,923
118
3
$7,044
6
$7,050
Accumulated impairment losses related to the Consumer Banking reporting unit totaled $5.9 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The
accumulated impairment losses related to the Commercial Banking reporting unit totaled $50 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019. No impairment
was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.
Other Intangibles
Other intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill if the asset arises as a result of contractual rights or if the asset is capable of
being separated and sold, transferred or exchanged. Intangible assets are recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Intangible
assets are amortized on a straight-line basis and subject to an annual impairment evaluation. Amortization expense is recorded in other expenses in our
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
A summary of the carrying value of intangible assets is presented below.
(in millions)
Acquired technology
Acquired relationships
Naming Rights
Other
Total
Amortizable Lives
(years)
Gross
December 31, 2020
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Gross
December 31, 2019
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
7
5 - 15
10
2 - 7
$21
38
11
13
$83
$7
10
2
6
$25
$14
28
9
7
$58
$21
37
11
13
$82
$4
5
1
4
$14
$17
32
10
9
$68
As of December 31, 2020, all of the Company’s intangible assets were being amortized. Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets
was $11 million, $11 million and $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The Company’s projection of
amortization expense is based on balances as of December 31, 2020, and future amortization expense may vary from these projections.
Estimated intangible asset amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:
(in millions)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Total
$10
9
9
8
7
NOTE 10 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Citizens makes equity investments in various entities that are considered VIEs, as defined by GAAP. A VIE typically does not have sufficient
equity at risk to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The Company’s variable interest arises from
contractual, ownership or other monetary interests in the entity, which change with fluctuations in the fair value of the entity's net assets. Citizens
consolidates a VIE if it is the primary beneficiary of the entity. Citizens is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if its variable interest provides it with the power
to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and the right to receive benefits (or the obligation to absorb losses) that could potentially be
significant to the
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 129
VIE. To determine whether or not a variable interest held could potentially be significant to the VIE, the company considers both qualitative and
quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of its involvement with the VIE. Citizens assesses whether or not it is the primary beneficiary of a
VIE on an ongoing basis.
Citizens is involved in various entities that are considered VIEs, including investments in limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing
projects, limited liability companies that sponsor renewable energy projects or asset-backed securities and lending to special purpose entities. Citizens’
maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these entities is limited to the balance sheet carrying amount of its equity investment and
asset-backed securities, unfunded commitments, and outstanding principal balance of loans to special purpose entities.
A summary of these investments is presented below:
(in millions)
LIHTC investment included in other assets
LIHTC unfunded commitments included in other liabilities
Lending to special purpose entities included in loans and leases
Investment in asset-backed securities included in HTM securities
Renewable energy investments included in other assets
Low Income Housing Tax Credit Partnerships
December 31,
2020
$1,687
875
1,295
893
403
2019
$1,401
716
1,101
—
355
The purpose of the Company’s equity investments is to assist in achieving the goals of the Community Reinvestment Act and to earn an
adequate return of capital. LIHTC partnerships are managed by unrelated general partners that have the power to direct the activities which most
significantly affect the performance of the partnerships. Citizens is therefore not the primary beneficiary of any LIHTC partnerships. Accordingly, Citizens
does not consolidate these VIEs and accounts for these investments in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Citizens applies the proportional amortization method to account for its LIHTC investments. Under the proportional amortization method, the
Company applies a practical expedient and amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits received in the current period as
compared to the total tax credits expected to be received over the life of the investment. The amortization and tax benefits are included as a component
of income tax expense. The tax credits received are reported as a reduction of income tax expense (or an increase to income tax benefit) related to
these transactions.
The following table presents other information related to the Company’s affordable housing tax credit investments:
(in millions)
Tax credits included in income tax expense
Amortization expense included in income tax expense
Other tax benefits included in income tax expense
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$159
168
38
2019
$128
137
32
2018
$101
110
25
No LIHTC investment impairment losses were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.
Lending to Special Purpose Entities
Citizens provides lending facilities to third-party sponsored special purpose entities. Because the sponsor for each respective entity has the
power to direct how proceeds from the Company are utilized, as well as maintains responsibility for any associated servicing commitments, Citizens is
not the primary beneficiary of these entities. Accordingly, Citizens does not consolidate these VIEs on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December
31, 2020 and 2019, the lending facilities had aggregate unpaid principal balances of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, and undrawn commitments
to extend credit of $1.5 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 130
Asset-backed securities
For the year ended December 31, 2020, Citizens sold $1.1 billion of education loans, inclusive of accrued interest, capitalized interest and fees,
to a third-party sponsored VIE. As part of these sales, the Company recognized a gain on sale of $35 million in other income. The Company provided
financing to the purchaser for a portion of the sale price in the form of $893 million of asset-backed securities collateralized by the sold assets. Citizens
will continue to act as primary servicer for the sold educational loans, and will receive a servicing fee. A third-party special servicer will be responsible for
servicing for all loans that become significantly delinquent, as discussed below.
At the time of the sale, and at each subsequent reporting period, Citizens is required to evaluate its involvement with the VIE to determine if it
holds a variable interest in the VIE and, if so, if the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If Citizens is both a variable interest holder and the
primary beneficiary of the VIE, it would be required to consolidate the VIE. As of December 31, 2020, the Company concluded that both their investment
in asset-backed securities as well as the primary servicing fee are considered variable interests in the VIE as there is a possibility, even if remote, that
would result in either the Company’s interest in the asset-backed securities or the primary servicing fee absorbing some of the losses of the VIE.
After concluding that the Company has one or more variable interests in the VIE, the Company must determine if the Company is the primary
beneficiary of the VIE. GAAP defines the primary beneficiary as the entity that has both an economic exposure to the VIE as well as the power to direct
the activities that are determined to be most significant to the economic performance of the VIE. In order to make this determination, the Company
needed to first establish which activities are the most significant to the economic performance of the VIE. Based on a review of the historical
performance of the types of education loans sold to the VIE, as well as consideration of which activities performed by the owner or servicer of the loans
contribute most significantly to the ultimate performance of the loans, the Company concluded that the determination of the assets to be purchased by
the VIE and the servicing activities that are performed for significantly delinquent loans are the activities that most significantly impact the performance of
the loans, and thus the performance of the VIE holding these assets. As a result, the Company concluded that the entity that controls the determination
of the assets to be purchased by the VIE and the servicing activities on significantly delinquent loans controls the activities that most significantly impact
the economic performance of the VIE. As part of the sale process, the equity holder in the VIE had the ability to remove loans from the proposed sale
pool, demonstrating control over the determination of the assets to be purchased. In addition, as a holder of asset-backed securities and the primary
servicer of the loans, Citizens does not have the power to direct servicing of significantly delinquent loans. These rights are reserved for the third-party
special servicer of the loans, who is controlled through a contractual relationship with the equity investor in the VIE. As the activities which most
significantly affect the performance of the VIE are controlled by the equity holder in the VIE, and not by Citizens, the Company has concluded that
Citizens is therefore not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, Citizens does not consolidate the VIE and accounts for its investment in the asset-backed
securities as HTM securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Renewable Energy Entities
The Company’s investments in renewable energy entities provide benefits from a return generated by government incentives plus other tax
attributes that are associated with tax ownership (e.g., tax depreciation). As a tax equity investor, Citizens does not have the power to direct the activities
which most significantly affect the performance of these entities and therefore is not the primary beneficiary of any renewable energy entities.
Accordingly, Citizens does not consolidate these VIEs and accounts for these investments in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 131
NOTE 11 - DEPOSITS
Interest-bearing deposits in banks are carried at cost and include deposits that mature within one year.
The following table presents the major components of deposits:
(in millions)
Demand
Checking with interest
Regular savings
Money market accounts
Term deposits
Total deposits
The following table presents the maturity distribution by year of term deposits as of December 31, 2020:
(in millions)
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and thereafter
Total
December 31,
2020
2019
$43,831
27,204
18,044
48,569
9,516
$29,233
24,840
13,779
38,725
18,736
$147,164
$125,313
$8,474
660
168
162
49
3
$9,516
Of these deposits, the amount of term deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $5.8 billion at December 31, 2020. The following
table presents the remaining maturities of these deposits:
(in millions)
Three months or less
After three months through six months
After six months through twelve months
After twelve months
Total term deposits
NOTE 12 - BORROWED FUNDS
Short-term borrowed funds
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s short-term borrowed funds.
(in millions)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Other short-term borrowed funds
Total short-term borrowed funds
$3,420
956
986
436
$5,798
December 31,
2020
$231
12
$243
2019
$265
9
$274
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 132
Long-term borrowed funds
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s long-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
December 31,
2020
2019
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Parent Company:
2.375% fixed-rate senior unsecured debt, due July 2021
4.150% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due September 2022
3.750% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due July 2024
4.023% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due October 2024
(1)
4.350% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due August 2025
4.300% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due December 2025
2.850% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due July 2026
2.500% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due February 2030
3.250% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due April 2030
2.638% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due September 2032
CBNA’s Global Note Program:
2.250% senior unsecured notes, due March 2020
2.447% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due March 2020
(2)
2.487% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due May 2020
2.200% senior unsecured notes, due May 2020
2.250% senior unsecured notes, due October 2020
2.550% senior unsecured notes, due May 2021
3.250% senior unsecured notes, due February 2022
0.941% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due February 2022
1.042% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due May 2022
2.650% senior unsecured notes, due May 2022
3.700% senior unsecured notes, due March 2023
1.201% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due March 2023
2.250% senior unsecured notes, due April 2025
3.750% senior unsecured notes, due February 2026
Additional Borrowings by CBNA and Other Subsidiaries:
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, 0.932% weighted average rate, due through 2038
Other
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
Total long-term borrowed funds
$350
182
159
25
193
450
497
297
745
543
—
—
—
—
—
1,003
716
299
250
510
527
249
746
551
19
35
$8,346
$349
348
250
42
249
750
496
—
—
—
700
300
250
500
750
991
711
299
250
501
515
249
—
521
5,008
18
$14,047
(1
December 31, 2020 balances reflect the September 2020 completion of (i) $621 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes whereby participants received a combination of the
Company’s newly issued 2.638% fixed-rate subordinated notes due 2032 and an additional cash payment and (ii) $11 million in related cash tender offers whereby validly tendered and accepted subordinated notes
were purchased by Citizens and subsequently cancelled.
(2) Rate disclosed reflects the floating rate as of December 31, 2020, or final floating rate as applicable.
The Parent Company’s long-term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 included principal balances of $3.5 billion and $2.5 billion,
respectively, and unamortized deferred issuance costs and/or discounts of ($90) million and ($8) million, respectively. CBNA and other subsidiaries’ long-
term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 included principal balances of $4.8 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively, with unamortized
deferred issuance costs and/or discounts of ($11) million and ($13) million, respectively, and hedging basis adjustments of $112 million and $50 million,
respectively. See Note 13 for further information about the Company’s hedging of certain long-term borrowed funds.
Advances, lines of credit, and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by pledged mortgages and pledged securities at least sufficient to
satisfy the collateral maintenance level established by the FHLB. The utilized borrowing capacity for FHLB advances and letters of credit was $3.2 billion
and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company’s available FHLB borrowing capacity was $13.9 billion and $7.2 billion at
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Citizens can also borrow from the FRB discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. Collateral,
including certain loans, is pledged to support this borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s unused secured borrowing capacity was
approximately $64.6 billion, which includes unencumbered securities, FHLB borrowing capacity, and FRB discount window capacity.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 133
The following table presents a summary of maturities for the Company’s long-term borrowed funds at December 31, 2020:
(in millions)
Year
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and thereafter
Total
NOTE 13 - DERIVATIVES
Parent Company
CBNA and Other
Subsidiaries
Consolidated
$350
182
—
184
643
2,082
$3,441
$1,011
1,786
778
—
759
571
$4,905
$1,361
1,968
778
184
1,402
2,653
$8,346
In the normal course of business, Citizens enters into a variety of derivative transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers and to
reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These transactions include interest rate swap contracts,
interest rate options, foreign exchange contracts, residential loan commitment rate locks, interest rate future contracts, swaptions, forward commitments
to sell to-be-announced mortgage securities (“TBAs”), forward sale contracts and purchase options. The Company does not use derivatives for
speculative purposes.
The Company’s derivative instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in derivative assets and derivative liabilities at fair
value. Certain derivatives are cleared through a central clearing house. Cleared derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties in
the OTC market that are novated to a central clearing house who then becomes our counterparty. OTC-cleared derivative instruments are typically
settled in cash each day based on the prior day value. Information regarding the valuation methodology and inputs used to estimate the fair value of the
Company’s derivative instruments is described in Note 19.
Derivative assets and derivative liabilities are netted by counterparty on the Consolidated Balance Sheets if a “right of setoff” has been
established in a master netting agreement between the Company and the counterparty. This netted derivative asset or liability position is also netted
against the fair value of any cash collateral that has been pledged or received in accordance with a master netting agreement.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 134
The following table presents derivative instruments included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
(in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate contracts
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
TBA contracts
Other contracts
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Gross derivative fair values
Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Less: Cash collateral applied
(2)
(2)
Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Notional
(1)
Amount
Derivative
Assets
Derivative
Liabilities
Notional Amount
(1)
Derivative
Assets
Derivative
Liabilities
$22,300
$1
149,021
16,789
11,149
8,297
1,565
320
8
259
2,152
2,153
(182)
(56)
$1,915
$3
214
291
65
61
631
634
(182)
(324)
$128
$29,846
142,386
15,101
—
6,868
$1
772
174
—
37
983
984
(107)
(70)
$807
$—
133
166
—
23
322
322
(107)
(95)
$120
(1)
(2)
The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. For interest rate contracts, the
notional amount is typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk, as they do not measure the true economic risk of these contracts.
Amounts represent the impact of enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Company to net settle positive and negative positions as well as collateral paid and received.
The Company’s derivative transactions are internally divided into three sub-groups: institutional, customer and residential loan. Certain derivative
transactions within these sub-groups are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, as described below:
Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments
The Company’s institutional derivatives qualify for hedge accounting treatment. The net interest accruals on interest rate swaps designated in a
fair value or cash flow hedge relationship are treated as an adjustment to interest income or interest expense of the item being hedged. The Company
formally documents at inception all hedging relationships, as well as risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various accounting
hedges. Additionally, the Company monitors the effectiveness of its hedge relationships during the duration of the hedge period. The methods utilized to
assess hedge effectiveness vary based on the hedge relationship and the Company monitors each relationship to ensure that management’s initial intent
continues to be satisfied. The Company discontinues hedge accounting treatment when it is determined that a derivative is not expected to be, or has
ceased to be, effective as a hedge and subsequently reflects changes in the fair value of the derivative in earnings after termination of the hedge
relationship.
Fair Value Hedges
In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability attributable to the risk being
hedged are recognized in the same income statement line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the changes in fair value occur.
Citizens has outstanding interest rate swap agreements utilized to manage the interest rate exposure on its long-term borrowings, certain fixed
rate residential mortgages and AFS debt securities. Certain fair value hedges have been designated as a last-of-layer hedge, which affords the Company
the ability to execute a fair value hedge of the interest rate risk associated with a portfolio of similar prepayable assets whereby the last dollar amount
estimated to remain in the portfolio of assets is identified as the hedged item.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 135
The following table presents the change in fair value of interest rate contracts designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair
value of the related hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged, included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
(in millions)
Interest rate swaps hedging borrowed funds
Hedged long-term debt attributable to the risk being hedged
Interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate loans
Hedged fixed rate loans attributable to the risk being hedged
Interest rate swaps hedging debt securities available for sale
Hedged debt securities available for sale attributable to risk being
hedged
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$65
(63)
17
(17)
(104)
104
2019
$107
(107)
(17)
17
8
(8)
2018
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations
$8 Interest expense - long-term borrowed funds
(9) Interest expense - long-term borrowed funds
— Interest and fees on loans and leases
— Interest and fees on loans and leases
— Interest income - investment securities
— Interest income - investment securities
The following table reflects amounts recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to cumulative basis adjustments for fair value
hedges:
(in millions)
Carrying amount of hedged assets
Carrying amount of hedged liabilities
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Debt
securities
available for
sale
(1)
Long-term
borrowed
funds
Debt
securities
available for
sale
(1)
Residential
mortgages
Long-term
borrowed
funds
$10,869
—
$—
3,307
$15,798
—
$976
—
$—
4,689
Cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustments included in
the carrying amount of the hedged items
The Company designated $2.0 billion as the
hedged amount (from a closed portfolio of prepayable financial assets with a amortized cost basis of $10.9 billion and $15.8 billion as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively) in a last-of-layer
hedging relationship, which commenced in the third quarter of 2019.
(1)
96
112
(8)
17
50
Cash Flow Hedges
In a cash flow hedge, the entire change in the fair value of the interest rate swap included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness is initially
recorded in OCI and is subsequently reclassified from OCI to current period earnings (interest income or interest expense) in the same period that the
hedged item affects earnings.
Citizens has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating-rate assets, and liabilities. All of
these swaps have been deemed highly effective cash flow hedges. During the next 12 months, there are $7 million in pre-tax net gains on derivative
instruments included in OCI expected to be reclassified to net interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This amount could differ
from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to December
31, 2020.
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no gains or losses reclassified from OCI to current period earnings
(other income) related to the discontinuance of a cash flow hedge where it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would no longer
occur by the end of the originally specified time period.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 136
The following table presents the pre-tax net gains (losses) recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and in the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income relating to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
(in millions)
Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) recognized in OCI
Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into interest income
Amount of pre-tax net (losses) gains reclassified from OCI into interest
expense
Amounts Recognized for the Year Ended December 31,
2020
$130
184
(35)
2019
$138
(68)
11
2018
($44)
(55)
12
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Economic Hedges
The Company’s economic hedges include those related to offsetting customer derivatives, residential mortgage loan derivatives (including
interest rate lock commitments and forward sales commitments) and derivatives to hedge its residential MSR portfolio. Customer derivatives include
interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts designed to meet the hedging and financing needs of the Company’s customers, and are
economically hedged by the Company to offset its market exposure. Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgage loans that will be held for
sale are considered derivative instruments, and are economically hedged by entering into forward sale commitments to manage changes in fair value
due to interest rate risk. Residential MSR portfolio derivatives are entered to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of the Company’s MSR asset.
The following table presents the effect of economic hedges on noninterest income:
(in millions)
Economic hedge type:
Customer interest rate contracts
Customer foreign exchange contracts
Derivatives transactions to hedge interest rate risk
Derivatives transactions to hedge foreign exchange risk
Residential loan commitments
Derivative contracts used to hedge residential loan commitments
Derivative contracts used to hedge residential MSRs
(1)
Other derivative contracts
Derivative transactions to hedge other derivative risk
Total
Amounts Recognized in Noninterest Income
for the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations
$1,234
216
(1,188)
(263)
179
(50)
311
(9)
13
$687
(166)
(620)
200
8
20
134
—
—
Foreign exchange and interest rate
products
Foreign exchange and interest rate
products
Foreign exchange and interest rate
products
Foreign exchange and interest rate
products
$5
(54)
43
158
(3) Mortgage banking fees
21 Mortgage banking fees
35 Mortgage banking fees
Foreign exchange and interest rate
products
Foreign exchange and interest rate
products
—
—
$443
$263
$205
(1)
Includes ($5) million related to interest rate derivative contracts used to hedge residential MSRs valued at LOCOM for the year ended December 31, 2019.
NOTE 14 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Pension Plans
Citizens maintains a non-contributory pension plan (the “Qualified Plan”) that was closed to new hires and re-hires effective January 1, 2009,
and frozen to all participants effective December 31, 2012. Benefits under the Qualified Plan are based on employees’ years of service and highest 5-
year average of eligible compensation. The Qualified Plan is funded on a current basis, in compliance with the requirements of ERISA. Citizens also
provides an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement plan (the “Non-Qualified Plan”), which was closed and frozen effective December 31, 2012.
The Company’s Qualified Plan and Non-Qualified Plan are collectively referred to as the Company’s “Pension Plans”. The Pension Plans’ investments
include equity-oriented and fixed income-oriented investments, including but not limited to government obligations, corporate bonds, and common and
collective equity and fixed income funds.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 137
The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Company’s Pension Plans’ assets, projected benefit obligation, funded status, and
accumulated benefit obligation:
(in millions)
Fair value of plan assets as of January 1
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Benefits and administrative expenses paid
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31
Projected benefit obligation
Pension asset (obligation)
Accumulated benefit obligation
Year Ended December 31,
Qualified Plan
Non-Qualified Plan
2020
$1,246
165
—
(68)
1,343
1,157
$186
2019
$1,050
259
—
(63)
1,246
1,075
$171
$1,157
$1,075
2020
$—
—
8
(8)
—
105
($105)
$105
2019
$—
—
8
(8)
—
102
($102)
$102
The Company’s projected benefit obligation increased for the year ending December 31, 2020, due to the decrease in the discount rate
assumption, partially offset by updated mortality assumptions. Citizens recognized actuarial gains and losses on the Pension Plans in AOCI resulting in
an ending balance of $571 million and $551 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Citizens does not plan to contribute to the Qualified Plan in 2021. No contributions were made to the Qualified Plan in 2020 or 2019. Citizens
expects to contribute $8 million to the Non-Qualified Plan in 2021 and contributed $8 million to the Non-Qualified Plan in 2020 and 2019.
The following table presents other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in OCI for the Company’s Pension Plans:
(in millions)
Net periodic pension income
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Amortization of prior service credit
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Total gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive loss
Total (loss) gain recognized in net periodic pension (income) cost and other comprehensive loss
Year Ended December 31,
2020
($22)
37
—
(17)
20
($2)
2019
($5)
(49)
—
(19)
(68)
($73)
2018
($16)
49
1
(17)
33
$17
Costs under the Company’s Pension Plans are actuarially computed and include current service costs and amortization of prior service costs
over the participants’ average future working lifetime. The actuarial cost method used in determining the net periodic pension cost is the projected unit
method.
The following table presents the components of net periodic pension (income) cost for the Company’s Pension Plans:
Qualified Plan
Non-Qualified Plan
Total
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of actuarial loss
2020
2019
2018
$3
37
(82)
14
$3
41
(72)
17
$3
39
(79)
15
Net periodic pension (income) cost
(1)
($28)
($11)
($22)
2020
$—
3
—
3
$6
2019
$—
4
—
2
$6
2018
$—
4
—
2
$6
2020
2019
2018
$3
40
(82)
17
($22)
$3
45
(72)
19
($5)
$3
43
(79)
17
($16)
(1)
In the Consolidated Statements of Operations, service cost is presented in salaries and employee benefits, and all other components of net periodic pension (income) cost are presented in other operating expense.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 138
The following table presents the expected future benefit payments for the Company’s Pension Plans:
Expected benefit payments by fiscal year ending:
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2026 - 2030
401(k) Plan
(in millions)
$69
70
70
70
70
351
Citizens sponsors a 401(k) Plan under which employee tax-deferred/Roth after-tax contributions to the 401(k) Plan are matched by the Company
after completion of one year of service. Contributions are matched at 100% up to an overall limitation of 4% on a pay period basis. Substantially all
employees will receive an additional 2% of earnings after completion of one year of service, subject to limits set by the Internal Revenue Service.
Amounts contributed and expensed by the Company were $78 million in 2020 compared to $72 million in 2019 and $68 million in 2018.
NOTE 15 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table presents the changes in the balances, net of income taxes, of each component of AOCI:
(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2018
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on debt
securities
Amounts reclassified to the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Net other comprehensive loss
Balance at December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified to the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Net other comprehensive income
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Balance at December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified to the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Net other comprehensive (loss) income
Balance at December 31, 2020
Net
Unrealized
(Losses)
Gains on
Derivatives
Net
Unrealized
(Losses)
Gains on
Securities
Employee
Benefit
Plans
($441)
—
—
(22)
(22)
Total AOCI
($820)
(272)
(3)
(1)
(276)
($463)
($1,096)
—
48
48
—
($415)
—
(14)
(14)
604
76
680
5
($411)
479
(128)
351
($60)
($236)
(239)
(3)
(12)
(254)
($490)
501
(15)
486
5
$1
382
(3)
379
$380
($429)
($143)
(33)
—
33
—
($143)
103
43
146
—
$3
97
(111)
(14)
($11)
Primary location in the Consolidated Statement of Operations of amounts
reclassified from AOCI
Net interest
income
Securities
gains, net
Other
operating
expense
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 139
NOTE 16 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock
The following table provides the number of authorized preferred shares, the number of issued and outstanding, the liquidation value per share
and the carrying amount as of December 31:
(in millions, except per share and share data)
Authorized ($25 par value)
Issued and outstanding
Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series F
Liquidation value
per share
Preferred Shares
100,000,000
Carrying
Amount
Preferred Shares
100,000,000
Carrying
Amount
2020
2019
$1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
(1)
(1)
250,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
450,000
400,000
(2)
(3)
$247
296
297
293
437
395
250,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
450,000
—
$247
296
297
293
437
—
Total issued and outstanding
2,000,000
$1,965
1,600,000
$1,570
(1)
(2)
(3)
Equivalent to $25 per depositary share.
Represented by 12,000,000 depositary shares each representing a 1/40th interest in the Series D Preferred Stock.
Represented by 18,000,000 depositary shares each representing a 1/40th interest in the Series E Preferred Stock.
The following table provides information related to the Company’s preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020:
(in millions, except per share and share data)
Preferred
Stock
(1)
Series A
Issue Date
April 6, 2015
Number of
Shares Issued
Dividend Dates
(2)
Annual Per Share Dividend Rate
Optional Redemption
Date
(3)
250,000
Semi-annually beginning October 6, 2015 until April 6, 2020
5.500% until April 6, 2020
April 6, 2020
Quarterly beginning July 6, 2020
Series B
May 24, 2018
300,000
Semi-annually beginning January 6, 2019 until July 6, 2023
Quarterly beginning October 6, 2023
Series C
October 25, 2018
300,000
Quarterly beginning January 6, 2019 until April 6, 2024
Series D
January 29, 2019
300,000
(4)
Quarterly beginning April 6, 2019 until April 6, 2024
Quarterly beginning July 6, 2024
3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.960% beginning
April 6, 2020
6.000% until July 6, 2023
July 6, 2023
3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.003% beginning
July 6, 2023
6.375% until April 6, 2024
April 6, 2024
3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.157% beginning
April 6, 2024
6.350% until April 6, 2024
April 6, 2024
Series E
October 28, 2019
450,000
(5)
Quarterly beginning January 6, 2020
5.000%
January 6, 2025
Quarterly beginning July 6, 2024
3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.642% beginning
April 6, 2024
Series F
June 4, 2020
400,000
Quarterly beginning October 6, 2020 until October 6, 2025
5.650% until October 6, 2025
October 6, 2025
Quarterly beginning January 6, 2026
5 Yr. US Treasury rate plus 5.313%
beginning October 6, 2025
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Series A through D are non-cumulative fixed-to-floating rate perpetual preferred stock, Series E is non-cumulative fixed-rate perpetual preferred stock, and Series F is non-cumulative fixed-rate reset perpetual
preferred stock. Except in limited circumstances, each series of preferred stock does not have voting rights.
Dividends are payable when, and if, declared by the Company’s Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof.
Redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on any dividend payment date on or after the date stated, or in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event
a as defined in the applicable certificate of designations, in each case at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
Under current rules, any redemption is subject to approval by the FRB.
Represented by 12,000,000 depositary shares each representing a 1/40th interest in the Series D Preferred Stock.
Represented by 18,000,000 depositary shares each representing a 1/40th interest in the Series E Preferred Stock.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 140
Dividends
The following table provides information related to dividends per share and in the aggregate, declared and paid, for each type of stock issued
and outstanding for the year ended December 31:
(in millions, except per share and
share data)
Dividends per
Share
Dividends
Declared
Dividends
Paid
Dividends per
Share
Dividends
Declared
Dividends
Paid
Dividends per
Share
Dividends
Declared
Dividends Paid
2020
2019
2018
Common stock
Preferred stock
Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series F
Total preferred stock
Treasury Stock
$1.56
$672
$672
$1.36
$617
$617
$0.98
$471
$471
$62.59
60.00
63.75
63.50
50.00
33.27
$15
18
19
19
23
13
$107
$13
18
19
19
21
8
$98
$55.00
60.00
63.75
59.45
9.44
—
$14
18
19
18
4
—
$73
$14
20
18
13
—
—
$65
$55.00
37.00
12.57
—
—
—
$14
11
4
—
—
—
$29
$14
—
—
—
—
—
$14
The purchase of the Company’s common stock is recorded at cost. At the date of retirement or subsequent reissuance, treasury stock is reduced
by the cost of such stock on a first-in, first-out basis with differences recorded in additional paid-in capital or retained earnings, as applicable.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid $270 million to repurchase 7,548,655 common shares at a weighted-average
price of $35.77. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded no shares of treasury stock associated with share-based
compensation plan activity.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company paid $1.220 billion to repurchase 34,305,768 common shares at an average price of
$35.56. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded no shares of treasury stock associated with share-based compensation plan
activity.
NOTE 17 - SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Citizens has share-based employee compensation plans as outlined below, pursuant to which stock awards are granted to employees and non-
employee directors.
Employees of the Company hold time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units. A restricted stock unit is the
right to receive shares of stock on a future date, which may be subject to time-based vesting conditions and/or performance-based vesting conditions. If
a dividend is paid on shares underlying the awards prior to the date such shares are distributed, those dividends will be distributed following vesting in
the same form as the dividend that has been paid to common stockholders generally.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Certain employees of the Company hold time-based restricted stock units and
performance-based restricted stock units granted under this plan. Time-based restricted stock units granted generally become vested ratably over a 3-
year period and performance-based restricted stock units granted generally become vested in a single installment at the end of a 3-year performance
period, depending on the level of performance achieved during such period.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan. Non-employee directors receive grants of time-based
restricted stock units under this plan as compensation for their services pursuant to the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Directors Compensation Policy.
Restricted stock units granted to directors are fully vested on the grant date, with settlement of the awards deferred until a director’s cessation of service.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Citizens also maintains the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which provides eligible employees an opportunity to purchase its common stock at a 10% discount, through accumulated
payroll deductions. Eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of eligible compensation to the ESPP, up to a maximum purchase of $25,000 worth of
stock in any calendar year. Offering periods under the ESPP are quarterly. Shares of CFG common stock are purchased for a participant on the last day
of each quarter at a 10% discount from the fair market value (fair market value under the plan is defined as the closing price on the day of purchase).
Prior to the date the shares are purchased, participants do not have any rights or privileges as a stockholder with respect to shares to be purchased at
the end of the offering period.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 141
Summary of Share-Based Plans Activity
The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s share-based plans (excluding the ESPP) for the year ended December 31,
2020:
Outstanding, January 1
Granted
Vested & Distributed
Forfeited
Outstanding, December 31
Shares
Underlying Awards
Weighted-Average Grant
Price
3,000,224
1,947,902
(1,384,091)
(67,804)
3,496,231
$36.71
32.64
38.59
35.89
$34.37
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the following number of CFG share awards were granted: 2020 (1,947,902 granted
with a weighted-average grant price of $32.64); 2019 (1,677,167 granted with weighted-average grant price of $36.21); and 2018 (1,174,501 granted
with weighted-average grant price of $39.54).
In addition, the following number of CFG share awards became vested and distributed: 2020 (1,384,091 vested and distributed with a weighted-
average grant price of $38.59); 2019 (1,518,836 vested with weighted-average grant price of $32.21); and 2018 (877,111 vested with weighted-average
grant price of $30.50).
There are 46,236,889 shares of Company common stock available for awards to be granted under the Omnibus Plan and Directors Plan. In
addition, there are 5,024,904 shares available for awards under the ESPP. Upon settlement of share-based awards, the Company generally issues new
shares, but may also issue shares from treasury stock.
Citizens measures compensation expense related to stock awards based upon the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Compensation
expense is adjusted for forfeitures as they occur. The related expense is charged to earnings on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period
(e.g., vesting period) of the award. With respect to performance-based stock awards, compensation expense is adjusted upward or downward based
upon the probability of achievement of performance. Awards that continue to vest after retirement are expensed over the shorter of the period of time
from grant date to the final vesting date or from the grant date to the date when an employee is retirement eligible. Awards granted to employees who
are retirement eligible at the grant date are generally expensed immediately upon grant.
Share-based compensation expense (including ESPP) was $48 million, $55 million, and $41 million for the years ended December 31, 2020,
2019, and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2020, the total unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested equity awards granted was $43
million. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately two years. No share-based compensation costs
were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.
Citizens recognized income tax benefits related to share-based compensation arrangements of $8 million, $1 million and $3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
NOTE 18 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
A summary of outstanding off-balance sheet arrangements is presented below:
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit
Letters of credit
Risk participation agreements
Loans sold with recourse
Marketing rights
Total
December 31,
2020
$74,160
2,239
98
54
29
$76,580
2019
$72,743
2,190
37
37
33
$75,040
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 142
Commitments to Extend Credit
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with conditions contractually agreed upon in advance.
Generally, the commitments have fixed expiration dates or termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are
expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements.
The Company’s commercial loan trading desk provides ongoing secondary market support and liquidity to its clients. Unsettled loan trades (i.e.,
loan purchase contracts) represent firm commitments to purchase loans from a third party at an agreed-upon price. Principal amounts associated with
unsettled commercial loan trades are off-balance sheet commitments until delivery of the loans has taken place. The principal balances of unsettled
commercial loan trade purchases and sales were $170 million and $237 million, respectively, at December 31, 2020 and $183 million and $236 million,
respectively, at December 31, 2019.
Letters of Credit
Letters of credit in the table above reflect commercial, standby financial and standby performance letters of credit. Standby letters of credit, both
financial and performance, are issued by the Company for its customers. They are used as conditional guarantees of payment to a third party in the
event the customer either fails to make specific payments (financial) or fails to complete a specific project (performance). The Company’s exposure to
credit loss in the event of counterparty nonperformance in connection with the above instruments is represented by the contractual amount of those
instruments, net of the value of collateral held. Generally, letters of credit are collateralized by cash, accounts receivable, inventory or investment
securities. Credit risk associated with letters of credit is considered in determining the appropriate amounts of reserves for unfunded commitments.
Standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit are issued for terms of up to ten years and one year, respectively.
Other Commitments
Citizens has additional off-balance sheet arrangements that are summarized below:
• Marketing Rights - During 2003, Citizens entered into a 25-year agreement to acquire the naming and marketing rights of a baseball stadium in
Pennsylvania.
•
Loans sold with recourse - Citizens is an originator and servicer of residential mortgages and routinely sells such mortgage loans in the
secondary market and to GSEs. In the context of such sales, the Company makes certain representations and warranties regarding the
characteristics of the underlying loans and, as a result, may be contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties
against losses for certain breaches of those representations and warranties. The Company also sells the government guaranteed portion of
certain SBA loans to outside investors, for which it retains the servicing rights.
• Risk Participation Agreements - RPAs are guarantees issued by the Company to other parties for a fee, whereby the Company agrees to
participate in the credit risk of a derivative customer of the other party. The current amount of credit exposure is spread out over 77
counterparties. RPAs generally have terms ranging from one year to five years; however, certain outstanding agreements have terms as long as
nine years.
Contingencies
The Company operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to potentially significant risks. A certain amount of litigation
ordinarily results from the nature of the Company’s banking and other businesses. The Company is a party to legal proceedings, including class actions.
The Company is also the subject of investigations, reviews, subpoenas, and regulatory matters arising out of its normal business operations, which, in
some instances, relate to concerns about fair lending, unfair and/or deceptive practices, mortgage-related issues, and mis-selling of certain products. In
addition, the Company engages in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities on a regular and ongoing basis regarding various
issues, and any issues discussed or identified may result in investigatory or other action being taken. Litigation and regulatory matters may result in
settlements, damages, fines, penalties, public or private censure, increased costs, required remediation, restrictions on business activities, or other
impacts on the Company.
In these disputes and proceedings, the Company contests liability and the amount of damages as appropriate. Given their complex nature, and
based on the Company's experience, it may be years before some
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 143
of these matters are finally resolved. Moreover, before liability can be reasonably estimated for a claim, numerous legal and factual issues may need to
be examined, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal
issues relevant to the proceedings in question. The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the
eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants
seek substantial or indeterminate damages. The Company recognizes a provision for a claim when, in the opinion of management after seeking legal
advice, it is probable that a liability exists and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In many proceedings, however, it is not possible to
determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate the amount of any loss.
Based on information currently available, the advice of legal counsel and other advisers, and established reserves, management believes that
the aggregate liabilities, if any, potentially arising from these proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s Consolidated
Financial Statements.
NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Citizens measures or monitors many of its assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is used on a recurring basis for assets and
liabilities for which fair value is the required or elected measurement basis of accounting. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to
evaluate assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower of cost or market
accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Citizens also applies the fair value measurement guidance to determine amounts reported for certain
disclosures in this Note for assets and liabilities that are not required to be reported at fair value in the financial statements.
Fair Value Option
Citizens elected to account for residential mortgage LHFS and certain commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate LHFS at fair value.
The election of the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities is optional and irrevocable. Applying fair value accounting to residential
mortgage LHFS better aligns the reported results of the economic changes in the value of these loans and their related economic hedge instruments.
Certain commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate LHFS are managed by a commercial secondary loan desk that provides liquidity to banks,
finance companies and institutional investors. Applying fair value accounting to this portfolio is appropriate because the Company holds these loans with
the intent to sell within the near-term periods.
The following table presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance of LHFS measured at
fair value:
(in millions)
Residential mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value
Commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate loans held for
sale, at fair value
Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Aggregate Fair
Value
Aggregate
Unpaid Principal
$3,416
$3,260
148
153
Aggregate Fair
Value Less
Aggregate Unpaid
Principal
Aggregate Fair
Value
Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
Aggregate Fair
Value Less
Aggregate Unpaid
Principal
$156
(5)
$1,778
$1,727
168
175
$51
(7)
The fair value of residential mortgage LHFS is derived from observable mortgage security prices and includes adjustments for loan servicing
value, agency guarantee fees, and other loan level attributes which are mostly observable in the marketplace. Credit risk does not significantly impact
the valuation since these loans are sold shortly after origination. Therefore, the Company classifies residential mortgage LHFS in Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy.
Residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value (i.e., acquisition cost) when the financial
asset is acquired. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Interest income on residential mortgage loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in
interest income.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 144
Commercial and Industrial, and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale
The fair value of commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate LHFS is estimated using observable prices of similar loans that transact
in the marketplace. In addition, Citizens uses external pricing services that provide estimates of fair values based on quotes from various dealers
transacting in the market, sector curves or benchmarking techniques. Therefore, the Company classifies the commercial and industrial, and commercial
real estate loans managed by the commercial secondary loan desk in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy given the observable market inputs.
There were no loans in this portfolio that were 90 days or more past due or nonaccruing as of December 31, 2020. The loans accounted for
under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value when the financial asset is recognized. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in
capital markets fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Since all loans in the Company’s commercial trading portfolio consist of floating rate
obligations, all changes in fair value are due to changes in credit risk. Such credit-related fair value changes may include observed changes in overall
credit spreads and/or changes to the creditworthiness of an individual borrower. Unsettled trades within the commercial trading portfolio are not
recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and represent off-balance sheet commitments. Refer to Note 18 for further information.
Interest income on commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate
of the loan and is recorded in interest income.
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Citizens measures fair value using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices in an active market, where available. If quoted prices are
not available, observable market-based inputs or independently sourced parameters are used to develop fair value, whenever possible. Such inputs may
include prices of similar assets or liabilities, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds, and foreign exchange rates.
A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value, including securities available for sale, derivative instruments and other
investment securities. In addition, the Company elects to account for its loans associated with its mortgage banking business and secondary loan trading
desk at fair value. Citizens classifies its assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in accordance with the three-level valuation hierarchy:
•
•
•
Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2. Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices in markets that are not active,
or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market information and that are significant to the fair value measurement.
Classification in the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. For
instruments classified in Levels 1 and 2 where inputs are primarily based upon observable market data, there is less judgment applied in arriving at the
fair value. For instruments classified in Level 3, management judgment is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
Citizens reviews and updates the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the
observability of inputs in fair value measurements may result in a reclassification between the fair value hierarchy levels and are recognized based on
period-end balances.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 145
Citizens utilizes a variety of valuation techniques to measure its assets and liabilities at fair value. The valuation methodologies used for
significant assets and liabilities carried on the balance sheet at fair value on a recurring basis are presented below:
Debt securities available for sale
The fair value of debt securities classified as AFS is based upon quoted prices, if available. Where observable quoted prices are available in an
active market, the security is classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include
debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value for the security is estimated under the market or
income approach using pricing models. These instruments are classified as Level 2 because they currently trade in active markets and the inputs to the
valuations are observable. The pricing models used to value securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make
adjustments based on the characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each
security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include
specified pool mortgage “pass-through” securities and other debt securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and state and political
subdivisions. The pricing models used to value securities under the income approach generally begin with the contractual cash flows of each security
and make adjustments based on forecasted prepayment speeds, default rates, and other market-observable information. The adjusted cash flows are
then discounted at a rate derived from observed rates of return for comparable assets or liabilities that are traded in the market. Classes of instruments
that are valued using this market approach include residential and commercial CMOs.
The fair value of securities backed by education loans is estimated using observable inputs, including prices of similar securities that transact in
the marketplace and current market assumptions related to yield, as well as unobservable inputs, including expected conditional default rates and
prepayment speed estimates. Therefore, the Company classifies these asset-backed securities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy given the use of
unobservable inputs.
A significant majority of the Company’s Level 1 and 2 debt securities are priced using an external pricing service. Citizens verifies the accuracy
of the pricing provided by its primary outside pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide
valuations for the Company’s securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any valuation discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if
necessary, corroborated by an independent outside broker.
In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation model, securities are classified as Level 3.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. MSRs are classified as Level 3 since the valuation methodology utilizes
significant unobservable inputs. The fair value is calculated using a discounted cash flow model which used assumptions, including weighted-average
life, prepayment assumptions and weighted-average option adjusted spread. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by
values received from independent third parties based on their review of the servicing portfolio, and comparisons to market transactions. In addition, the
MSR Policy is approved by the Asset Liability Committee. Refer to Note 7 for more information.
Derivatives
The vast majority of the Company’s derivatives portfolio is composed of “plain vanilla” interest rate swaps, which are traded in over-the-counter
markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For these interest rate derivatives, fair value is determined utilizing models that primarily
use market observable inputs, such as swap rates and yield curves. The pricing models used to value interest rate swaps calculate the sum of each
instrument’s fixed and variable cash flows, which are then discounted using an appropriate yield curve (i.e., LIBOR or Overnight Index Swap curve) to
arrive at the fair value of each swap. The pricing models do not contain a high level of subjectivity as the methodologies used do not require significant
judgment. Citizens also considers certain adjustments to the modeled price that market participants would make when pricing each instrument, including
a credit valuation adjustment that reflects the credit quality of the swap counterparty. Citizens incorporates the effect of exposure to a particular
counterparty’s credit by netting its derivative contracts with the available collateral and calculating a credit valuation adjustment on the basis of the net
position with the counterparty where permitted. The determination of this adjustment requires judgment on
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 146
behalf of Company management; however, the total amount of this portfolio-level adjustment is not material to the total fair value of the interest rate
swaps in their entirety. Therefore, interest rate swaps are classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy.
The fair value of foreign exchange derivatives uses the mid-point of daily quoted currency spot prices. A valuation model estimates fair value
based on the quoted spot rates together with interest rate yield curves and forward currency rates. Since all of these inputs are observable in the market,
foreign exchange derivatives are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
The fair value of TBA contracts is estimated using observable prices of similar loan pools that transact in the marketplace, as well as sector
curves and benchmarking techniques. Therefore, the Company classifies TBA contracts in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy given the observable
market inputs.
Other contracts primarily consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sales commitments of residential MBS used to economically
hedge existing mortgage commitments that are pending closure. Forward sales commitments are valued based on the value of similarly situated pools of
mortgages trading in the market, adjusted for the unique characteristics of the pool. Since these inputs are observable in the market, these derivatives
are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Interest rate lock commitments are valued utilizing internally generated loan closing rate assumptions,
which are a significant unobservable input, and therefore are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
Equity Securities, at fair value
The fair value of money market mutual fund investments is determined based upon unadjusted quoted market prices and is considered a Level 1
fair value measurement.
The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including gross derivative assets and liabilities, on a recurring basis at
December 31, 2020:
(in millions)
Debt securities available for sale:
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivisions
U.S. Treasury and other
Total debt securities available for sale
Loans held for sale, at fair value:
Residential loans held for sale
Commercial loans held for sale
Total loans held for sale, at fair value
Mortgage servicing rights
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
TBA contracts
Other contracts
Total derivative assets
Equity securities, at fair value
Total assets
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
TBA contracts
Other contracts
Total derivative liabilities
Total liabilities
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
$22,928
$—
$22,928
$—
3
11
22,942
3,416
148
3,564
658
1,566
320
8
259
2,153
66
$29,383
$217
291
65
61
634
$634
—
11
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
66
3
—
22,931
3,416
148
3,564
—
1,566
320
8
62
1,956
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
658
—
—
—
197
197
—
$77
$28,451
$855
$—
—
—
—
—
$—
$217
291
65
61
634
$634
$—
—
—
—
—
$—
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 147
The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including gross derivative assets and liabilities, on a recurring basis at
(in millions)
Debt securities available for sale:
Mortgage-backed securities
State and political subdivisions
U.S. Treasury and other
Total debt securities available for sale
Loans held for sale, at fair value:
Residential loans held for sale
Commercial loans held for sale
Total loans held for sale, at fair value
Mortgage servicing rights
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Other contracts
Total derivative assets
Equity securities, at fair value
Total assets
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Other contracts
Total derivative liabilities
Total liabilities
December 31, 2019:
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
$20,537
5
71
20,613
1,778
168
1,946
642
773
174
37
984
47
$—
—
71
71
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
47
$20,537
$—
5
—
20,542
1,778
168
1,946
—
773
174
18
965
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
642
—
—
19
19
—
$24,232
$118
$23,453
$661
$133
166
23
322
$322
$—
—
—
—
$—
$133
166
23
322
$322
$—
—
—
—
$—
The following table presents a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as
Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2020.
(in millions)
Beginning balance
Transfers upon election of fair value method
(1)
Beginning balance, adjusted
Purchases
Issuances
Settlements
(2)
Changes in fair value during the period recognized in
earnings
(3)
Transfers from Level 2 to Level 3
Transfer from AFS to HTM
(5)
(4)
Ending balance
For the Year Ended December 31,
Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
2020
Asset-
Backed
Securities
2019
Other
Derivative
Contracts
Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
Other
Derivative
Contracts
$642
190
832
—
324
(196)
(302)
—
—
$658
$—
—
—
813
—
—
—
—
(813)
$—
$19
—
19
—
900
(1,133)
411
—
—
$197
$600
—
600
—
270
(119)
(109)
—
—
$642
$—
—
—
—
144
(161)
17
18
—
$19
(1)
(2)
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company elected to account for all MSRs previously accounted for under the amortization method under the fair value method.
Represents changes in value of the MSRs due to i) passage of time including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and partial
paydowns, and ii) loans that paid off during the period.
(3)
Represents changes in value primarily driven by market conditions. These changes are recorded in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Reflects changes in the significance of unobservable inputs on derivative contracts associated with mortgage origination activities.
In October 2020, Citizens concluded that it has the ability and intent to hold these assets to maturity and transferred them to HTM. Refer to Note 10 for additional information.
(4)
(5)
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 148
The following table presents quantitative information about the Company’s Level 3 assets, including the range and weighted-average of the
significant unobservable inputs used to fair value these assets, as well as valuation techniques used.
Mortgage servicing rights
Valuation Technique
Discounted Cash Flow
Other derivative contracts
Internal Model
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
As of December 31, 2020
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
Constant prepayment rate
11.59-36.34% CPR (17.3% CPR)
Option adjusted spread
350 -1,194 bps (595 bps)
Pull through rate
MSR value
8.80-100.00% (82.07%)
(35.45)-125.55 bps (80.29 bps)
Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. An example of a
nonrecurring use of fair value includes loan impairments for certain loans and leases.
The following valuation techniques are utilized to measure significant assets for which the Company utilizes fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Impaired Loans
The carrying amount of collateral-dependent impaired loans is compared to the appraised value of the collateral less costs to dispose and is
classified as Level 2. Any excess of carrying amount over the appraised value is charged to the ALLL.
The following table presents losses on assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recorded in earnings:
(in millions)
Collateral-dependent loans
Year Ended December 31,
2020
($82)
2019
($34)
2018
($13)
The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
(in millions)
Collateral-dependent loans
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
$758
$—
$758
$—
$312
$—
$312
$—
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following table presents the estimated fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The carrying amounts are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the indicated captions:
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Financial assets:
Debt securities held to
maturity
$3,235
$3,357
$—
$—
$2,342
$2,464
Other loans held for sale
439
439
Loans and leases
Other assets
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Short-term borrowed funds
Long-term borrowed funds
123,090
123,678
604
604
147,164
147,223
243
8,346
243
8,850
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
758
596
—
758
596
147,164
147,223
243
8,346
243
8,850
$893
439
$893
439
122,332
122,920
8
—
—
—
8
—
—
—
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 149
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Value
Estimated
Fair Value
December 31, 2019
(in millions)
Financial assets:
Debt securities held to
maturity
Other loans held for sale
Loans and leases
Other assets
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
$3,202
1,384
$3,242
1,384
119,088
119,792
807
807
125,313
125,340
$—
$—
$3,202
$3,242
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
312
807
—
312
807
125,313
125,340
274
274
14,047
14,228
$—
1,384
$—
1,384
118,776
119,480
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Short-term borrowed funds
274
274
Long-term borrowed funds
14,047
14,228
NOTE 20 - NONINTEREST INCOME
The following table presents noninterest income, segregated between revenue from contracts with customers and revenue from other sources:
(in millions)
Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from other sources
Noninterest income
Revenues from Contracts with Customers
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$1,080
1,239
$2,319
2019
$1,172
705
$1,877
Citizens recognizes revenue from contracts with customers in the amount of consideration it expects to receive upon the transfer of control of a
good or service. The timing of recognition is dependent on whether the Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of the product
or service to a customer over time or at a point in time. Judgments are made in the recognition of income including the timing of satisfaction of
performance obligations and determination of the transaction price.
The following table presents the components of revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by revenue stream and business
operating segment:
(in millions)
Service charges and fees
Card fees
Capital markets fees
Trust and investment services fees
Other banking fees
Total revenue from contracts with customers
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Consolidated
(1)
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Consolidated
(1)
$301
185
—
203
1
$690
$100
31
249
—
10
$390
$401
216
249
203
11
$1,080
$400
215
—
202
1
$818
$103
39
202
—
10
$354
$503
254
202
202
11
$1,172
(1)
There is no revenue from contracts with customers included in Other non-segment operations.
Citizens does not have any material contract assets, liabilities, or other receivables recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets related to
revenues from contracts with customers as of December 31, 2020. Citizens has elected the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of unsatisfied
performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Company recognized
revenue at the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice for services performed.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 150
A description of the above components of revenue from contracts with customers is presented below:
Service Charges and Fees
Service charges and fees include fees earned from deposit products in lieu of compensating balances, service charges for transactions
performed upon depositors’ request, as well as fees earned from performing cash management activities. Service charges on deposit products are
recognized over the period in which the related service is provided, typically monthly. Service fees are recognized at a point in time upon completion of
the requested service transaction. Fees on cash management products and servicing fees on loans sold without recognition of a servicing right are
recognized over time (typically monthly) as services are provided.
Card Fees
Card fees include interchange income from credit and debit card transactions and are recognized at a point in time upon settlement by the
association network. Interchange rates are generally set by the association network based on purchase volume and other factors. Other card-related
fees are recognized at a point in time upon completion of the transaction. Costs related to card rewards programs are recognized in current earnings as
the rewards are earned by the customer and are presented as a reduction to card fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Capital Markets Fees
Capital markets fees include fees received from leading or participating in loan syndications, underwriting services and advisory fees. Loan
syndication and underwriting fees are recognized as revenue at a point in time when the Company has rendered all services to, and is entitled to collect
the fee from, the borrower or the issuer, and there are no other contingencies associated with the fee. Underwriting expenses passed through from the
lead underwriter are recognized within other operating expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Advisory fees for merger and
acquisitions are recognized over time, while valuation services and fairness opinions are recognized at a point in time upon completion of the advisory
service.
Trust and Investment Services Fees
Trust and investment services fees include fees from investment management services and brokerage services. Fees from investment
management services are based on asset market values and are recognized over the period in which the related service is provided. Brokerage services
include custody fees, commission income, trailing commissions and other investment securities. Custody fees are recognized on a monthly basis for
customers that are assessed custody fees. Commission income is recognized at a point in time on trade date. Trailing commissions such as 12b-1 fees,
insurance renewal income, and income based on asset or investment levels in future periods are recognized at a point in time when the asset balance is
known, or the renewal occurs and the income is no longer constrained. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized
trailing commissions of $14 million and $15 million, respectively, related to services provided in previous reporting periods. Fees from other investment
services are recognized at a point in time upon completion of the service.
Other Banking Fees
Other banking fees include fees for various transactional banking activities such as letter of credit fees, foreign wire transfers and other
transactional services. These fees are recognized in a manner that reflects the timing of when transactions occur and as services are provided.
Revenue from Other Sources
Letter of Credit and Loan Fees
Letter of credit and loan fees primarily includes fees received related to letter of credit agreements as well as loan fees received from lending
activities that are not deferrable. These fees are generally recognized upon execution of the contract.
Foreign Exchange and Interest Rate Products
Foreign exchange and interest rate products primarily includes the fees received from foreign exchange and interest rate derivative contracts
executed with customers to meet their hedging and financing needs. These fees are generally recognized upon execution of the contracts. Foreign
exchange and interest rate products also include the mark-to-market gains and losses recognized on (i) these customer contracts and (ii) offsetting
derivative contracts that are executed with external counterparties to hedge the foreign exchange and interest rate risk associated with the customer
contracts.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 151
Mortgage Banking Fees
Mortgage banking fees primarily include gains on sales of residential mortgages originated with the intent to sell and servicing fees on
mortgages where the Company is the servicer. Mortgage banking fees also include valuation adjustments for mortgage loans held-for-sale that are
measured at the lower of cost or fair value, as well as mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell that are measured at fair value under the fair value
option. Changes in the value of MSRs are reported in mortgage fees and related income. For a further discussion of MSRs, see Note 8. Net interest
income from mortgage loans is recorded in interest income.
Other Income
Bank-owned life insurance is stated at its cash surrender value. Citizens is the beneficiary of the life insurance policies on current and former
officers and selected employees of the Company. Net changes in the carrying amount of the cash surrender value are an adjustment of premiums paid in
determining the expense or income to be recognized under the life insurance policy for the period.
(in millions)
Bank-owned life insurance
NOTE 21 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
The following table presents the details of other operating expense:
(in millions)
Promotional expense
Deposit insurance
Other
Other operating expense
NOTE 22 - INCOME TAXES
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$57
2019
$55
2018
$56
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$100
66
253
$419
2019
$112
62
302
$476
2018
$129
104
262
$495
Citizens uses an asset and liability (balance sheet) approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes, resulting in two components
of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred
income tax expense results from changes in gross deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. These gross deferred tax assets and liabilities
represent changes in taxes expected to be paid in the future due to reversals of temporary differences between the bases of the assets and liabilities as
measured under tax laws, and their bases reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements as measured under GAAP.
Citizens also assesses the probability that the positions taken, or expected to be taken, in its income tax returns will be sustained by taxing
authorities. A “more likely than not” (more than 50 percent) recognition threshold must be met before a tax benefit can be recognized. Tax positions that
are more likely than not to be sustained are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following table presents total income tax expense:
(in millions)
Income tax expense
Tax effect of changes in OCI
Total comprehensive income tax expense
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$241
112
$353
2019
$460
225
$685
2018
$462
(96)
$366
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 152
The following table presents the components of income tax expense:
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2020
U.S. federal
State and local
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2019
U.S. federal
State and local
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2018
U.S. federal
State and local
Total
Current
Deferred
Total
$377
102
$479
$323
73
$396
$271
94
$365
($181)
(57)
($238)
$64
—
$64
$90
7
$97
$196
45
$241
$387
73
$460
$361
101
$462
The following table presents a reconciliation between the U.S. federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate:
(in millions, except ratio data)
U.S. federal income tax expense and tax rate
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Federal rate change
State and local income taxes (net of federal benefit)
Bank-owned life insurance
Tax-exempt interest
Tax advantaged investments (including related credits)
Other tax credits
Adjustments for uncertain tax positions
Non-deductible FDIC premiums
Legacy tax matters
Other
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
$273
21.0 %
$473
21.0 %
$459
21.0 %
—
54
(12)
(10)
(68)
(6)
(1)
14
(4)
1
—
4.2
(0.9)
(0.7)
(5.3)
(0.5)
(0.1)
1.1
(0.3)
—
—
73
(12)
(15)
(50)
(10)
—
13
(19)
7
—
3.2
(0.5)
(0.7)
(2.3)
(0.4)
—
0.6
(0.8)
0.3
(34)
89
(12)
(15)
(44)
(8)
1
21
—
5
(1.6)
4.1
(0.5)
(0.7)
(2.0)
(0.4)
0.1
1.0
—
0.2
Total income tax expense and tax rate
$241
18.5 %
$460
20.4 %
$462
21.2 %
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 153
The following table presents the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets
and liabilities:
(in millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Other comprehensive income
Allowance for credit losses
State net operating loss carryforwards
Accrued expenses not currently deductible
Investment and other tax credit carryforwards
Fair value adjustments
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
Deferred tax liabilities:
Leasing transactions
Amortization of intangibles
Depreciation
Pension and other employee compensation plans
Partnerships
Deferred Income
MSRs
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liability
December 31,
2020
2019
$29
622
71
77
99
—
898
(98)
800
459
376
262
107
76
62
87
1,429
$629
$141
315
62
24
89
—
631
(79)
552
513
370
186
124
71
79
75
1,418
$866
Deferred tax assets are recognized for net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are recorded as
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that management concludes are more likely than not to be realized.
At December 31, 2020, the Company had state tax net operating loss carryforwards of $1.2 billion. Limitations on the ability to realize these
carryforwards are reflected in the associated valuation allowance. At December 31, 2020, the Company had a valuation allowance of $98 million against
various deferred tax assets related to state net operating losses and state tax credits, as it is management’s current assessment that it is more likely than
not that the Company will not recognize a portion of the deferred tax assets related to these items. The valuation allowance increased $19 million during
the year ended December 31, 2020.
Effective with the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997, the reserve method for bad debts was no longer permitted for tax purposes. The repeal
of the reserve method required the recapture of the reserve balance in excess of certain base year reserve amounts attributable to years ended prior to
1988. At December 31, 2020, the Company’s base year loan loss reserves attributable to years ended prior to 1988, for which no deferred income taxes
have been provided, was $557 million. This base year reserve may become taxable if certain distributions are made with respect to the stock of the
Company or if the Company ceases to qualify as a bank for tax purposes. No actions are planned that would cause this reserve to become wholly or
partially taxable.
Citizens files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is
no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by major tax authorities for years before 2017.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits:
(in millions)
Balance at the beginning of the year
Gross increase for tax positions related to current year
Gross decrease for tax positions related to prior years
Decrease for tax positions as a result of the lapse of the statutes of limitations
Balance at end of year
December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$5
—
—
(1)
$4
$8
—
(2)
(1)
$5
$5
3
—
—
$8
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 154
Tax positions are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with a
taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The difference between the benefit recognized for a position and the tax benefit
claimed on a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit.
Included in the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020, are potential benefits of $4 million that, if recognized, would
impact the effective tax rate.
Citizens classifies interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company released
$1 million of accrued interest through income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2020. There was no interest accrued through income tax
expense during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Citizens had approximately $0 million, $1 million, and $2 million accrued for the payment
of interest at December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. There were no amounts accrued for penalties as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and
2018, and there were no penalties recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.
NOTE 23 - EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding during each period. Net income available to common stockholders represents net income after preferred stock dividends, accretion of the
discount on preferred stock issuances, and gains or losses from any repurchases of preferred stock. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income
available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus potential dilutive shares
such as share-based payment awards and warrants using the treasury stock method.
(in millions, except share and per-share data)
Numerator (basic and diluted):
Net income
Less: Preferred stock dividends
Net income available to common stockholders
Denominator:
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$1,057
107
$950
$1,791
73
$1,718
$1,721
29
$1,692
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic
Dilutive common shares: share-based awards
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted
427,062,537
449,731,453
478,822,072
1,095,243
1,482,248
1,608,669
428,157,780
451,213,701
480,430,741
Earnings per common share:
Basic
Diluted
(1)
$2.22
2.22
$3.82
3.81
$3.54
3.52
(1)
Potential dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS in the periods where the effect would be antidilutive. Excluded from the computation of diluted EPS were weighted average
antidilutive shares totaling 1,338,130 and 783 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. There were no antidilutive shares to exclude from the calculation for the year ended December 31, 2018.
NOTE 24 - REGULATORY MATTERS
As a bank holding company, Citizens is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary, CBNA, is a national banking
association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC.
Under the U.S. Basel III capital framework, the Company and CBNA must meet the following specific minimum requirements: CET1 capital ratio
of 4.5%, tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, total capital ratio of 8.0%, and tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0% . The Company is imposed a SCB of 3.4% on top of each
of the three minimum risk-weighted capital ratios listed above and the Company’s SCB is re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and
updated annually to reflect the Company’s planned common stock dividends. CBNA is imposed a static CCB of 2.5% on top of each of the three
minimum risk-weighted capital ratios listed above. In addition, the Company must not be subject to a written agreement, order or capital directive with
any of its regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in the initiation of certain actions that, if undertaken, could have a material
effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following table presents the Company’s capital and capital ratios under U.S. Basel III Standardized rules. The Company has declared itself
as an “AOCI opt-out” institution, which means the Company is not required to recognize in regulatory capital the impacts of net unrealized gains and
losses included within AOCI
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 155
for debt securities that are available for sale or held to maturity, accumulated net gains and losses on cash flow hedges and certain defined benefit
pension plan assets. The Company has also elected to delay the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital for a two-year period ending January 1,
2022, followed by a three-year transition period ending January 1, 2025 to phase-in the aggregate amount of the capital benefit provided during the initial
two-year delay.
(in millions, except ratio data)
As of December 31, 2020
CET1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Total capital
Tier 1 leverage
As of December 31, 2019
CET1 capital
Tier 1 capital
Total capital
Tier 1 leverage
Actual
Minimum Capital
Adequacy
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(1)
$14,607
16,572
19,602
16,572
10.0
11.3
13.4
9.4
$11,596
13,797
16,733
7,015
7.9 %
9.4
11.4
4.0
$14,304
10.0 %
$10,004
7.0 %
15,874
18,542
15,874
11.1
13.0
10.0
12,148
15,006
6,351
8.5
10.5
4.0
(1)
“Minimum Capital ratio” includes stress capital buffer of 3.4% for 2020 and capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for 2019; N/A to Tier 1 leverage.
Under the FRB’s Capital Plan Rule, the Company may only make capital distributions, including payment of dividends and share repurchases, in
accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the FRB with no objection or as otherwise authorized by the FRB. The timing and exact
amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including the Company’s capital position, financial performance, risk-
weighted assets, capital impacts of strategic initiatives, market conditions and regulatory considerations. All future capital distributions are subject to
consideration and approval by the Board of Directors prior to execution. See Note 16 for more information regarding the Company’s preferred stock
issuances, common stock repurchases, and dividends.
Dividends payable by CBNA, as a national bank subsidiary, are limited to the lesser of the amount calculated under a “recent earnings” test and
an “undivided profits” test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year
is in excess of the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus,
unless the national bank obtains the approval of the OCC. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of the entity’s
“undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or transferred to surplus). Federal bank regulatory
agencies have issued policy statements which provide that FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay
dividends only out of their current operating earnings.
NOTE 25 - BUSINESS OPERATING SEGMENTS
Citizens is managed by its Chief Executive Officer on a segment basis. The Company’s two business operating segments are Consumer
Banking and Commercial Banking. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer
served. Each segment has a segment head who reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer has final authority over
resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. The business segments reflect this management structure and the manner in which
financial information is currently evaluated by the Chief Executive Officer.
Reportable Segments
Segment results are determined based upon the Company’s management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and statement of
operations items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around the Company’s organizational and management structure and
accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. A description of each
reportable segment and table of financial results is presented below:
Consumer Banking
The Consumer Banking segment focuses on retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million. It offers traditional
banking products and services, including checking, savings, home loans,
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 156
education loans, credit cards, business loans, and unsecured product finance and personal loans in addition to financial management services. It also
operates an indirect auto financing business, providing financing for both new and used vehicles through auto dealerships. The segment’s distribution
channels include a branch network, ATMs and a work force of experienced specialists ranging from financial consultants, mortgage loan officers and
business banking officers to private bankers. The Company’s Consumer Banking value proposition is based on providing simple, easy to understand
product offerings and a convenient banking experience with a more personalized approach.
Commercial Banking
The Commercial Banking segment primarily targets companies with annual revenues from $25 million to $2.5 billion and provides a full
complement of financial products and solutions, including loans, leases, trade financing, deposits, cash management, commercial cards, foreign
exchange, interest rate risk management, corporate finance and capital markets advisory capabilities. It focuses on middle-market companies, large
corporations and institutions and has dedicated teams with industry expertise in government banking, not-for-profit, healthcare, technology,
professionals, oil and gas, asset finance, franchise finance, asset-based lending, commercial real estate, private equity and sponsor finance. While the
segment’s business development efforts are predominantly focused in the Company’s footprint, some of its specialized industry businesses also operate
selectively on a national basis (such as healthcare, asset finance and franchise finance). A key component of Commercial Banking’s growth strategy is to
bring ideas to clients that help their businesses thrive, and in doing so, expand the loan portfolio and ancillary product sales.
Non-segment Operations
Other
Non-segment operations are classified as Other, which includes corporate functions, the Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale
funding activities, intangible assets, community development, non-core assets, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for
credit losses, and expenses including income tax expense. In addition to non-segment operations, Other includes goodwill and any associated goodwill
impairment charges. For impairment testing purposes, the Company assigns goodwill to its Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units.
Management accounting practices utilized by the Company as the basis of presentation for segment results include the following:
FTP adjustments
Citizens utilizes an FTP system to eliminate the effect of interest rate risk from the segments’ net interest income because such risk is centrally
managed within the Treasury function. The FTP system credits (or charges) the segments with the economic value of the funds created (or used) by the
segments. The FTP system provides a funds credit for sources of funds and a funds charge for the use of funds by each segment. The sum of the
interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated net interest income. The variance between the Company’s
cumulative FTP charges and cumulative FTP credits is offset in Other. Citizens periodically evaluates and refines its methodologies used to measure
financial performance of its business operating segments.
Provision for credit losses allocations
Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs recognized by the business segment. The
difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Income tax allocations
Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated
effective tax rate included in Other.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 157
Expense allocations
Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business line’s operations are
charged to the applicable business line based on its utilization of those services.
Goodwill
For impairment testing purposes, the Company assigns goodwill to its Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. For
management reporting purposes, the Company presents the goodwill balance (and any related impairment charges) in Other.
Substantially all revenues generated and long-lived assets held by the Company’s business segments are derived from clients that reside in the
United States. Neither business segment earns revenue from a single external customer that represents ten percent or more of the Company’s total
revenues.
(in millions)
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total revenue
Noninterest expense
Profit before provision for credit losses
Provision for credit losses
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income
Total average assets
(in millions)
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total revenue
Noninterest expense
Profit before provision for credit losses
Provision for credit losses
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income
Total average assets
(in millions)
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Total revenue
Noninterest expense
Profit before provision for credit losses
Provision for credit losses
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income
Total average assets
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
$3,311
1,655
4,966
2,964
2,002
288
1,714
429
$1,285
$72,022
$1,643
595
2,238
860
1,378
398
980
206
$774
$60,839
Other
($368)
69
(299)
167
(466)
930
(1,396)
(394)
($1,002)
$43,581
Consolidated
$4,586
2,319
6,905
3,991
2,914
1,616
1,298
241
$1,057
$176,442
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2019
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
$3,182
1,156
4,338
2,851
1,487
325
1,162
287
$875
$1,466
607
2,073
858
1,215
97
1,118
248
$870
Other
($34)
114
80
138
(58)
(29)
(29)
(75)
$46
Consolidated
$4,614
1,877
6,491
3,847
2,644
393
2,251
460
$1,791
$66,240
$55,947
$39,989
$162,176
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2018
Consumer
Banking
Commercial
Banking
$3,064
973
4,037
2,723
1,314
289
1,025
258
$767
$1,497
545
2,042
813
1,229
26
1,203
276
$927
Other
($29)
78
49
83
(34)
11
(45)
(72)
$27
$62,444
$52,362
$39,747
Consolidated
$4,532
1,596
6,128
3,619
2,509
326
2,183
462
$1,721
$154,553
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 158
NOTE 26 - PARENT COMPANY FINANCIALS
Condensed Statements of Operations
(in millions)
OPERATING INCOME:
Income from consolidated subsidiaries and excluding equity in undistributed earnings:
Dividends from banking subsidiaries
Interest
Management and service fees
Income from nonbank subsidiaries and excluding equity in undistributed earnings:
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries
Interest
All other operating income
Total operating income
OPERATING EXPENSE:
Salaries and employee benefits
Interest expense
All other expenses
Total operating expense
Income before taxes and undistributed income
Income taxes
Income before undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:
Bank
Nonbank
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:
Net pension plan activity arising during the period
Net unrealized derivative instrument gains arising during the period
Other comprehensive (loss) income activity of the Parent Company, net of income taxes
Other comprehensive income (loss) activity of Bank subsidiaries, net of income taxes
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
Total comprehensive income
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$900
42
54
40
4
1
$1,130
48
42
8
4
1
$1,650
46
22
5
2
1
1,041
1,233
1,726
27
120
30
177
864
(16)
880
170
7
35
87
27
149
1,084
(10)
1,094
682
15
25
89
23
137
1,589
(13)
1,602
109
10
$1,057
$1,791
$1,721
($3)
2
(1)
352
351
($5)
2
(3)
683
680
$1,408
$2,471
$5
2
7
(283)
(276)
$1,445
In accordance with federal and state banking regulations, dividends paid by CBNA to the Company are subject to certain limitations, see Note 24
for more information. Additionally, see Note 16 for more information regarding the Company’s common and preferred stock dividends.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 159
Condensed Balance Sheets
(in millions)
ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks
Loans and advances to:
Bank subsidiary
Nonbank subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries:
Bank subsidiary
Nonbank subsidiaries
Other assets
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES:
Long-term borrowed funds due to unaffiliated companies
Other liabilities
TOTAL LIABILITIES
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Condensed Cash Flow Statements
(in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred income taxes
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Increase in other liabilities
(Increase) decrease in other assets
Other operating, net
Net cash provided by operating activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments in and advances to subsidiaries
Repayment of investments in and advances to subsidiaries
Other investing, net
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowed funds
Repayments of long-term borrowed funds
Treasury stock purchased
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
Dividends declared and paid to common stockholders
Dividends declared and paid to preferred stockholders
Other financing, net
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
Increase in cash and due from banks
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
Cash and due from banks at end of year
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
$2,680
1,148
105
22,164
106
152
$26,355
$3,441
241
3,682
22,673
$26,355
$1,418
1,146
120
21,973
99
127
$24,883
$2,485
197
2,682
22,201
$24,883
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$1,057
$1,791
$1,721
17
(177)
43
(41)
48
947
(190)
205
(1)
14
1,053
(12)
(270)
395
(672)
(98)
(95)
301
1,262
1,418
(8)
(697)
50
7
58
17
(120)
11
(7)
40
1,201
1,662
(105)
55
(1)
(51)
500
—
(1,220)
730
(617)
(65)
(21)
(693)
457
961
—
—
(1)
(1)
—
(333)
(1,025)
593
(471)
(14)
(13)
(1,263)
398
563
$961
$2,680
$1,418
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 160
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the
Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in
SEC rules and forms. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future
events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Any controls and
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control
objectives. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an
evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated
and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting: During the first quarter of 2020, the Company implemented controls related to the adoption
of Current Expected Credit Losses (ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments- Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments) and the related financial statement reporting. Changes to the control environment specific to the Allowance for Credit Loss process include
the enhancement of data validation procedures, tailoring of governance routines and verification of information provided for disclosures. There were no
other changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the
Exchange Act during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting are included in Item 8.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
We refer in Part III of this Report to relevant sections of our 2021 Proxy Statement for the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be
filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the close of our 2020 fiscal year. Portions of our 2021 Proxy Statement, including the
sections we refer to in this Report, are incorporated by reference into this Report.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by this item is presented under the captions “Corporate Governance Matters” — “Election of Directors” — “Nominees” and
“Board Governance and Oversight — “Corporate Governance Guidelines, Committee Charters and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” of our 2021
Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by this item is presented under the captions “Compensation Matters” — “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,”
“Compensation and Human Resources Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” “Termination of Employment and Change of Control,” “Director
Compensation,” “Role of Risk Management in Compensation,” and “CEO Pay Ratio” of our 2021 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference
into this item.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 161
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is presented under the caption
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding our compensation plans under which CFG equity securities are authorized for issuance is included in the table below.
Additional information regarding these plans is included in Note 17 in Item 8.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
At December 31, 2020
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights (#)
(1)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights ($)
(2)
Number of securities remaining
available (excluding securities
(3)
reflected in first column) (#)
3,496,231
—
3,496,231
—
—
—
51,261,793
—
51,261,793
(1)
(2)
(3)
Represents the number of shares of common stock associated with outstanding time-based and performance-based restricted stock units.
We had no outstanding options.
Represents the number of shares remaining available for future issuance under the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (44,857,264 shares), the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Employee
Stock Repurchase Plan (5,024,904 shares), and the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (1,379,625 shares).
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this item is set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance Matters” — “Board Governance and Oversight —
Director Independence” and “Related Person Transactions” of our 2021 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item is presented under the captions “Audit Matters” — “Pre-approval of Independent Auditor Services” and
“Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” of our 2021 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., included in this Report:
PART IV
• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements;
• Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019;
• Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018;
• Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018;
• Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018;
• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018; and
• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules for the Registrant have been included in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements or the related footnotes
in Item 8, or are either inapplicable or not required.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 162
(a)(3) Exhibits
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated April 23, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 24, 2020)
3.2 Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, dated June 1, 2020, filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware and effective June 1, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 4,
2020)
3.3 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (as amended and restated on April 23, 2020) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 24, 2020)
4.1 Senior Debt Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon dated as of October 28, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 of Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed October 29, 2015)
4.2 Subordinated Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon dated as of September 28, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 28, 2015)
4.3 Form of Certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed
April 6, 2015)
4.4 Form of Certificate representing the Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K,
filed May 24, 2018)
4.5 Form of Deposit Agreement, by and among the Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., jointly as depositary, and
the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration
Statement on Form 8-A, filed October 25, 2019)
4.6 Form of Depositary Receipt (incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 29, 2019)
4.7 Description of the Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934*
4.8 Agreement to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of certain long-
term debt of the registrant and consolidated subsidiaries*
10.1 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q, filed November 14, 2014)†
10.2 Amended and Restated Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of June 23, 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 5, 2016)†
10.3 Amended and Restated Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of June 20, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2019)†
10.4 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2017 Award (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Filed February 24, 2017)†
10.5 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2018 Award (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 22, 2018)†
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 163
10.6 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2019 and 2020 Awards
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 21, 2019)†
10.7 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement†*
10.8 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Bruce Van Saun Relating to Annual Awards
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Filed February 24, 2017)†
10.9 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement for 2017 Awards (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Filed February 24, 2017)†
10.10 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Amendment to Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Filed August 3, 2017)†
10.11 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement for 2018 Awards (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 22, 2018)†
10.12 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2019 and 2020 Awards
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 21, 2019)†
10.13 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement†*
10.14 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for Bruce Van Saun Relating to Annual
Awards (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Filed February 24, 2017)†
10.15 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Registration Statement
on Form S-8, filed September 26, 2014)†
10.16 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Compensation Policy, Amended and Effective as of April 26, 2018 (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 9, 2018)†
10.17 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Compensation Policy, as amended April 25, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2019)†
10.18 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the
Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed September 26, 2014)†
10.19 Amended and Restated Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan as of June 23, 2016 (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 5, 2016)†
10.20 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 26, 2016)†
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 164
10.21 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Filed August 3, 2017)†
10.22 Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†
10.23 Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1,
filed September 8, 2014)†
10.24 Amended and Restated CFG Voluntary Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2009 and amended and restated on
September 1, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 3, 2015)†
10.25 First Amendment to the CFG Voluntary Executive Deferred Compensation Plan dated March 1, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.26 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2020)†
10.26 Second Amendment to the CFG Voluntary Executive Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 9, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.27 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 24, 2020)†
10.27 Third Amendment to the CFG Voluntary Executive Deferred Compensation Plan dated March 4, 2020†*
10.28 Amended and Restated Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.20 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†
10.29 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Form of Deferred Cash Award Agreement for 2016 Awards (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 26, 2016)†
10.30 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Form of Deferred Cash Award Agreement for 2017 and 2018 Awards (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.35 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 22, 2018)†
10.31 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Form of Deferred Cash Award Agreement for 2019 and 2020 Awards (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.32 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 21, 2019)†
10.32 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Form of Deferred Cash Award Agreement†*
10.33 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Executive Severance Practice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Amendment No. 2 to
Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed August 15, 2014)†
10.34 Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Performance Formula and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of Annual Report on
Form 10-K, filed March 3, 2015)†
10.35 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 5, 2016, between the Registrant and Bruce Van Saun (incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 9, 2016)†
10.36 Executive Employment Agreement, dated March 23, 2015, between the Registrant and Donald H. McCree III and subsequent addendum dated
August 2, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 3, 2017)†
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 165
10.37 Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 6, 2014, between the Registrant and Malcolm Griggs and subsequent addendum dated
August 14, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 21, 2019)†
10.38 Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 13, 2016, between the Registrant and John F. Woods and subsequent addendum dated
August 2, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 3, 2017)†
10.39 Executive Employment Agreement, dated August 25, 2011, between the Registrant and Susan LaMonica and subsequent addendums dated July
15, 2014 and August 11, 2017†*
10.40 Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated October 31, 1995, as amended, between Charter One Financial, Inc. and, Charles J. Koch
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 8, 2014)†
21.1 Subsidiaries of Registrant*
23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
24.1 Power of Attorney (contained herein on signature pages)
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
101 The following materials from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in XBRL: (i) the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv)
the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements*
104 Cover page interactive data file in inline XBRL format, included in Exhibit 101 to this report*
† Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 166
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 23, 2021.
SIGNATURES
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Registrant)
By:
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Name: Bruce Van Saun
Title: Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 167
SIGNATURES
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned, being a director or officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Bruce Van Saun, John F. Woods, Stephen T. Gannon, and C. Jack Read, and
each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name,
place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports for the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 on Form 10-K
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such other form as any such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or desirable, any
amendments thereto, and all additional amendments thereto, each in such form as they or any one of them may approve, and to file the same with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done so that such
Annual Report shall comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable Rules and Regulations adopted or issued
pursuant thereto, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-
in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
/s/ John F. Woods
John F. Woods
/s/ C. Jack Read
C. Jack Read
/s/ Lee Alexander
Lee Alexander
/s/ Christine M. Cumming
Christine M. Cumming
/s/ William P. Hankowsky
William P. Hankowsky
/s/ Howard W. Hanna, III
Howard W. Hanna, III
/s/ Leo I. Higdon, Jr.
Leo I. Higdon, Jr.
/s/ Edward J. Kelly III
Edward J. Kelly III
/s/ Charles J. Koch
Charles J. Koch
/s/ Robert G. Leary
Robert G. Leary
/s/ Terrance J. Lillis
Terrance J. Lillis
/s/ Shivan S. Subramaniam
Shivan S. Subramaniam
Christopher J. Swift
/s/ Wendy A. Watson
Wendy A. Watson
/s/ Marita Zuraitis
Marita Zuraitis
Title
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer and Director)
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Date
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
Executive Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
February 23, 2021
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
February 23, 2021
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 168
EXHIBIT 10.7
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
Terms and Conditions
Unless defined in this award agreement (this “Award Agreement”), capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Citizens Financial
Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). In the event of a conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the
provisions of the Plan shall prevail.
Section 1.
Grant of RSU Award. Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (together with its Subsidiaries, the “Company”) has granted to the
Participant (the “Participant”) an award (the “Award”) of the number of restricted share units (“RSUs”) specified in the Participant’s electronic account,
effective on the “Grant Date” specified in the Participant's electronic account. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this
Award Agreement. The Award is granted under the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Award
Agreement.
Section 2.
Issuance of RSUs. Each RSU shall represent the right to receive one Share upon the vesting of such RSU, as determined in
accordance with and subject to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
Section 3.
Rights as a Shareholder; Dividend Equivalents.
(a)
The Participant shall have no voting rights or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the RSUs unless and
until the Participant becomes the record owner of the Shares underlying such RSUs.
(b)
If a dividend is declared on Shares during the period commencing on the Grant Date (including such date) and ending on the date on
which the Shares underlying RSUs are distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 6, the Participant shall be credited with dividend equivalents in
the form and in an amount equal to the dividend that the Participant would have received had the Shares underlying the RSUs been distributed to the
Participant as of the time at which such dividend is paid. Dividend equivalents will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as the RSUs
to which they are attributable and will be paid on the same date that the RSUs to which they are attributable are settled in accordance with Section 6.
Section 4.
Restrictions on Transferability. The RSUs granted hereunder shall not be assigned, sold, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated,
transferred, alienated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily
or involuntarily, and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, by the Participant. Any sale,
exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 4 shall be null and void and any
RSU which is hedged in any manner shall immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding
upon any permitted successors and assigns.
Section 5.
Vesting; Change of Control; Vesting and Forfeiture Upon a Termination of Employment.
(a)
Vesting. The Award will be subject to the vesting schedule specified in the Participant's electronic account.
(b)
Change of Control. If the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the Participant resigns from employment with
the Company with Good Reason, within 12 months after a Change of Control (a “Change of Control Termination”), all unvested RSUs shall fully vest
on the Participant’s termination date and shall be distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 6.
(c)
Vesting and Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.
i.
Termination Without Cause. If the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control
Termination), the Participant’s RSUs shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 5(a) as though the Participant was still employed by the Company
on each applicable vesting date, provided, however, that the Participant does not engage in any Detrimental Activity during the Participant’s post-
employment vesting period.
ii.
Retirement; Disability. If the Participant’s employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability, the Participant’s RSUs shall
continue to vest in accordance with Section 5(a) as though the Participant was still employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date, provided,
however, that the Participant (A) does not engage in any Detrimental Activity and (B) does not become employed by any company in the financial
services industry, in each case, during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period.
iii.
Death. If the Participant is terminated due to death, the Participant’s RSUs shall fully vest on the Participant’s date of death and
shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.
iv.
Forfeiture. If the Participant is terminated by the Company with Cause or the Participant resigns for any reason (other than a
Change of Control Termination), any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the Participant’s termination date without any payment to the
Participant. In addition, if (A) the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control Termination)
and the Participant engages in any Detrimental Activity during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period, or (B) the Participant’s employment is
terminated due to Retirement or Disability and the Participant either (I) engages in any Detrimental Activity, or (II) becomes employed by any company in
the financial services industry, in either case, during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period, any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their
entirety on the date that the Participant engages in such Detrimental Activity or becomes employed by any company in the financial services industry, as
applicable, without any payment to the Participant.
Section 6.
Distribution on Vesting. Subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, upon the vesting of any of the RSUs, the Company
shall deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death prior to distribution), as soon as reasonably
practicable after the vesting date (or the Participant’s termination date, as applicable), one Share for each RSU, provided that such delivery of Shares
shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which they vest or, if later, by the 15 day of the third calendar month after the vesting date
provided that the Participant shall not be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of the payment. Upon such delivery, such Shares
shall be fully assignable, saleable and transferable by the Participant, provided that any such assignment, sale, transfer or other alienation with respect
to such Shares shall be in accordance with applicable securities laws.
th
Section 7.
[Repayment Requirement. If the Participant’s employment is terminated (or notice to terminate is given by the Participant or the
Company) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause within 12 months of
2
the date the Participant commences employment with the Company, any unvested RSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the Participant’s
termination date without any payment to the Participant and the Participant shall be required to repay the Company within 14 days of the Participant’s
termination date the net value (following any applicable tax and other statutory deductions) of any Shares that the Participant received pursuant to this
Award Agreement.] [Note: Section 7 is only applicable to buy-out awards.]
Section 8.
Notice Prior to the Participant’s Voluntary Separation from Employment. In partial consideration for the Participant’s eligibility for
and receipt of any award granted under the Plan, the Participant agrees to provide the Company with prior notice of the Participant’s voluntary
separation from employment, regardless of the reason for such separation. Such notice shall be no less than the greater of (a) the notice period
applicable to the Participant’s employee level as specified in the Company’s Separation from Employment Policy as it exists at the time the Participant
provides such notice or (b) the period specified in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company.
Section 9.
Restrictive Covenants.
(a)
Non-Solicitation of Employees. In addition to the Participant’s obligations detailed in this Agreement, the Participant agrees and reaffirms
that, at any time during the Participant’s employment and for twelve (12) months following the date the Participant ceases to be employed by the
Company for any reason, or if longer, during the remaining vesting period (the “Restricted Period”), the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, whether
for the Participant’s own account or for any person or entity other than the Company or any Company Affiliate hire, employ, solicit for employment or hire,
or attempt to solicit for employment or hire, any person who is employed by the Company or any Company Affiliate during the Restricted Period, nor shall
the Participant directly or indirectly induce any such employee to terminate his or her employment or accept employment with anyone other than a
Company Affiliate, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between the Company and/or any Company Affiliate and any of their employees during the
Restricted Period. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company agrees that the Participant shall not be deemed in violation of this Section 9(a)
if an entity with which the Participant is associated hires or engages any employee of the Company or a Company Affiliate, if the Participant was not,
directly or indirectly, involved in hiring or identifying such person as a potential recruit or assisting in the recruitment of such employee.
(b)
Non-Solicitation of, and Non-Interference with, Customers and Prospective Clients. The Participant agrees that during the Participant’s
employment and during the Restricted Period, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, for any person or entity other than the Company or any
Company Affiliate, solicit, assist in soliciting for or accept business from any customer of the Company or any Company Affiliate, nor will the Participant
induce or encourage any such customer to discontinue or diminish his, her or its relationship or prospective relationship with the Company or any
Company Affiliate, or divert business away from the Company or any Company Affiliate; provided, however, that general solicitation through
advertisement shall not constitute solicitation for purposes of this provision. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company agrees that the
Participant shall not be deemed in violation of this Section 9(b) if an entity with which the Participant is associated accepts business from a customer or
client of the Company or a Company Affiliate, if the Participant was not, directly or indirectly, involved in soliciting or identifying such customer or client as
a potential customer or client of the competing entity.
(c)
Representations. The Participant agrees that all of the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s
and/or any Company Affiliate’s business and their Confidential Information and that the Participant’s eligibility for and receipt of any award under the
Plan, are independently and together good and valuable consideration to compensate
3
him or her for agreeing to all restrictions contained in this Agreement. The Participant also acknowledges, represents and warrants that the Participant’s
knowledge, skills and abilities are sufficient to permit the Participant to earn a satisfactory livelihood without violating these provisions. Further, the
Participant agrees that the Participant shall not, following the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, represent or hold the
Participant out as being in any way connected with the business of the Company or any Company Affiliate.
(d)
Blue Pencil. It is expressly understood and agreed that although the Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in
this section to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any
other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Participant, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be
rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially
determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this
Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any
of the other restrictions contained herein.
(e)
Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 or the Participant’s engaging in Detrimental Activity, the
Participant agrees that the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened
breach, the Participant acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
Section 10.
Tax Liability; Withholding Requirements. The Participant shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without
limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that the Participant incurs in connection with the receipt,
vesting or settlement of any RSU granted hereunder. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from the Award the amount (in cash or Shares, or
any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of the Award, its settlement or any payment or transfer under the Award and to
take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or other property by the Participant) as may be necessary in the
opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes; provided, however, that no Shares shall be withheld with a value
exceeding the maximum statutory tax rates in the applicable tax jurisdictions.
Section 11.
Recoupment/Clawback. The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in order to comply with applicable law (including,
without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act), regulatory authority, and policies of the Company, the Committee
retains the right at all times to decrease or terminate all awards and payments under the Plan, and any and all amounts payable under the Plan, or paid
under the Plan, shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, and reduction to the extent determined necessary to comply with applicable law, regulatory
authority, and/or policies of the Company, including as a result of risk-related events.
Section 12.
No Right to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to
continue to be employed by the Company and the receipt of the Award does not confer any rights on the Participant other than those expressly set forth
in this Award Agreement or the Plan.
Section 13.
Section 409A of the Code. This Award Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A
of the Code, and this Award Agreement shall be operated
4
accordingly. If any provision of this Award Agreement or any term or condition of the RSUs would otherwise conflict with this intent, the provision, term or
condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding anything else in this Award Agreement, if the Board
considers a Participant to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code at the time of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as
defined in Section 409A of the Code), and the amount hereunder is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code any distribution that
otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to RSUs as a result of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six
months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in such Participant’s incurring interest or
additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. If the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)
of the Treasury Regulations), the Participants’ right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and
not as a right to a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under this Award Agreement is not warranted
or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred
by the Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
Section 14.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Definitions. For purposes of this Award Agreement:
i.
“Cause” means:
(1) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) of the Participant
for the commission of a felony or any conviction of any criminal offense within the scope of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §
1829;
the Participant’s duties or in the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates;
(2) the Participant commits an act of gross misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft or material dishonesty in connection with
the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 30 days after the Participant receives written notice of such failure; or
(3) failure on the part of the Participant to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect, which is not cured to
(4) the Participant engages in Detrimental Activity.
ii.
“Company Affiliate” means the Company’s parents, subsidiaries, affiliates or their respective successors (collectively, the
"Company Affiliates" and each a “Company Affiliate”).
iii.
“Detrimental Activity” includes the following:
(1) The Participant’s disclosure to any unauthorized person, firm, or corporation or use or attempt to use for his or her own
advantage or to the advantage of any other person, firm or corporation, any confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the
Company or any of its affiliates, howsoever obtained or provided, during the course of, or as a result of, his or her employment (the “Confidential
Information”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and suppliers (former, actual and
potential), Company contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data, designs, formulae, product lines,
intellectual property, research activities and any information which may be deemed to be
5
commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of
media, including but not limited to electronic and digital media, whether or not labeled as “confidential”;
(2) The Participant violates the obligations set forth in Section 9(a) or 9(b) of this Award Agreement.
(3) Making any false or disparaging comments about the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, officers, or directors; or
(4) Engaging in any activity which in the opinion of the Company is not consistent with providing an orderly handover of the Participant’s
responsibilities.
The Participant agrees that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s business and that the grant of this Award,
along with the benefits and attributes of the Participant’s employment by the Company, is good and valuable consideration to compensate the Participant
for agreeing to these restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Award Agreement or otherwise, nothing shall limit the Participant’s
rights under applicable law to provide truthful information to any governmental entity or to file a charge with or participate in an investigation conducted
by any governmental entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant agrees to waive his or her right to recover monetary damages in connection
with any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by the Participant or anyone else on the Participant’s behalf (whether involving a governmental entity or not);
provided that the Participant is not agreeing to waive, and this Award Agreement shall not be read as requiring the Participant to waive, any right the
Participant may have to receive an award for information provided to any governmental entity. The Participant is hereby notified that the immunity
provisions in Section 1833 of title 18 of the United States Code provide that an individual cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or
state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that is made (1) in confidence to federal, state or local government officials, either directly or
indirectly, or to an attorney, and is solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of the law, (2) under seal in a complaint or
other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, or (3) to the Participant’s attorney in connection with a lawsuit for retaliation for reporting a
suspected violation of law (and the trade secret may be used in the court proceedings for such lawsuit) as long as any document containing the trade
secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order.
iv.
“Disability” means the Participant is entitled to, and has begun to receive, long-term disability benefits under the long-term
disability plan of the Company in which the Participant participates.
v.
“Good Reason” means any of the following changes, as compared to the Participant's terms of employment prior to a Change
of Control:
situated employees; or
(1) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;
(2) a material diminution in the Participant’s base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly
of employment, unless the new principal place of employment is closer to the Participant's home address.
(3) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his or her current principal place
6
Provided, however, that the Participant must give written notice to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of any of the foregoing changes,
the Company shall have 30 days upon receipt of such notice to remedy the condition so as to eliminate the Good Reason, and if not remedied, the
Participant’s employment must terminate no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute a waiver of the Participant’s rights with respect to any circumstance constituting Good Reason
under this Award Agreement.
vi.
“Retirement” means the Participant’s age plus years of service (in each case, including completed months) equals or exceeds
65, with a minimum of at least five years of service with the Company.
(b)
Notices. All notices, requests and other communications under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person
(by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or by e-mail or any other form
of electronic transmission or delivery approved by the Committee, as follows:
if to the Company, to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc
600 Washington Blvd.
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Corporate Secretary
if to the Participant, to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company,
or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or such other form of electronic transmission or delivery as such party may hereafter specify
for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of
receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or
communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Award Agreement or in the Plan, the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver and, by acceptance of this grant, the Participant
hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents and agrees to the receipt and delivery of, any notices permitted or required hereunder, documents related
to any Awards granted under the Plan and/or any other information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Participant
pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company and the Subsidiaries or the Plan by electronic means, including but not limited to through
the Participant’s electronic account, through another on-line or electronic account system established and maintained by the Company or another third
party designated by the Company or via the Company website. Such consent shall remain in effect throughout the Participant’s term of employment or
service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant may receive from
the Company a paper copy of any notices or documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or
in writing.
(c)
Entire Agreement. This Award Agreement and the Plan (including the terms specified in the Participant's electronic account, as noted in
Section 1 and Section 5 above) constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and
supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations
or otherwise, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
7
(d)
Severability. If any provision of this Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or this Award Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or
deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board,
materially altering the intent of this Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Award Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect.
(e)
Amendment; Waiver. No amendment or modification of any provision of this Award Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the
Participant shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, provided that the Company may amend or
modify this Award Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Award
Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or
condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Award Agreement, or any waiver of any
provision of this Award Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.
(f)
Assignment. Neither this Award Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be
assignable by the Participant.
(g)
Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Award Agreement,
express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal
representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Award Agreement.
(h)
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application
of the conflicts of law principles thereof. By acknowledging this Award Agreement electronically or signing it manually, as applicable, the Participant
waives any right that the Participant may have to trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Award
Agreement or the Plan.
(i)
Discretionary Nature. The grant of the RSUs does not create any contractual right or other right in the Participant to receive any RSUs or
other Awards in the future. Future grants of Awards, if any, shall be at the sole discretion of the Company.
(j)
Participant Undertaking; Acceptance. The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional
documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the
Participant or the RSUs pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Award Agreement and
understands that material definitions and provisions concerning the RSUs and the Participant’s rights and obligations with respect thereto are set forth in
the Plan. The Participant has read carefully, and understands, the provisions of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
(k)
Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in Section 9(e) above and the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by
law, the Company and the Participant agree to waive their rights to seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by jury. The
Company and each Participant agree that any dispute between or among them and/or their affiliates arising out of, relating to or in connection with this
Plan shall be resolved in
8
accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding mediation, and (b) Step Two: binding
arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such mediation or arbitration hereunder
shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) pursuant to its then current AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. No arbitration
shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have successfully achieved a mutually agreed to resolution of the dispute as a
result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary, the arbitration hearing shall be held in the city/location selected by the
Company in its sole discretion. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) shall be conducted by a single AAA arbitrator, selected by the
Company in its sole discretion. Any award rendered by the arbitrator, including with respect to responsibility for AAA charges (including the costs of the
mediator and arbitrator), shall be final and binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the unlikely event the
AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a dispute, the Company and each Participant agree to submit to JAMS mediation (formerly known as Judicial
Arbitration and Mediation Services) and arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to
accept jurisdiction, the parties may litigate in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(l)
Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the scope, meaning, intent or interpretation of the
provisions of this Award Agreement.
(m)
Nature of Payments. Any and all grants or deliveries related to the RSUs hereunder shall constitute special incentive payments to the
Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any
retirement, death or other benefits under (i) any retirement, bonus, life insurance or other employee benefit plan of the Company, or (ii) any agreement
between the Company and the Participant, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.
(n)
Data Privacy. The Participant understands that the Company and its affiliates and hold certain personal information about the
Participant, including but not limited to the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, birthdate, social insurance number or other
identification number, compensation, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares for the purpose of administering the Plan (the “Data”). As a
condition of receipt of this Award, the Participant explicitly consents to the collection, use, transfer and retention, in electronic or other form, of the Data
by and among, as applicable, the Company, its affiliates and any third parties assisting the Company in administration of the Plan (including but not
limited to any broker or other third party with whom the Participate may elect to deposit Shares), in each case, for the purpose of administering the
Participant’s participation in the Plan.
9
EXHIBIT 10.13
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement
Terms and Conditions
Unless defined in this award agreement (this “Award Agreement”), capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Citizens Financial
Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). In the event of a conflict among the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the
provisions of the Plan shall prevail.
Section 1.
Grant of PSU Award. Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (together with its Subsidiaries, the “Company”) has granted to the
Participant (the “Participant”) an award (the “Award”) of the target number of performance stock units specified in the Participant’s electronic account,
effective on the “Grant Date” specified in the Participant's electronic account. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this
Award Agreement. The Award is granted under the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Award
Agreement.
Section 2.
Issuance of PSUs. Each performance stock unit (“PSU”) shall represent the right to receive one Share upon the vesting of such
PSU, as determined in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan. The number of PSUs that the Participant will
actually earn will be determined in accordance with the terms of this Award Agreement and a schedule to be provided to the Participant.
Section 3.
Rights as a Shareholder; Dividend Equivalents.
(a)
The Participant shall have no voting rights or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the PSUs unless and
until the Participant becomes the record owner of the Shares underlying such PSUs.
(b)
If a dividend is declared on Shares during the period commencing on the Grant Date (including such date) and ending on the date on
which the Shares underlying PSUs are distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 7, the Participant shall be credited with dividend equivalents in
the form and in an amount equal to the dividend that the Participant would have received had the Shares underlying the PSUs been distributed to the
Participant as of the time at which such dividend is paid. Dividend equivalents will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as the PSUs
to which they are attributable and will be paid on the same date that the PSUs to which they are attributable are settled in accordance with Section 7.
Section 4.
Restrictions on Transferability. The PSUs granted hereunder shall not be assigned, sold, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated,
transferred, alienated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily
or involuntarily, and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, by the Participant. Any sale,
exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 4 shall be null and void and any
PSU which is hedged in any manner shall immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding
upon any permitted successors and assigns.
Section 5.
Performance Assessment.
1
(a) Except in the event of a Change of Control, the number of PSUs earned by the Participant for the Performance Period will be
determined in accordance with a schedule to be provided to the Participant. The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the number of PSUs
earned by the Participant.
(b) Promptly following the end of the Performance Period (and no later than 60 days following the end of the Performance Period), the
Committee will review and certify in writing (i) whether, and to what extent, performance has been achieved in accordance with a schedule to be provided
to the Participant, and (ii) the number of PSUs that the Participant shall earn, if any, subject to compliance with the requirements of Section 6. The
Committee’s certification shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Participant, and on all other persons, to the maximum extent permitted by law.
Section 6.
Vesting; Change of Control; Vesting and Forfeiture Upon a Termination of Employment.
(a)
Vesting. The number of PSUs earned by the Participant, if any, determined as set forth in Section 5(b), will vest and become
nonforfeitable following the end of the Performance Period on the vesting date identified in the Participant's electronic account (the “Vesting Date”),
subject to the Participant’s continued service from the Grant Date through the Vesting Date.
(b)
Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control prior to the end of the Performance Period:
i.
The Committee will review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, performance has been achieved through the date
of the Change of Control, and the number of PSUs that the Participant shall earn, if any, subject to compliance with the requirements of this Section 6(b).
The Committee’s certification shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Participant, and on all other persons, to the maximum extent permitted by law.
ii.
Following the Change of Control, the PSUs will remain subject to forfeiture and conditioned on the Participant’s continued
service from the Grant Date through the Vesting Date; provided, however, that if the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the
Participant resigns from employment with the Company with Good Reason, within 12 months after the Change of Control (a “Change of Control
Termination”), the PSUs earned by the Participant, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 6(b)(i), shall fully vest on the Participant’s
termination date and shall be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.
(c)
Vesting and Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.
i.
Termination Without Cause. If the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control
Termination) on or after the first anniversary of the Performance Period Start Date, the PSUs earned by the Participant as set forth in Section 5(b) shall
vest on the Vesting Date in accordance with Section 6(a) as though the Participant was still employed by the Company on the Vesting Date; provided,
however, that the Participant does not engage in any Detrimental Activity during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period.
ii.
Retirement; Disability. If the Participant's employment is terminated by reason of Retirement or Disability, the PSUs earned by
the Participant as set forth in Section 5(b) shall vest on the Vesting Date in accordance with Section 6(a) as though the Participant was still employed by
the Company on the Vesting Date; provided, however, that the Participant (A) does
2
not engage in any Detrimental Activity and (B) does not become employed by any company in the financial services industry, in each case, during the
Participant’s post-employment vesting period.
iii.
Death. If the Participant is terminated due to death, the target number of PSUs shall fully vest on the Participant’s date of death
and shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.
iv.
Forfeiture. If the Participant is terminated by the Company with Cause or the Participant resigns for any reason (other than a
Change of Control Termination), any unvested PSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the Participant’s termination date without any payment to the
Participant. If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control Termination) prior to the first
anniversary of the Performance Period Start Date, any unvested PSUs shall be forfeited in their entirety on the Participant’s termination date without any
payment to the Participant. In addition, if (A) the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control
Termination) and the Participant engages in any Detrimental Activity during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period, or (B) the Participant’s
employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability and the Participant either (I) engages in any Detrimental Activity, or (II) becomes employed by
any company in the financial services industry, in either case, during the Participant’s post-employment vesting period, any unvested PSUs shall be
forfeited in their entirety on the date that the Participant engages in such Detrimental Activity or becomes employed by any company in the financial
services industry, as applicable, without any payment to the Participant.
Section 7.
Distribution on Vesting. Subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, upon the vesting of any of the PSUs, the Company
shall deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death prior to distribution), as soon as reasonably
practicable after the Vesting Date (or the Participant’s termination date, as applicable), one Share for each PSU, provided that such delivery of Shares
shall be made no later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Vesting Date (or the Participant’s termination date,
as applicable) occurs. Upon such delivery, such Shares shall be fully assignable, saleable and transferable by the Participant, provided that any such
assignment, sale, transfer or other alienation with respect to such Shares shall be in accordance with applicable securities laws.
Section 8.
Notice Prior to the Participant’s Voluntary Separation from Employment. In partial consideration for the Participant’s eligibility for
and receipt of any award granted under the Plan, the Participant agrees to provide the Company with prior notice of the Participant’s voluntary
separation from employment, regardless of the reason for such separation. Such notice shall be no less than the greater of (a) the notice period
applicable to the Participant’s employee level as specified in the Company’s Separation from Employment Policy as it exists at the time the Participant
provides such notice or (b) the period specified in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company.
Section 9.
Restrictive Covenants.
(a)
Non-Solicitation of Employees. In addition to the Participant’s obligations detailed in this Agreement, the Participant agrees and reaffirms
that, at any time during the Participant’s employment and for twelve (12) months following the date the Participant ceases to be employed by the
Company for any reason, or if longer, during the remaining vesting period (the “Restricted Period”), the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, whether
for the Participant’s own account or for any person or entity other than the Company or any Company Affiliate hire, employ, solicit for employment or hire,
or attempt to solicit for employment or hire,
3
any person who is employed by the Company or any Company Affiliate during the Restricted Period, nor shall the Participant directly or indirectly induce
any such employee to terminate his or her employment or accept employment with anyone other than a Company Affiliate, or otherwise interfere with the
relationship between the Company and/or any Company Affiliate and any of their employees during the Restricted Period. Anything to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Company agrees that the Participant shall not be deemed in violation of this Section 9(a) if an entity with which the Participant is
associated hires or engages any employee of the Company or a Company Affiliate, if the Participant was not, directly or indirectly, involved in hiring or
identifying such person as a potential recruit or assisting in the recruitment of such employee.
(b)
Non-Solicitation of, and Non-Interference with, Customers and Prospective Clients. The Participant agrees that during the Participant’s
employment and during the Restricted Period, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, for any person or entity other than the Company or any
Company Affiliate, solicit, assist in soliciting for or accept business from any customer of the Company or any Company Affiliate, nor will the Participant
induce or encourage any such customer to discontinue or diminish his, her or its relationship or prospective relationship with the Company or any
Company Affiliate, or divert business away from the Company or any Company Affiliate; provided, however, that general solicitation through
advertisement shall not constitute solicitation for purposes of this provision. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company agrees that the
Participant shall not be deemed in violation of this Section 9(b) if an entity with which the Participant is associated accepts business from a customer or
client of the Company or a Company Affiliate, if the Participant was not, directly or indirectly, involved in soliciting or identifying such customer or client as
a potential customer or client of the competing entity.
(c)
Representations. The Participant agrees that all of the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s
and/or any Company Affiliate’s business and their Confidential Information and that the Participant’s eligibility for and receipt of any award under the
Plan, are independently and together good and valuable consideration to compensate him or her for agreeing to all restrictions contained in this
Agreement. The Participant also acknowledges, represents and warrants that the Participant’s knowledge, skills and abilities are sufficient to permit the
Participant to earn a satisfactory livelihood without violating these provisions. Further, the Participant agrees that the Participant shall not, following the
termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, represent or hold the Participant out as being in any way connected with the business of
the Company or any Company Affiliate.
(d)
Blue Pencil. It is expressly understood and agreed that although the Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in
this section to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any
other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Participant, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be
rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially
determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this
Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any
of the other restrictions contained herein.
(e)
Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 or the Participant’s engaging in Detrimental Activity, the
Participant agrees that the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened
breach, the Participant acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
4
Section 10.
Tax Liability; Withholding Requirements. The Participant shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without
limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that the Participant incurs in connection with the receipt,
vesting or settlement of any PSU granted hereunder. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from the Award the amount (in cash or Shares, or any
combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of the Award, its settlement or any payment or transfer under the Award and to take
such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or other property by the Participant) as may be necessary in the
opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes; provided, however, that no Shares shall be withheld with a value
exceeding the maximum statutory tax rates in the applicable tax jurisdictions.
Section 11.
Recoupment/Clawback. The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in order to comply with applicable law (including,
without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act), regulatory authority, and policies of the Company, the Committee
retains the right at all times to decrease or terminate all awards and payments under the Plan, and any and all amounts payable under the Plan, or paid
under the Plan, shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, and reduction to the extent determined necessary to comply with applicable law, regulatory
authority, and/or policies of the Company, including as a result of risk-related events.
Section 12.
No Right to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to
continue to be employed by the Company and the receipt of the Award does not confer any rights on the Participant other than those expressly set forth
in this Award Agreement or the Plan.
Section 13.
Section 409A of the Code. This Award Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A
of the Code, and this Award Agreement shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of this Award Agreement or any term or condition of the PSUs
would otherwise conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Award Agreement, if the Board considers a Participant to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the
Code at the time of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), and the amount hereunder is “deferred
compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to PSUs as a result of
such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier
distribution would not result in such Participant’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. If the Award includes a “series of
installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Participants’ right to the series of installment
payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax
treatment of the benefits provided under this Award Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any
portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the
Code.
Section 14.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Definitions. For purposes of this Award Agreement:
i.
“Cause” means:
5
(1) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) of the Participant
for the commission of a felony or any conviction of any criminal offense within the scope of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §
1829;
the Participant’s duties or in the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates;
(2) the Participant commits an act of gross misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft or material dishonesty in connection with
the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 30 days after the Participant receives written notice of such failure; or
(3) failure on the part of the Participant to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect, which is not cured to
(4) the Participant engages in Detrimental Activity.
ii.
“Company Affiliate” means the Company’s parents, subsidiaries, affiliates or their respective successors (collectively, the
"Company Affiliates" and each a "Company Affiliate").
iii.
“Detrimental Activity” includes the following:
(1)
The Participant’s disclosure to any unauthorized person, firm, or corporation or use or attempt to use for his or her own
advantage or to the advantage of any other person, firm or corporation, any confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the
Company or any of its affiliates, howsoever obtained or provided, during the course of, or as a result of, his or her employment (the “Confidential
Information”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and suppliers (former, actual and
potential), Company contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data, designs, formulae, product lines,
intellectual property, research activities and any information which may be deemed to be commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed,
typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, including but not limited to electronic and digital
media, whether or not labeled as “confidential”;
(2) The Participant violates the obligations set forth in Section 9(a) or 9(b) of this Award Agreement.
directors; or
(3) Making any false or disparaging comments about the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, officers, or
(4) Engaging in any activity which in the opinion of the Company is not consistent with providing an orderly handover of the Participant’s
responsibilities.
The Participant agrees that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s business and that the grant of this Award,
along with the benefits and attributes of the Participant’s employment by the Company, is good and valuable consideration to compensate the Participant
for agreeing to these restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Award Agreement or otherwise, nothing shall limit the Participant’s
rights under applicable law to provide truthful information to any governmental entity or to file a charge with or participate in an investigation conducted
by any governmental entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant agrees to waive his or her right to recover monetary damages in connection
with any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by the Participant or anyone else on the Participant’s behalf (whether involving a governmental entity or not);
provided that the Participant is not agreeing to
6
waive, and this Award Agreement shall not be read as requiring the Participant to waive, any right the Participant may have to receive an award for
information provided to any governmental entity. The Participant is hereby notified that the immunity provisions in Section 1833 of title 18 of the United
States Code provide that an individual cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade
secret that is made (1) in confidence to federal, state or local government officials, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and is solely for the
purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of the law, (2) under seal in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other
proceeding, or (3) to the Participant’s attorney in connection with a lawsuit for retaliation for reporting a suspected violation of law (and the trade secret
may be used in the court proceedings for such lawsuit) as long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not
disclosed except pursuant to court order.
iv.
“Disability” means the Participant is entitled to, and has begun to receive, long-term disability benefits under the long-term
disability plan of the Company in which the Participant participates.
v.
“Good Reason” means any of the following changes, as compared to the Participant's terms of employment prior to a Change
of Control:
situated employees; or
(1) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;
(2) a material diminution in the Participant’s base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly
of employment, unless the new principal place of employment is closer to the Participant's home address.
(3) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his or her current principal place
Provided, however, that the Participant must give written notice to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of any of the foregoing changes,
the Company shall have 30 days upon receipt of such notice to remedy the condition so as to eliminate the Good Reason, and if not remedied, the
Participant’s employment must terminate no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute a waiver of the Participant’s rights with respect to any circumstance constituting Good Reason
under this Award Agreement.
vi.
vii.
“Performance Period” means the period beginning on ____________ and ending on _____________.
“Performance Period Start Date” means the date that the Performance Period begins, as set forth in Section 14(a)(vi).
viii.
“Retirement” means the Participant’s age plus years of service (in each case, including completed months) equals or exceeds
65, with a minimum of at least five years of service with the Company.
(b)
Notices. All notices, requests and other communications under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person
(by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or by e-mail or any other form
of electronic transmission or delivery approved by the Committee, as follows:
7
if to the Company, to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
600 Washington Blvd.
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Corporate Secretary
if to the Participant, to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company,
or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or such other form of electronic transmission or delivery as such party may hereafter specify
for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of
receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or
communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Award Agreement or in the Plan, the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver and, by acceptance of this grant, the Participant
hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents and agrees to the receipt and delivery of, any notices permitted or required hereunder, documents related
to any Awards granted under the Plan and/or any other information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Participant
pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company and the Subsidiaries or the Plan by electronic means, including but not limited to through
the Participant’s electronic account, through another on-line or electronic account system established and maintained by the Company or another third
party designated by the Company or via the Company website. Such consent shall remain in effect throughout the Participant’s term of employment or
service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant may receive from
the Company a paper copy of any notices or documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or
in writing.
(c)
Entire Agreement. This Award Agreement and the Plan (including the terms specified in the Participant's electronic account, as noted in
Section 1 and Section 6 above) constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and
supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations
or otherwise, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d)
Severability. If any provision of this Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or this Award Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or
deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board,
materially altering the intent of this Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Award Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect.
(e)
Amendment; Waiver. No amendment or modification of any provision of this Award Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the
Participant shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, provided that the Company may amend or
modify this Award Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Award
Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or
8
subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Award Agreement, or
any waiver of any provision of this Award Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.
(f)
Assignment. Neither this Award Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be
assignable by the Participant.
(g)
Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Award Agreement,
express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal
representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Award Agreement.
(h)
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application
of the conflicts of law principles thereof. By acknowledging this Award Agreement electronically or signing it manually, as applicable, the Participant
waives any right that the Participant may have to trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Award
Agreement or the Plan.
(i)
Discretionary Nature. The grant of the PSUs does not create any contractual right or other right in the Participant to receive any PSUs or
other Awards in the future. Future grants of Awards, if any, shall be at the sole discretion of the Company.
(j)
Participant Undertaking; Acceptance. The Participant agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional
documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the
Participant or the PSUs pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Award Agreement and
understands that material definitions and provisions concerning the PSUs and the Participant’s rights and obligations with respect thereto are set forth in
the Plan. The Participant has read carefully, and understands, the provisions of this Award Agreement and the Plan.
(k)
Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in Section 9(e) above and the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by
law, the Company and the Participant agree to waive their rights to seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by jury. The
Company and each Participant agree that any dispute between or among them and/or their affiliates arising out of, relating to or in connection with this
Plan shall be resolved in accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding mediation, and (b)
Step Two: binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such mediation or
arbitration hereunder shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) pursuant to its then current AAA Commercial Arbitration
Rules. No arbitration shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have successfully achieved a mutually agreed to
resolution of the dispute as a result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary, the arbitration hearing shall be held in the
city/location selected by the Company in its sole discretion. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) shall be conducted by a single
AAA arbitrator, selected by the Company in its sole discretion. Any award rendered by the arbitrator, including with respect to responsibility for AAA
charges (including the costs of the mediator and arbitrator), shall be final and binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent
jurisdiction. In the unlikely event the AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a
9
dispute, the Company and each Participant agree to submit to JAMS mediation (formerly known as Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services) and
arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to accept jurisdiction, the parties may litigate
in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(l)
Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the scope, meaning, intent or interpretation of the
provisions of this Award Agreement.
(m)
Nature of Payments. Any and all grants or deliveries related to the PSUs hereunder shall constitute special incentive payments to the
Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any
retirement, death or other benefits under (i) any retirement, bonus, life insurance or other employee benefit plan of the Company, or (ii) any agreement
between the Company and the Participant, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.
(n)
Data Privacy. The Participant understands that the Company and its affiliates hold certain personal information about the Participant,
including but not limited to the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, birthdate, social insurance number or other identification
number, compensation, details of all Awards or any other entitlement to Shares for the purpose of administering the Plan (the “Data”). As a condition of
receipt of this Award, the Participant explicitly consents to the collection, use, transfer and retention, in electronic or other form, of the Data by and
among, as applicable, the Company, its affiliates and any third parties assisting the Company in administration of the Plan (including but not limited to
any broker or other third party with whom the Participate may elect to deposit Shares), in each case, for the purpose of administering the Participant’s
participation in the Plan.
10
CFG Voluntary Executive Deferred Compensation Plan Third Amendment
EXHIBIT 10.27
The CFG Voluntary Execu ve Deferred Compensa on Plan Amended and Restated September 1, 2014 (the “Plan”), is hereby amended to include
employees of Trinity Capital.
The following list represents the Par cipa ng Employers, based on the nomenclature and corporate organiza on of each such employer as of the
respec ve dates each such employer became a Par cipan ng Employer.
SCHEDULE I
EMPLOYERS EFFECTIVE MARCH 4, 2020
Ci zens Bank of Pennsylvania
Ci zens Bank, NA
Ci zens Asset Finance, Inc.
CCO Investment Services, Corp.
Ci zens Financial Group, Inc.
CSB Investment Corpora on
Franklin American Mortgage Company
Clarfeld Financial Advisors, LLC
Bowstring Advisors
Trinity Capital
Except as amended herein, the Plan is confirmed in all other respects.
Executed this 4nd day of March 2020 by and on behalf of Ci zens Financial Group, Inc. by its duly authorized officer.
Ci zens Financial Group, Inc.
/s/ Sal J. Di Liber
Name: Sal J. Di Liber , Head of Benefits
Date: March 4, 2020
EXHIBIT 10.32
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
Deferred Cash Award Agreement
Terms and Conditions
Section 1.
Grant of Deferred Cash Award. Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (together with its Subsidiaries, the “Company”) has granted to the
recipient, as identified in such recipient’s electronic account (the “Recipient”), in exchange for the Recipient’s services to the Company, a cash award
(the “Award”) in the amount specified in the Recipient’s electronic account, effective on the “Grant Date” specified in the Recipient’s electronic account.
The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of this award agreement (the “Award Agreement”).
Section 2.
Restrictions on Transferability. The Award granted under this Award Agreement shall not be assigned, sold, exchanged,
pledged, hypothecated, transferred, alienated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, and whether by
operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, by the Recipient. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment,
pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 2 shall be null and void and any portion of the Award that is
hedged in any manner shall immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall be binding upon any permitted
successors and assigns.
Section 3.
Vesting; Change of Control; Vesting and Forfeiture Upon a Termination of Employment.
(a) Vesting. The Award will be subject to the vesting schedule specified in the Recipient's electronic account.
(b) Change of Control. If the Recipient is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the Recipient resigns from employment with the
Company with Good Reason, within 12 months after a Change of Control (a “Change of Control Termination”), the Award shall fully vest on the
Recipient’s termination date and shall be paid to the Recipient pursuant to Section 4.
(c)
Vesting and Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.
i.
Termination Without Cause. If the Recipient is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control
Termination), the Award shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 3(a) as though the Recipient was still employed by the Company on each
applicable vesting date; provided, however, that the Recipient does not engage in any Detrimental Activity during the Recipient’s post-employment
vesting period.
ii.
Retirement; Disability. If the Recipient’s employment is terminated due to Retirement or Disability, the Award shall continue to
vest in accordance with Section 3(a) as though the Recipient was still employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date, provided, however,
that the Recipient (A) does not engage in any Detrimental Activity and (B) does not become employed by any company in the financial services industry,
in each case, during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period.
iii.
Death. If the Recipient is terminated due to death, the Award shall fully vest on the Recipient’s date of death and shall be paid to
the Recipient’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 4.
1
iv.
Forfeiture. If the Recipient is terminated by the Company with Cause or the Recipient resigns for any reason (other than a
Change of Control Termination), any unvested portion of the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety on the Recipient’s termination date without any
payment to the Recipient. In addition, if (A) the Recipient’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than a Change of Control
Termination) and the Recipient engages in Detrimental Activity during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period, or (B) the Recipient’s employment
is terminated due to Retirement or Disability and the Recipient either (I) engages in any Detrimental Activity, or (II) becomes employed by any company
in the financial services industry, in either case, during the Recipient’s post-employment vesting period, any unvested portion of the Award shall be
forfeited in its entirety on the date that the Recipient engages in such Detrimental Activity or becomes employed by any company in the financial services
industry, as applicable, without any payment to the Recipient.
Section 4.
Distribution on Vesting. Each portion of the Award that becomes vested pursuant to Section 3 shall be paid as soon as
reasonably practicable on or after the applicable vesting date in an amount equal to the portion of the Award that became vested on that date; provided,
however, that such payment shall be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which it vests or, if later, by the 15 day of the third calendar
month after the vesting date provided that the Recipient shall not be permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of the payment.
th
Section 5.
Notice Prior to the Recipient’s Voluntary Separation from Employment. In partial consideration for the Recipient’s eligibility for
and receipt of the Award, the Recipient agrees to provide the Company with prior notice of the Recipient’s voluntary separation from employment,
regardless of the reason for such separation. Such notice shall be no less than the greater of (a) the notice period applicable to the Recipient’s employee
level as specified in the Company’s Separation from Employment Policy as it exists at the time the Recipient provides such notice or (b) the period
specified in any other written agreement between the Recipient and the Company.
Section 6.
Restrictive Covenants.
(a)
Non-Solicitation of Employees. In addition to the Recipient’s obligations detailed in this Agreement, the Recipient agrees and reaffirms
that, at any time during the Recipient’s employment and for twelve (12) months following the date the Recipient ceases to be employed by the Company
for any reason, or if longer, during the remaining vesting period (the “Restricted Period”), the Recipient shall not, directly or indirectly, whether for the
Recipient’s own account or for any person or entity other than the Company or any Company Affiliate hire, employ, solicit for employment or hire, or
attempt to solicit for employment or hire, any person who is employed by the Company or any Company Affiliate during the Restricted Period, nor shall
the Recipient directly or indirectly induce any such employee to terminate his or her employment or accept employment with anyone other than a
Company Affiliate, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between the Company and/or any Company Affiliate and any of their employees during the
Restricted Period. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company agrees that the Recipient shall not be deemed in violation of this Section 6(a) if
an entity with which the Recipient is associated hires or engages any employee of the Company or a Company Affiliate, if the Recipient was not, directly
or indirectly, involved in hiring or identifying such person as a potential recruit or assisting in the recruitment of such employee.
(b)
Non-Solicitation of, and Non-Interference with, Customers and Prospective Clients. The Recipient agrees that during the Recipient’s
employment and during the Restricted Period, the Recipient shall not, directly or indirectly, for any person or entity other than the Company or any
Company Affiliate, solicit, assist in soliciting for or accept business from any customer of the Company or any Company Affiliate, nor will the Recipient
induce or encourage
2
any such customer to discontinue or diminish his, her or its relationship or prospective relationship with the Company or any Company Affiliate, or divert
business away from the Company or any Company Affiliate; provided, however, that general solicitation through advertisement shall not constitute
solicitation for purposes of this provision. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company agrees that the Recipient shall not be deemed in
violation of this Section 6(b) if an entity with which the Recipient is associated accepts business from a customer or client of the Company or a Company
Affiliate, if the Recipient was not, directly or indirectly, involved in soliciting or identifying such customer or client as a potential customer or client of the
competing entity.
(c)
Representations. The Recipient agrees that all of the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s
and/or any Company Affiliate’s business and their Confidential Information and that the Recipient’s eligibility for and receipt of the Award, are
independently and together good and valuable consideration to compensate him or her for agreeing to all restrictions contained in this Agreement. The
Recipient also acknowledges, represents and warrants that the Recipient’s knowledge, skills and abilities are sufficient to permit the Recipient to earn a
satisfactory livelihood without violating these provisions. Further, the Recipient agrees that the Recipient shall not, following the termination of the
Recipient’s employment with the Company, represent or hold the Recipient out as being in any way connected with the business of the Company or any
Company Affiliate.
(d)
Blue Pencil. It is expressly understood and agreed that although the Recipient and the Company consider the restrictions contained in
this section to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any
other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Recipient, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered
void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine
or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is
unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other
restrictions contained herein.
(e)
Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 6 or the Participant’s engaging in Detrimental Activity, the
Participant agrees that the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened
breach, the Participant acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
Section 7.
[Repayment Requirement. If the Recipient’s employment is terminated (or notice to terminate is given by the Recipient or the
Company) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or termination by the Company without Cause within 12 months of the date the
Recipient commences employment with the Company, any unvested portion of the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety on the Recipient’s termination
date without any payment to the Recipient and the Recipient shall be required to repay the Company within 14 days of the Recipient’s termination date
the net value (following any applicable tax and other statutory deductions) of any portion of the Award that the Recipient received pursuant to this Award
Agreement.] [Note: Section 7 only applicable to buy-out awards]
Section 8.
Tax Liability; Withholding Requirements. The Recipient shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without
limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that the Recipient incurs in connection with the receipt, vesting
or payment of the Award. The Company shall be authorized to withhold from the Award any payment due or transfer made under the Award or from any
compensation or other amount owing to the Recipient the amount (in cash or other property, or any combination thereof)
3
of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of the Award, its settlement or any payment or transfer under the Award and to take such other action
(including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or other property by the Recipient) as may be necessary in the opinion of the
Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.
Section 9.
Recoupment/Clawback. The Recipient hereby acknowledges and agrees that in order to comply with applicable law (including,
without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act), regulatory authority, and policies of the Company, the Committee
retains the right at all times to decrease or terminate the Award and payments under the Award, and any and all amounts payable under the Award, or
paid under the Award, shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, and reduction to the extent determined necessary to comply with applicable law, regulatory
authority, and/or policies of the Company, including as a result of risk-related events.
Section 10.
No Right to Continued Employment. The grant of the Award shall not be construed as giving a Recipient the right to be retained
in the employ of, or to continue to provide services to, the Company. The receipt of the Award is not intended to confer any rights on the Recipient except
as set forth in this Award Agreement.
Section 11.
Section 409A of the Code. This Award Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and
the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of this Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A
of the Code, and this Award Agreement shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of this Award Agreement or any term or condition of the Award
would otherwise conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Award Agreement, if the Board considers a Recipient to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code
at the time of such Recipient’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), and the amount under the Award is “deferred
compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Recipient with respect to the Award as a result
of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier
distribution would not result in such Recipient’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code. If the Award includes a “series of
installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Recipients’ right to the series of installment
payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax
treatment of the benefits provided under this Award Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any
portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Recipient on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the
Code.
Section 12.
Miscellaneous.
(a)
Definitions. For purposes of this Award Agreement:
i.
“Beneficiary” means a person entitled to receive payments or other benefits that are available under the Award in the event of
the Recipient’s death. If no such person can be named or is named by the Recipient, or if no Beneficiary designated by the Recipient is eligible to receive
payments or other benefits that are available under the Award at the Recipient’s death, the Recipient’s Beneficiary shall be the Recipient’s estate. A
Recipient may designate a Beneficiary or change a previous Beneficiary designation only at such times as prescribed by the Company, in its sole
discretion, and only by using forms and following procedures approved or accepted by the Company for that purpose.
4
ii.
iii.
“Board” means the board of directors of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
“Cause” means:
(1) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) of the Recipient for
the commission of a felony or any conviction of any criminal offense within the scope of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §
1829;
Recipient’s duties or in the course of the Recipient’s employment with the Company or any of its affiliates;
(2) the Recipient commits an act of gross misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft or material dishonesty in connection with the
reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 30 days after the Recipient receives written notice of such failure; or
(3) failure on the part of the Recipient to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect, which is not cured to the
(4) the Recipient engages in Detrimental Activity.
iv.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(1) any person (as described in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act,
including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company, becomes
the beneficial owner (as described in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than
50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;
(2) at any time during a period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board
and any new member of the Board whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was so approved, cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of members of the Board; or
(3) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger
or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to
represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or, if applicable, the ultimate parent thereof) at
least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any person (as such term is described in clause (1)
above) of assets of the Company, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, having an aggregate fair market value of more than 50% of the
fair market value of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Value”) immediately prior to such transaction(s), but only to the extent that, in
connection with such transaction(s) or within a reasonable period thereafter, the Company’s shareholders receive distributions of cash and/or assets
having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the Company Value immediately prior to such transaction(s).
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the Award provides for accelerated distribution on a Change of
Control of amounts that constitute
5
“deferred compensation” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder), if the event that constitutes such Change of Control
does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s
assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A of the Code), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change of Control but instead shall vest as
of the date of such Change of Control and shall be paid on the scheduled payment date specified in the Award Agreement, except to the extent that
earlier distribution would not result in the Recipient who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
v.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance
thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.
vi.
“Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board unless another committee is designated by the Board. If there is
no compensation committee of the Board and the Board does not designate another committee, references herein to the “Committee” shall refer to the
Board.
vii.
“Company Affiliate” means the Company’s parents, subsidiaries, affiliates or their respective successors (collectively, the
"Company Affiliates" and each a “Company Affiliate”).
viii.
“Detrimental Activity” includes the following:
(1) The Recipient’s disclosure to any unauthorized person, firm, or corporation or use or attempt to use for his or her own
advantage or to the advantage of any other person, firm or corporation, any confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the
Company or any of its affiliates, howsoever obtained or provided, during the course of, or as a result of, his or her employment (the “Confidential
Information”). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and suppliers (former, actual and
potential), Company contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data, designs, formulae, product lines,
intellectual property, research activities and any information which may be deemed to be commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed,
typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, including but not limited to electronic and digital
media, whether or not labeled as “confidential”;
(2) The Recipient violates the obligations set forth in Section 6(a) or 6(b) of this Award Agreement.
(3) Making any false or disparaging comments about the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, officers, or directors; or
(4) Engaging in any activity which in the opinion of the Company is not consistent with providing an orderly handover of the Recipient’s
responsibilities.
The Recipient agrees that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s business and that the grant of this Award,
along with the benefits and attributes of the Recipient’s employment by the Company, is good and valuable consideration to compensate the Recipient
for agreeing to these restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Award Agreement or otherwise, nothing shall limit the Participant’s
rights under applicable law to provide truthful information to any governmental entity or to file a charge with or participate in an investigation conducted
by any governmental entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant agrees to waive his or her right to recover monetary damages in connection
with any
6
charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by the Participant or anyone else on the Participant’s behalf (whether involving a governmental entity or not); provided
that the Participant is not agreeing to waive, and this Award Agreement shall not be read as requiring the Participant to waive, any right the Participant
may have to receive an award for information provided to any governmental entity. The Participant is hereby notified that the immunity provisions in
Section 1833 of title 18 of the United States Code provide that an individual cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade
secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that is made (1) in confidence to federal, state or local government officials, either directly or indirectly, or
to an attorney, and is solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of the law, (2) under seal in a complaint or other document
filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, or (3) to the Participant’s attorney in connection with a lawsuit for retaliation for reporting a suspected violation of
law (and the trade secret may be used in the court proceedings for such lawsuit) as long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal
and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order.
ix.
“Disability” means the Recipient is entitled to, and has begun to receive, long-term disability benefits under the long-term
disability plan of the Company in which the Recipient participates.
x.
xi.
Control:
situated employees; or
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Good Reason” means any of the following changes as compared to the Recipient’s terms of employment prior to a Change of
(1) a material diminution in the Recipient’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;
(2) a material diminution in the Recipient’s base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly
employment, unless the new place of employment is closer to the Recipient’s home address.
(3) a relocation of the Recipient’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his or her current principal place of
Provided, however, that the Recipient must give written notice to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of any of the foregoing changes, the
Company shall have 30 days upon receipt of such notice to remedy the condition so as to eliminate the Good Reason, and if not remedied, the
Recipient’s employment must terminate no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient’s
continued employment shall not constitute a waiver of the Recipient’s rights with respect to any circumstance constituting Good Reason under this Award
Agreement.
xii.
“Retirement” means the Recipient’s age plus years of service (in each case, including completed months) equals or exceeds
65, with a minimum of at least five years of service with the Company.
(b)
Notices. All notices, requests and other communications under this Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person
(by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or by e-mail or any other form
of electronic transmission or delivery approved by the Committee, as follows:
7
if to the Company, to:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
600 Washington Blvd.
Stamford, CT 06901
Attention: Corporate Secretary
if to the Recipient, to the address that the Recipient most recently provided to the Company,
or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or such other form of electronic transmission or delivery as such party may hereafter specify
for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of
receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or
communication shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver and, by acceptance of this grant, the Recipient hereby explicitly and
unambiguously consents and agrees to the receipt and delivery of, any notices permitted or required hereunder, documents related to the Award and/or
any other information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Recipient pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding
the Company and the Subsidiaries or the Award by electronic means, including but not limited to through the Recipient’s electronic account, through
another on-line or electronic account system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company or via the
Company website. Such consent shall remain in effect throughout the Recipient’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until
withdrawn in writing by the Recipient. The Recipient acknowledges that the Recipient may receive from the Company a paper copy of any notices or
documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Recipient by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing.
(c)
Entire Agreement. This Award Agreement (including the terms specified in the Recipient's electronic account, as noted in Section 1 and
Section 3) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and
contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise, between
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d)
Severability. If any provision of this Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, or would disqualify this Award Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed
amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering
the intent of this Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, and the remainder of this Award Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.
(e)
Amendment; Waiver. No amendment or modification of any provision of this Award Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the
Recipient shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Recipient; provided, however, that the Company may amend
or modify this Award Agreement without the Recipient’s consent to the extent any such amendment or modification is made to cause the Award to
comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations, to impose any “clawback” or
recoupment provisions on the Awards in accordance
8
with Section 9, or as otherwise set forth in this Award Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Award Agreement shall be deemed to be a
waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this
Award Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this Award Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for
which made or given.
(f)
Administration; Determinations. The Award Agreement shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be appointed by the Board.
All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Company, its shareholders, and the Recipient.
(g)
Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Award will terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Company.
(h)
Assignment. Neither this Award Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be
assignable by the Recipient.
(i)
Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and the Recipient and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Award Agreement,
express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the Company and the Recipient, and their respective heirs, successors, legal
representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Award Agreement.
(j)
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application
of the conflicts of law principles thereof. By acknowledging this Award Agreement electronically or signing it manually, as applicable, the Recipient waives
any right that the Recipient may have to trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Award
Agreement.
(k)
Unfunded Obligation. The Award is an unfunded obligation and does not create and will not be construed to create a trust or separate
fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Recipient or any other person. To the extent that the Recipient becomes
vested in the Award and acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to this Award Agreement, that right will be no greater than the
right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
(l)
Discretionary Nature. The grant of the Award does not create any contractual right or other right in the Recipient to receive any other
Awards in the future. Future grants of Awards, if any, shall be at the sole discretion of the Company.
(m)
Recipient Undertaking; Acceptance. The Recipient agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional
documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable to carry out or give effect to any of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the
Recipient or the Award pursuant to this Award Agreement. The Recipient acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Award Agreement. The Recipient has
read carefully, and understands, the provisions of this Award Agreement.
(n)
Dispute Resolution. Except as provided in Section 6(e) above and the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by
law, the Company and the Recipient agree to waive their rights to seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by
9
jury. The Company and the Recipient agree that any dispute between or among them and/or their affiliates arising out of, relating to or in connection with
this Award shall be resolved in accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding mediation, and
(b) Step Two: binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such mediation or
arbitration hereunder shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) pursuant to its then current AAA Commercial Arbitration
Rules. No arbitration shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have successfully achieved a mutually agreed to
resolution of the dispute as a result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary, the arbitration hearing shall be held in the
city/location selected by the Company in its sole discretion. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) shall be conducted by a single
AAA arbitrator, selected by the Company in its sole discretion. Any award rendered by the arbitrator, including with respect to responsibility for AAA
charges (including the costs of the mediator and arbitrator), shall be final and binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent
jurisdiction. In the unlikely event the AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a dispute, the Company and the Recipient agree to submit to JAMS
mediation and arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to accept jurisdiction, the
parties may litigate in a court of competent jurisdiction.
(o)
Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the scope, meaning, intent or interpretation of the
provisions of this Award Agreement.
(p)
Nature of Payments. The Award granted hereunder shall constitute special incentive payments to the Recipient and shall not be taken
into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Recipient for the purpose of determining any retirement, death or other benefits
under (i) any retirement, bonus, life insurance or other employee benefit plan of the Company, or (ii) any agreement between the Company and the
Recipient, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.
(q)
Data Privacy. The Recipient understands that the Company and its affiliates hold certain personal information about the Recipient,
including but not limited to the Recipient’s name, home address and telephone number, birthdate, social insurance number or other identification number,
compensation, and details of the Award for purposes of administration (the “Data”). As a condition of receipt of this Award, the Recipient explicitly
consents to the collection, use, transfer and retention, in electronic or other form, of the Data by and among, as applicable, the Company, its affiliates
and any third parties assisting the Company in administration of the Award, in each case, for the purpose of administering the Award.
10
EXHIBIT 10.39
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of August 25, 2011, by and between RBS Citizens, N.A. ("RBS" or the
"Company") and Susan LaMonica ("Executive") (certain capitalized terms used herein being defined in Section 14).
WHEREAS the Company desires to employ Executive and to enter into this Agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and
WHEREAS Executive desires to accept such employment and enter into this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
Section 1. Employment At-Will.
(a)
Executive's employment with the Company shall be strictly "at-will" and not for any fixed term. Executive understands and acknowledges
that no statement, whether written or verbal, by the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives may in any way modify, alter, or change
the strictly "at-will" nature of her employment relationship with the Company. Both Executive and the Company retain the right to terminate employment
at any time, for any reason or no reason. Executive understands and agrees that, as an at-will employee, the Company may terminate her employment
without advance notice. Executive may terminate her employment for any reason (a "Resignation") effective sixty (60) days following her delivery of
written Notice of Termination to the Board (the "Notice Period").
(b)
Upon receipt of a Resignation from Executive, the Company may, in its sole discretion, waive, or shorten the Notice Period requirement
or, direct Executive not to report to work unless otherwise requested by the Company (the "Garden Leave"). During any period of Garden Leave:
(i)
Executive will remain an employee of the Company and will continue to be paid her then Base Salary and continue to be eligible
for Employee Benefits excluding any Discretionary Deferred Award and/or other incentive compensation;
(ii)
Executive will be expected to continue to undertake such duties and responsibilities as are assigned to Executive by the Board,
including duties to assist the Company with her transition from the Company and maintaining the Company's business, business relationships, and
goodwill. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to suspend any or all of Executive's duties and powers and to relocate her office
to her personal residence for all or part of her Garden Leave;
(iii)
Executive will remain bound by all fiduciary duties and obligations owed to the Company and required to comply with all
Company policies and practices and the provisions of this Agreement;
(iv)
Executive must be reasonably available upon notice and during normal business hours to answer questions and provide advice
to the Company, if requested, and must be available for work in accordance with clause (ii) above, except that the Company is not obliged to provide her
with any work or request any advice from her;
(v)
Executive may not, without the prior written consent of the Company or except in the discharge of duties and responsibilities in
accordance with clause (ii) above, contact or attempt to
contact any client, customer, agent, professional adviser, employee, supplier or broker of the Company or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;
(vi)
Executive will not be permitted to work for any other organization or on her own behalf without the Company's prior written
consent, but may search for other employment opportunities;
(vii)
All other terms and conditions of Executive's employment (both express and implied) and of this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect until the end of the Garden Leave, except the terms of Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 shall survive termination of this Agreement; and
(viii)
All payments under this Section 1(b) shall be subject to Executive's execution, delivery and non-revocation of a release in a form
to be prepared and supplied by the Company.
Section 2. Position.
(a)
Position. During Executive's employment, she shall serve as Human Resources Director for Citizens Financial Group and RBS Americas
or in such other capacity as the Company requires. In this position, Executive shall report directly to Elaine Arden, Group Human Resources Director and
Ellen Alemany, Head of RBS Americas and Chairman and CEO of CFG or to such other person as the Company or the Board may specify from time to
time. Notwithstanding anything else contained within this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled from time to time to appoint one or more persons to
act jointly with Executive, in its sole discretion.
(b)
Best Efforts. During Executive's employment, Executive shall: (i) devote her full professional time, attention, skill and energy to the
performance of her duties for RBS and its affiliates, including The Royal Bank of Scotland, plc located in North America and The Royal Bank of Scotland
Group Plc (the "Group"); (ii) use her best efforts to dutifully, faithfully and efficiently perform her duties hereunder, comply with the Group's policies,
procedures, bylaws, rules, code of conduct and practices, as the same may be amended from time to time, and obey all reasonable and lawful directions
given by or under the authority of the Board; (iii) refrain from engaging in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise
which would conflict, directly or indirectly, with the rendition of services to the Company, without the prior written consent of the Board; except that
Executive may engage in charitable and community activities and manage her personal investments provided that such activities do not materially
interfere with the performance of her duties hereunder or conflict with the conditions of his employment; and (iv) refrain from engaging in any conduct
prejudicial to the interests and reputation of the Group but instead endeavor to promote and extend the business of the Group and protect and further its
interests and reputation.
(c)
Directorships. Executive may be required, in the sole discretion of the Company, to perform services for any Group Company and may
be required to undertake the role and duties of an officer or non-executive director of other companies in the Group. No additional remuneration will be
paid in respect of these appointments.
(d)
Location. During the period of Executive's employment, Executive shall be based in Stamford, Connecticut but may be relocated within a
fifty (50) mile radius of Stamford, Connecticut at the Company’s sole discretion. Additionally, Executive may be required to travel elsewhere in the world
in the performance of her duties.
Section 3. Remuneration.
(a)
Base Salary. The Company shall pay Executive a base salary (the "Base Salary") at the initial annual rate of $450,000, in substantially
equal installments as it is earned not less frequently than monthly in accordance with the Company's usual payroll practices. Executive may receive
increases in
Executive's Base Salary as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Remuneration Committee.
(b)
Discretionary Deferred Award. Executive will be eligible to take part in the incentive program for the business unit (the "Discretionary
Award Program"). The Discretionary Award Program rewards performance during the financial year from January 1 to December 31, and is based on
achievement against a mix of targets, which may include personal, team, business, Company targets and external economic considerations. The
Company may in its absolute discretion provide Executive an award of such amount, at such intervals and subject to such conditions as the Company
may in its sole discretion determine appropriate from time to time. Any such award may be paid in cash, shares or any other form, may be deferred in full
or in part as provided in accordance with the Company's deferral plan as that plan may be in effect and amended from time to time (the "Deferral Plan"),
and may be forfeited or reduced in such circumstances and on such terms as the Company, acting in good faith and in its sole discretion, determines
appropriate. The exercise of discretion in one financial year shall not bind the Company or act as a precedent for its exercise of discretion in any other
financial year. If, on or before the date when an award might otherwise have been payable, Executive's employment has terminated or either party has
given notice under this Agreement to terminate Executive's employment, Executive will not be entitled to receive any such award (whether in cash,
shares or any other form). The Company reserves the right to change the rules of any award schemes, or to cancel such schemes, at any time without
prior notice. In the event of any conflict, the rules of any relevant award scheme and the Deferral Plan (both as they may be amended from time to time)
shall take precedence over the terms of this Agreement. Currently the target discretionary award for your position is 200% of your annual base salary,
which will be prorated for 2011 with no guarantee.
Section 4. Incentive Compensation Plans.
(a)
Executive Long-Term Incentive Plans. Executive shall, at the absolute discretion of the Remuneration Committee, be eligible to
participate in The Royal Bank of Scotland's Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") as that plan may be in effect from time to time, subject to the rules of that
plan as they may be amended from time to time in the Company's sole discretion. Notwithstanding the above, for calendar year 2011 only, subject to the
terms and performance measures set forth in the 2011 LTIP and Remuneration Committee approval, and provided you have not resigned, given notice of
your intent to resign or been terminated for Wrongful Conduct (as defined below) prior to the day the Company grants any award to all employees
generally, you shall be eligible for a long-term incentive grant of at least 110% of your base salary.
Section 5. Other Employee Benefits, Vacation and Perquisites.
(a)
Employee Benefits. Executive may participate in and receive benefits under any and all executive welfare and health benefit plans
(including but not limited to group healthcare (medical, vision and dental), life insurance, and short-term and long-term disability plans) and other
executive benefit plans (including but not limited to savings and 401(k) if any, that are offered to other similarly situated executives of the Company
based in the United States, to the extent she is eligible thereunder and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of such plans, policies,
programs and practices (collectively, the "Employee Benefits"). Generally, Employee Benefits shall start on the first date of the month immediately
following the Executive's commencement of performance, unless otherwise provided in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan document,
program, policy or practice. Copies of all pertinent plan, program or policy documents will be provided to Executive on request, to the extent the same
are within the Company's control. The Company will not have any liability to pay any benefit to Executive under any insurance plan or program unless it
receives payment of the benefit from the insurer. All benefits and the plans, programs, policies, or practices relating to them may be changed at any time
by the Company within its sole discretion.
(b)
Paid Time Off. Executive shall be eligible to accrue 27 days of paid time off ("PTO") annually, which may be scheduled as time off away
st
from work in accordance with the Company's PTO policy as applicable in the United States. For 2011, Executive's PTO will be pro-rated based on the 1
th
of the month following date of hire, provided that date of hire occurs on or before September 30 ; if date of hire is subsequent to September 30 ,
Executive will not be eligible to accrue PTO until the beginning of the next calendar year.
th
(c)
Reimbursement of Business Expenses. Reasonable, customary and necessary travel, entertainment and other business expenses
incurred by Executive in the performance of her duties hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with the Company's policies,
subject to such reasonable substantiation and documentation as may be required by RBS from time to time.
(d)
Sickness. Executive will be eligible for all payments in respect of short and long-term disability generally made available from time to
time in accordance with the then applicable disability plans. Unless required under applicable federal or state law, Executive does not have any
contractual or other right to payment in respect of any period of absence due to sickness or incapacity and any such payments will be made at the
Company's sole discretion. Executive shall at any time (including during any period of incapacity) at the request and expense of the Company submit to
medical examinations by a medical practitioner nominated by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable federal and state law. Executive
agrees, and hereby authorizes, that the results of any such medical examination be disclosed to the Company, subject to the provisions of the United
States Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
(e)
Severance. In accordance with the Company's guidelines for severance awards to employees at Executive's level, in the event that
Executive is made redundant or otherwise has her employment terminated without cause and for reasons unrelated to poor performance, Executive shall
be entitled to receive an amount equivalent to at least 26 weeks of her then current base salary. The award of any amount above the 26 week minimum
shall be made at the Company's sole discretion.
Section 6. Staff Dealing.
Executive is subject to the Company's Staff Dealing Rules (and divisional rules where applicable) which may require prior permission be
obtained before she is permitted to deal in most types of securities transactions. Requests must be submitted in writing on the appropriate Company
form. The Company also operates a closed period during which Executive will not be permitted to deal in Group shares. Failure to abide by these rules
will constitute serious misconduct and may lead to criminal proceedings and/or the immediate termination of Executive's employment.
Section 7. Non-Solicitation.
(a)
Non-Solicitation of Employees. Executive agrees that, at any time during her employment and the Restricted Period, Executive shall not,
directly or indirectly, whether for her own account or for any other person or entity hire, employ, solicit for employment or hire, or attempt to solicit for
employment or hire, any person who was employed by the Company or any member of the Group at any time within one year prior to the time of the act
of solicitation (and who, in the case of the Restricted Period following the Executive's termination of employment, was also employed by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the date the Restricted Period begins) ("Covered Employee"). Executive further agrees not to otherwise interfere
with the relationship between any Covered Employee and the Company. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company agrees that Executive
shall not be deemed in violation of this subsection 7(b) if an entity with which Executive is associated hires or engages any employee of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, if Executive was not, directly or indirectly, involved in hiring or identifying such person as a potential recruit or assisting in the
recruitment of such employee.
(b)
Non-Interference with Customers and Vendors. Executive agrees that during her employment and the Restricted Period, Executive shall
not, directly or indirectly, whether for her own account or for any other person or entity, solicit or otherwise have any contact with, whether or not initiated
by Executive, any person or entity who is a customer or vendor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (and who, in the case of the
Restricted Period, was also a customer or vendor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the date Executive's employment ends), to
transact business similar to that in which the Company or any member of the Group was engaged on the date the Restricted Period begins; provided,
however, that general solicitation through advertisement shall not constitute solicitation for purposes of this provision.
(c)
Representations. Executive agrees that all of the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company's
business and its Confidential Information and that her employment by the Company, along with the benefits and attributes of that employment, is good
and valuable consideration to compensate him or her for agreeing to all restrictions contained in this Agreement. Executive also acknowledges,
represents and warrants that her knowledge, skills and abilities are sufficient to permit Executive to earn a satisfactory livelihood without violating these
provisions. Further, Executive agrees that she shall not, following the termination of her employment with the Company, represent or hold herself out as
being in any way connected with the business of the Group.
(d)
Blue Pencil. It is expressly understood and agreed that although Executive and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this
Section 7 and in Section 8 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or
territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall not
be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may
judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in
this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of
any of the other restrictions contained herein.
Section 8. Confidentiality; Ownership of Materials; Duty to Return Company Property.
(a)
Confidential Information. Executive may not at any time (whether during her employment or after its termination) disclose to any
unauthorized person, firm or corporation or use or attempt to use for her own advantage or to the advantage of any other person, firm or corporation, any
confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the Company or any member of the Group, or any confidential information
about (howsoever obtained) or provided by any third party received during the course of or as a result of her employment (the "Confidential Information").
Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and suppliers (former, actual and potential), Group
contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data, designs, formulae, product lines, intellectual property,
research activities and any Group information which may be deemed to be commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed, typed, handwritten,
videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of media, whether or not labeled as "confidential". It also includes, without
limitation, any information contained in documents marked "confidential" or documents of a higher security classification and other information which,
because of its nature or the circumstances in which Executive receives it, Executive should reasonably consider to be confidential. The Company
reserves the right to modify the categories of Confidential Information from time to time.
(b)
No Copies. Executive is not permitted to make any copy, abstract, summary or précis of the whole or any part of any document
belonging to a member of the Group unless she has been
authorized to do so by the Company, and shall not at any time use or permit to be used any such items otherwise than for the benefit of the Company in
the performance of her services hereunder.
(c)
Exclusions. The provisions of this Section 8 shall not apply to:
by Executive;
(i)
information or knowledge which subsequently comes into the public domain other than by way of unauthorized use or disclosure
(ii)
properly authorized by the Company;
the discharge by Executive of his/his duties hereunder or where her use or disclosure of the information has otherwise been
(iii)
any information which Executive discloses in accordance with applicable public interest disclosure legislation;
thereof) with jurisdiction to order Executive to disclose or make accessible any information; or
(iv)
any disclosure required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee
(v)
any litigation, arbitration or mediation involving this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the enforcement of this Agreement.
(d)
Due Care. Executive shall exercise all due care and diligence and shall take all reasonable steps to prevent the publication or disclosure
by Executive of any Confidential Information relating, in particular, but not limited to, actual or proposed transactions, of any employee, customer, client
or supplier (whether former, actual or potential) of any member of the Group including partnerships, companies, bodies, and corporations having
accounts with or in any way connected to or in discussion with any member of the Group and all other matters relating to such customers, clients or
suppliers and connections.
(e)
Duty to Return Confidential Information and Other Company Property.
(i)
All reports, files, notes, memoranda, e-mails, accounts, documents or other material (including all notes and memoranda of any
Confidential Information and any copies made or received by Executive in the course of her employment (whether during or after) are and shall remain
the sole property of the Company or the appropriate member of the Group and, following her termination of employment or at any other time upon the
Company's request, to the extent within her possession or control, shall be surrendered by Executive to the duly authorized representative of the
Company.
(ii)
Executive agrees that upon termination of her employment with the Company for any reason, or at any other time upon the
Company's request, she will return to the Company immediately all memoranda, books, papers, plans, information, letters and other data, all copies
thereof or therefrom, in any way relating to the business of the Group, all other property of the Company (including, but not limited to, company car, credit
cards, equipment, correspondence, data, disks, tapes, records, specifications, software, models, notes, reports and other documents together with any
extracts or summaries, removable drives or other computer equipment, keys and security passes) or of any member of the Group in her possession or
under her control and Executive further agrees that Executive will not retain or use for her own account at any time any trade names, trademark or other
proprietary business designation used or owned in connection with the business of the Company or its affiliates.
Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in this subsection 8(e), Executive shall be entitled to retain (1) papers and other
materials of a personal nature, including, but not limited to, photographs, correspondence, personal diaries, calendars and rolodexes, files containing
personal materials and phone books, all exclusive of client contact and other business information, (2) copies of
(iii)
information showing her compensation or relating to reimbursement of expenses, (3) copies of information that she reasonably believes may be needed
for tax purposes or relating to any investigation or claim in which she is a witness, party or target, and (4) copies of plans, programs and agreements
relating to her employment, or termination thereof, with the Company.
(f)
from time to time.
Declaration of Secrecy. Executive will be required to sign a Declaration of Secrecy in such form as may be required by the Company
(g)
Reasonableness. Executive agrees that the undertakings set forth in this Section 8 and in Section 9 are reasonable and necessary to
protect the legitimate business interests of the Group both during, and after the termination of, her employment, and that the benefits Executive receives
under this Agreement are sufficient compensation for these restrictions.
Section 9. Intellectual Property and Developments.
(a)
Executive agrees that all Developments are the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all rights to such
Developments to the Company in all countries. Executive agrees, at the Company's expense at any time during her employment or thereafter, to sign all
appropriate documents and carry out all such reasonable acts as will be necessary to identify and preserve the legal protection of all Developments;
however, the Company will have no obligation to compensate Executive for her time spent in connection with any assistance provided unless otherwise
required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive understands that no provision in this Agreement is intended to require assignment of any of
her rights in an invention for which Executive can prove no equipment, supplies, facilities or Confidential Information or trade secret information of the
Company was used, which invention was developed entirely on her own time, and which invention Executive can prove: (a) does not relate to the
business of the Company or the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or (b) does not result from any work
performed by Executive for the Company. To the extent compatible with applicable state law, these provisions do not apply to any invention which is
required to be assigned by the Company to the United States Government. Executive waives all moral rights in all Intellectual Property which is owned
by the Company, or will be owned by the Company, pursuant to this Section 9.
(b)
Executive agrees to promptly submit to the Company written disclosures of all inventions, whether or not patentable, which are made,
conceived or authored by Executive, alone or jointly with others, while Executive is employed by the Company.
Section 10. Certain Agreements.
(a)
Data Protection. Executive shall familiarize herself with and abide by the Company's Data Protection policy, procedures and
accountabilities. Executive acknowledges that any breach of these procedures may result in the immediate termination of her employment.
(b)
Personal Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is permitted to hold personal information about her as part
of its personnel and other business records and, in accordance with applicable law, may use such information in the course of the Company's business.
(c)
Credit Data. The Company reserves the right, upon five (5) days prior written notice, to, and Executive agrees that the Company may, in
accordance with applicable law, carry out searches about Executive through credit reference agencies or through the Company's customer records at
any time during her employment for purposes of identifying any serious debt or other significant financial difficulties of Executive for the purposes of
detecting, eliminating or mitigating any particular risk of employee fraud or theft. The Company will only retain the information about Executive which the
Company obtains from these searches in accordance with applicable law and for so long as is needed for the purposes set out
above (subject to any legal (including any regulatory) obligation which requires the Company to retain that information for a longer period). The credit
reference agency will record details of the search but these will not be available for use by lenders to assess the ability of Executive to obtain credit.
Executive has the right of access to her personal records held by credit reference agencies. The Company will supply the names and addresses of such
agencies upon request, to help Executive to exercise her right of access to such records.
(d)
Indebtedness. For the reasons referred to above, the Company expects Executive to manage her personal finances responsibly. The
Company requires that Executive draw to the attention of her manager any serious debt or significant financial difficulties that she may have, including
those which result in court action being taken against Executive.
Section 11. Remedies.
The Company and Executive agree that it is impossible to measure solely in money the damages which will accrue to the Company by reason of her
failure to observe any of her obligations of Sections 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement. Therefore, if the Company shall institute any action or proceeding to
enforce such provisions, Executive hereby waives the claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law and agrees in any such action or
proceeding not to interpose the claim or defense that such remedy exists at law. Without limiting any other remedies that may be available to the
Company, Executive hereby specifically affirms the appropriateness of injunctive or other equitable relief in any such action and acknowledges that
nothing contained within this Agreement shall preclude the Company from seeking or receiving any other relief, including without limitation, any form of
injunctive or equitable relief. Executive also agrees that, should she violate the provisions of Section 7 and its subsections such that the Company shall
be forced to undertake any efforts to defend, confirm or declare the validity of the covenants contained within Section 7 of this Agreement, the time
restrictions set forth therein shall be extended for a period of time equal to the pendency of any court proceedings, including appeals. Further, Executive
agrees that, should the Company undertake any efforts to defend, confirm or declare the validity of any of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8 or 9
of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to recover from Executive all of its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred in prosecuting or
defending any such action or engaging in any such efforts, provided that the Company is the prevailing party.
Section 12. No Conflicts.
(a)
Executive represents and warrants to the Company that on the Commencement Date, to the best of Executive's knowledge, Executive's
acceptance of employment with, and performance of Executive's duties for, the Company will not conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or
constitute a default under, any contract, agreement or understanding to which Executive is, or was, a party or of which Executive is aware and that there
are no restrictions, covenants, agreements or limitations on Executive's right or ability to enter into and perform the terms of this Agreement.
Section 13. Miscellaneous.
(a)
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, without
regard for the conflict of laws provisions thereof.
(b)
Entire Agreement and Amendments; Survivorship; Strict Construction.
(i)
This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. There
are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein other
than those
expressly set forth herein. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto, which
attaches a copy of this Agreement.
(ii)
The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent
necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.
(c)
No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a
waiver of such party's rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
(d)
Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in
any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
(e)
restriction.
Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Executive. This Agreement shall be freely assignable by the Company without
(f)
Successors; Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees and permitted assigns.
(g)
Notice. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or three (3) business days after mailing registered mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid or by recognized courier, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the execution page of this Agreement, provided that all notices to
the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, and with a copy to the Secretary of the Royal
Bank of Scotland Group plc, 36 St Andrew Square, Edinburgh, EH2 2YB, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
(h)
Withholding Taxes; Deductions. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state and
local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Executive agrees that the Company may, at any time during,
or in any event upon termination of her employment, deduct from her remuneration, any monies due by her to the Company for any overpayment made
and/or outstanding loans, advances, relocation expenses and/or salary paid in respect of excess Vacation that was taken but not earned, unless
otherwise prohibited by law.
(i)
Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if
the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a
counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, including by fax or electronic pdf.
Section 14. Defined Terms.
"Affiliate" has the meaning accorded such term under Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the Commencement
Date;
"Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;
"Board" means the board of directors of the Company from time to time, or any duly authorized committee of the board of directors of the
Company from time to time;
"Base Salary" has the meaning set forth in Section 3;
"Commencement Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 1;
"Group" means the Company, and each of the Company's Parents, Subsidiaries and Affiliates;
"Confidential Information" has the meaning set forth in Section 8;
"Covered Employee" has the meaning set forth in Section 7;
"Deferral Plan" means The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc Deferral Plan or any successor plans;
"Developments" means all inventions, whether or not patentable, Confidential Information, computer programs, copyright works, mask works,
trademarks and other intellectual property made, conceived or authored by Executive, alone or jointly with others, while employed by the Company,
whether or not during normal business hours or on the Company's premises, that are within the existing or contemplated scope of the Company's
business at the time such Developments are made, conceived, or authored or which result from or are suggested by any work Executive or others may
do for or on behalf of the Company;
"Employee Benefits" has the meaning set forth in Section 5;
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust or any other entity or organization;
"RBSG" means the Royal Bank of Scotland Group Plc;
"Remuneration Committee" means the remuneration committee of the RBS Board or any committee empowered by the Board in substitution for
the Remuneration Committee;
"Restricted Period" means the twelve (12) month period following the date that Executive ceases employment with the Company; and
“Subsidiary" of any Person means any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests having voting power to elect a majority of
the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.
[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank. Signature page follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
Susan LaMonica
/s/ Susan LaMonica
By: Ellen Alemany
/s/ Ellen Alemany
EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT ADDENDUM
This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ADDENDUM (the "Addendum") is made as of July 15, 2014 by and between Citizens Financial Group,
Inc. (the "Company") and Susan LaMonica ("Executive").
This Addendum is a supplement to your offer letter dated August 25, 2011. The terms of this Addendum shall be incorporated by reference therein and
become terms and conditions of your continued employment. The terms of this Addendum shall supersede any conflicting terms found in your offer letter.
This Addendum may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
Section 1. At-Will Employment and Notice of Intent to Leave.
(a)
Executive's employment with the Company shall be strictly "at-will" and not for any fixed term. Executive understands and acknowledges
that no statement, whether written or verbal, by the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives may in any way modify, alter, or change
the strictly "at-will" nature of her employment relationship with the Company. Both Executive and the Company retain the right to terminate Executive's
employment at any time, for any reason or no reason. Executive understands and agrees that, as an at-will employee, the Company may terminate her
employment without advance notice. Executive may terminate her employment for any reason (a "Resignation") effective 90 days following her delivery
of written notice of termination to the Company's Board of Directors (the "Notice Period").
(b)
Upon receipt of a Resignation from Executive, the Company may, in its sole discretion, waive the Notice Period, in which case Executive
will be permitted to terminate immediately. Under such circumstances the Company will not be obliged to pay in lieu of notice. Alternatively, the Company
may direct Executive not to report to work unless otherwise requested by the Company ("Garden Leave"). During any period of Garden Leave:
for employee benefits, excluding any discretionary award;
(i)
Executive will remain an employee of the Company and will continue to be paid her then base salary and continue to be eligible
(ii)
Executive will be expected to continue to undertake such duties and responsibilities as are assigned to Executive by the
Company's Board or Chief Executive Officer, including duties to assist the Company with her transition from the Company and maintaining the
Company's business, business relationships, and goodwill. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to suspend any or all of
Executive's duties and powers and to relocate her office to her personal residence for all or part of her Garden Leave;
(iii)
Company policies and practices; and
Executive will remain bound by all fiduciary duties and obligations owed to the Company and required to comply with all
Executive may not, without the prior written consent of the Company or except in the discharge of duties and responsibilities in
accordance with clause (ii) above, contact or attempt to contact any client, customer, agent, professional adviser, employee, supplier or broker of the
Company or any of its parents or subsidiaries.
(iv)
Section 2. Non-Solicitation.
(a)
Non-Solicitation of Employees. Executive agrees that, at any time during her employment with the Company, its parents, subsidiaries,
affiliates or any successor organization, and during the 12
month period following Executive's termination of employment for any reason ("Restricted Period"), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, employ,
solicit for employment or hire, or attempt to solicit for employment or hire, any person who is employed by the Company or any of its parents,
subsidiaries or affiliates during the Restricted Period, nor shall Executive directly or indirectly induce any Company employee to terminate his or her
employment or accept employment with anyone other than the Company, or otherwise interfere with the relationship between the Company and any of
its employees, during the Restricted Period.
(b)
Non-Solicitation of, and Non-Interference with, Customers and Vendors. Executive agrees that during her employment with the
Company and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for any person or entity other than the Company, solicit or assist in
soliciting for business any customer of the Company, its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates nor will Executive induce or encourage any such customer to
terminate its relationship with the Company, its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates or to divert business away from the Company, its parents, subsidiaries or
affiliates, provided, however, that general solicitation through advertisement shall not constitute solicitation for purposes of this provision.
(c)
Representations. Executive agrees that all of the foregoing restrictions are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company's
business and its Confidential Information and that her employment by the Company, along with the benefits and attributes of that employment, is good
and valuable consideration to compensate her for agreeing to all restrictions contained in this Addendum. Executive also acknowledges, represents and
warrants that her knowledge, skills and abilities are sufficient to permit Executive to earn a satisfactory livelihood without violating these provisions.
(d)
Blue Pencil. It is expressly understood and agreed that although Executive and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this
Section 2 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any
other restriction contained in this Addendum is an unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of this Addendum shall not be rendered
void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine
or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Addendum is
unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other
restrictions contained herein.
Section 3. Confidentiality; Ownership of Materials; Duty to Return Company Property.
(a)
Confidential Information. Executive may not at any time (whether during her employment with the Company or after termination for any
reason) disclose to any unauthorized person, firm or corporation or use or attempt to use for her own advantage or to the advantage of any other person,
firm or corporation, any confidential information relating to the business affairs or trade secrets of the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries or
affiliates, or any confidential information about (howsoever obtained) or provided by any third party received during the course of or as a result of her
employment (the "Confidential Information"). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to employees, customers and
suppliers (former, actual and potential), Company contracts, pricing structures, financial and marketing details, business plans, any technical data,
designs, formulae, product lines, intellectual property, research activities and any Company or Company affiliate information which may be deemed to be
commercially or price sensitive in nature, whether printed, typed, handwritten, videotaped, transmitted or transcribed on data files or on any other type of
media, whether or not labeled as "confidential". It also includes, without limitation, any information contained in documents marked "confidential" or
documents of a higher security classification and other information which, because of its nature or the circumstances in which Executive receives it,
Executive should reasonably consider to be
confidential. The Company reserves the right to modify the categories of Confidential Information from time to time.
(b)
Exclusions. The provisions of this Section 3 shall not apply to:
by Executive;
(i)
information or knowledge which subsequently comes into the public domain other than by way of unauthorized use or disclosure
(ii)
properly authorized by the Company;
the discharge by Executive of her duties hereunder or where her use or disclosure of the information has otherwise been
(iii)
any information which Executive discloses in accordance with applicable public interest disclosure legislation; or
thereof) with jurisdiction to order Executive to disclose or make accessible any information.
(iv)
any disclosure required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee
(c)
Due Care. Executive shall exercise all due care and diligence and shall take all reasonable steps to prevent the publication or disclosure
by Executive of any Confidential Information relating, in particular, but not limited to, actual or proposed transactions, of any employee, customer, client
or supplier (whether former, actual or potential) of any member of the Company, including partnerships, companies, bodies, and corporations having
accounts with or in any way connected to or in discussion with any member of the Company and all other matters relating to such customers, clients or
suppliers and connections.
(d)
Duty to Return Confidential Information and Other Company Property. All reports, files, notes, memoranda, e-mails, accounts,
documents or other material (including all notes and memoranda of any Confidential Information and any copies made or received by Executive in the
course of her employment (whether during or after) are and shall remain the sole property of the Company and, following her termination of employment
or at any other time upon the Company's request, to the extent within her possession or control, shall be surrendered by Executive to the duly authorized
representative of the Company.
(e)
Reasonableness. Executive agrees that the undertakings set forth in this Section 3 are reasonable and necessary to protect the
legitimate business interests of the Company and its members both during, and after the termination of, Executive's employment, and that the benefits
Executive receives through continued employment are sufficient compensation for these restrictions.
Section 4. Intellectual Property and Developments.
(a)
Executive agrees that all developments and intellectual property are the sole and exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns
all rights to such developments and intellectual property to the Company. Executive agrees, at the Company's expense at any time during her
employment or thereafter, to sign all appropriate documents and carry out all such reasonable acts as will be necessary to identify and preserve the legal
protection of all developments and intellectual property; however, the Company will have no obligation to compensate Executive for her time spent in
connection with any assistance provided unless otherwise required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive understands that no provision in
this Section is intended to require assignment of any of her rights in an invention for which Executive can prove no equipment, supplies, facilities or
Confidential Information or trade secret information of the Company was used, which invention was developed entirely on her own time, and which
invention Executive can prove: (i) does not relate to the business of the Company or the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of
the Company; or (ii) does not result from
any work performed by Executive for the Company. To the extent compatible with applicable state law, these provisions do not apply to any invention
which is required to be assigned by the Company to the United States Government. Executive waives all moral rights in all Intellectual Property which is
owned by the Company, or will be owned by the Company, pursuant to this Section 4.
(b)
Executive agrees to promptly submit to the Company written disclosures of all inventions, whether or not patentable, which are made,
conceived or authored by Executive, alone or jointly with others, while Executive is employed by the Company.
Section 5. Certain Agreements.
(a)
Data Protection. Executive shall familiarize herself with the Company's Data Protection policy, procedures and accountabilities.
Executive acknowledges that any breach of these procedures may result in the immediate termination of her employment.
(b)
Personal Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is permitted to hold personal information about her as part
of its personnel and other business records and, in accordance with applicable law, may use such information in the course of the Company's business.
(c)
Credit Data. The Company reserves the right, upon five (5) days prior written notice, to, and Executive agrees that the Company may, in
accordance with applicable law, carry out searches about Executive through credit reference agencies or through the Company's customer records at
any time during her employment for purposes of identifying any serious debt or other significant financial difficulties of Executive for the purposes of
detecting, eliminating or mitigating any particular risk of employee fraud or theft. The Company will only retain the information about Executive which the
Company obtains from these searches in accordance with applicable law and for so long as is needed for the purposes set out above (subject to any
legal (including any regulatory) obligation which requires the Company to retain that information for a longer period). The credit reference agency will
record details of the search but these will not be available for use by lenders to assess the ability of Executive to obtain credit. Executive has the right of
access to her personal records held by credit reference agencies. The Company will supply the names and addresses of such agencies upon request, to
help Executive to exercise her right of access to such records.
(d)
Indebtedness. For the reasons referred to above, the Company expects Executive to manage her personal finances responsibly. The
Company requires that Executive draw to the attention of her manager any serious debt or significant financial difficulties that she may have, including
those which result in court action being taken against Executive.
Section 6. Medical Exams.
Executive shall at any time (including during any period of incapacity) at the request and expense of the Company submit to medical examinations by a
medical practitioner nominated by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable federal and state law. Executive agrees, and hereby authorizes,
that the results of any such medical examination be disclosed to the Company, subject to the provisions of the United States Health Insurance Portability
and Accountability Act of 1996.
Section 7. Tax Compliance.
All compensation paid to Executive is intended to, and reasonably believed to, comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A as well as other tax
related laws and regulations to the extent it does not fall into any applicable exclusion.
Section 8. Remedies.
The Company and Executive agree that it is impossible to measure solely in money the damages which will accrue to the Company by reason of her
failure to observe any of her obligations of Sections 2, 3 or 4 of this Addendum. Therefore, if the Company shall institute any action or proceeding to
enforce such provisions, Executive hereby waives the claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law and agrees in any such action or
proceeding not to interpose the claim or defense that such remedy exists at law. Without limiting any other remedies that may be available to the
Company, Executive hereby specifically affirms the appropriateness of injunctive or other equitable relief in any such action and acknowledges that
nothing contained within this Addendum shall preclude the Company from seeking or receiving any other relief, including without limitation, any form of
injunctive or equitable relief. Executive also agrees that, should she violate the provisions of Section 2 and its subsections such that the Company shall
be forced to undertake any efforts to defend, confirm or declare the validity of the covenants contained within Section 2 of this Addendum, the time
restrictions set forth therein shall be extended for a period of time equal to the pendency of any court proceedings, including appeals. Further, Executive
agrees that, should the Company undertake any efforts to defend, confirm or declare the validity of any of the covenants contained in Sections 2, 3 and 4
of this Addendum, the Company shall be entitled to recover from Executive all of its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred in prosecuting or
defending any such action or engaging in any such efforts.
Section 9. Dispute Resolution; Mediation and Arbitration.
Except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company and Executive agree to waive their rights to
seek remedies in court, including but not limited to rights to a trial by jury. The Company and Executive agree that any dispute between or among them
or their subsidiaries, affiliates or related entities arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Addendum or her employment with the Company,
including but not limited to claims for discrimination or other alleged violations of any federal, state or local employment and labor law statutes,
ordinances or regulations, will be resolved in accordance with a confidential two-step dispute resolution procedure involving: (a) Step One: non-binding
mediation, and (b) Step Two: binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et. seq., or state law, whichever is applicable. Any such
mediation or arbitration hereunder shall be under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") pursuant to its then current Labor
Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures (the "AAA Labor Rules"). Disputes encompassed by this Section 9 include claims for discrimination arising
under local, state or federal statutes or ordinances and claims arising under any state's labor laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the AAA
Labor Rules, the mediation process (Step One) may be ended by either party to the dispute upon notice to the other party that it desires to terminate the
mediation and proceed to the Step Two arbitration; provided, however, that neither party may so terminate the mediation process prior to the occurrence
of at least one mediation session with the mediator. No arbitration shall be initiated or take place with respect to a given dispute if the parties have
successfully achieved a mutually agreed to resolution of the dispute as a result of the Step One mediation. The mediation session(s) and, if necessary,
the arbitration hearing shall be held in the city nearest to Executive's office location during the course of Executive's employment with the Company or an
alternative location mutually agreeable to Executive and the Company. The arbitration (if the dispute is not resolved by mediation) will be conducted by a
single AAA arbitrator, mutually selected by the parties, as provided for by the AAA Labor Rules. The Company will be responsible for the AAA charges,
including the costs of the mediator and arbitrator. The Company and Executive agree that the arbitrator shall apply the substantive law of the State of
New York to all state law claims and federal law to any federal law claims, that discovery shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA Labor Rules or
as otherwise permitted by law as determined by the arbitrator. In accordance with the AAA Labor Rules (a copy of which is available through AAA's
website, www.adr.org), the arbitrator's award shall consist of a written statement as to the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded on
each claim. The Company and Executive understand that the right to appeal or to seek modification of any ruling or award by the arbitrator is limited
under state and federal law. Any award rendered by the arbitrator will be final and binding, and judgment may be entered on it in any court of
competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall restrict either party from seeking temporary injunctive relief in a court of law to the extent set forth
in Section 6 hereof.
In the unlikely event the AAA refuses to accept jurisdiction over a dispute, Executive and the Company agree to submit to Judicial-Arbitration-Mediation
Services ("JAMS") mediation and arbitration applying the JAMS equivalent of the AAA Labor Rules. If AAA and JAMS refuse to accept jurisdiction, the
parties may litigate in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Section 10. Severance. In the event Executive is made redundant or otherwise has her employment terminated without cause and for reasons
unrelated to poor performance, Executive shall be entitled to receive a minimum severance payment amounting to 26 weeks of Executive's base salary
at the time of Executive's exit contingent upon Executive executing, and not revoking, the Company's standard release agreement then in use.
Section 11. Miscellaneous.
(a)
Governing Law. This Addendum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without
regard for the conflict of laws provisions thereof.
(b)
No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Addendum on any occasion shall not be considered a
waiver of such party's rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Addendum.
(c)
Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Addendum shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in
any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Addendum shall not be affected thereby.
(d)
Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Addendum may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if
the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Addendum shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a
counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto including by fax or electronic pdf.
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
/s/ Susan LaMonica
Susan LaMonica
SECOND ADDENDUM TO
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This SECOND ADDENDUM TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Second Addendum") is made as of August 11, 2017 by and
between Citizens Financial Group, Inc., together with its subsidiaries and any and all successor entities (the "Company") and Susan LaMonica
("Executive").
This Second Addendum is a supplement to Executive's employment agreement dated August 25, 2011 (the "Initial Agreement") and the first
addendum to that agreement (the "First Addendum", collectively, the "Original Agreement"), and the terms of this Second Addendum shall be
incorporated by reference therein and shall become terms and conditions of Executive's continued employment. The terms of this Second Addendum
shall supersede any conflicting terms found in the Original Agreement. This Second Addendum may not be altered, modified, or amended except by
written instrument signed by the parties hereto. To the extent capitalized terms are not defined herein, the definitions included in the Original Agreement,
as applicable, shall govern.
Section 1. Change of Control Severance
(a)
In the event Executive's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than by reason of Executive's death or
disability) or the Executive resigns with Good Reason, in each case within 24 months following a Change of Control, Executive shall receive a payment
equivalent to: (i) two times the sum of (A) Executive's Base Salary at the time of termination and (B) the average cash bonus paid to Executive during the
prior three years; plus (ii) a pro-rata bonus for the year in which termination occurs, based on the average cash bonus paid to Executive during the prior
three years (together, the "COC Severance Payment").
(b)
Any COC Severance Payment made in accordance with this section shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any payments to which
Executive may otherwise have been entitled in accordance with other sections of this Second Addendum or the Original Agreement and shall be in full
and final settlement of all claims Executive may have arising out of or in connection with his employment or its termination, other than with respect to any
outstanding equity held by Executive, which shall be treated as provided for in the applicable Company stock plan and award agreements governing
such awards.
Section 2. Payment of Severance
The severance set forth in Section 10 of the First Addendum or the COC Severance Payment set forth in this Second Addendum, whichever is
applicable, shall be paid in a lump sum, subject to execution and non-revocation of a standard release in a form acceptable to the Company, within
seventy (70) days of the termination of Executive's employment. If the period between the termination of Executive's employment and the latest possible
effective date of the Standard Release spans two calendar years, the payment shall be paid by the Company in the second calendar year.
Section 3. Definitions
(a)
"Cause" means: (i) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) of Executive
for the commission of a felony or any conviction of any criminal offense within the scope of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §
1829; (ii) Executive commits an act of gross misconduct, fraud, embezzlement, theft or material dishonesty in connection with the Executive's duties or in
the course of Executive's employment with the Company or any of its affiliates; (iii) failure on the part of Executive to perform his employment duties in
any material respect, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 30 days after Executive receives written notice of such
failure; (iv) Executive violates Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 of the Initial Agreement and/or Section 2, 3 and/or 4 of the First Addendum (non-solicitation of
employees, customers
and clients; confidentiality; ownership of materials; duty to return company property); or (v) Executive makes any material false or disparaging comments
about the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, officers, or directors, or engages in any activity which in the opinion of the Company
is not consistent with providing an orderly handover of Executive's responsibilities.
(b)
"Good Reason" means any of the following changes, as compared to Executive's terms of employment prior to a Change of Control:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
a material diminution in Executive's authority, duties, or responsibilities;
a material diminution in Executive's base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated
employees; or
a relocation of Executive's principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his or her current principal place of
employment, unless the new principal place of employment is closer to Executive's home address.
Provided, however, that Executive's must give written notice to the Company within 30 days of the initial existence of any of the foregoing changes, the
Company shall have 30 days upon receipt of such notice to remedy the condition so as to eliminate the Good Reason, and if not remedied, Executive's
employment must terminate no later than 60 days following the expiration of such cure period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive's continued
employment shall not constitute a waiver of the Executive's rights with respect to any circumstance constituting Good Reason under this Second
Addendum.
(c)
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(i)
any Person (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
thereof, including "group" as defined in Section 13(d) thereof), other than an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company, becomes the
Beneficial Owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;
(ii)
at any time during a period of 12 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board") and any new member of the Board whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least
a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was so
approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of members of the Board; or
(iii)
the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger or
consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to
represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or, if applicable, the ultimate parent thereof) at
least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any Person of assets of the Company, in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, having an aggregate fair market value of more than 50% of the fair market value of the Company and its
subsidiaries (the "Company Value") immediately prior to such transaction(s), but only to the extent that, in connection with such transaction(s) or within a
reasonable period thereafter, the Company's shareholders receive distributions
of cash and/or assets having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the Company Value immediately prior to such transaction(s).
Section 4. Section 280G
(a)
If the aggregate of all amounts and benefits due to Executive under this Second Addendum or the Original Agreement or any other plan,
program, agreement or arrangement of the Company or any of its Affiliates, which, if received by Executive in full, would constitute "parachute
payments," as such term is defined in and under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), (collectively, "Change
of Control Benefits"), reduced by all federal, state and local taxes applicable thereto, including the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the
Code, is less than the amount Executive would receive, after all such applicable taxes, if Executive received aggregate Change of Control Benefits equal
to an amount which is $1.00 less than three (3) times Executive's "base amount," as defined in and determined under Section 280G of the Code, then
such Change of Control Benefits shall be reduced or eliminated to the extent necessary so that the Change of Control Benefits received by the Executive
will not constitute parachute payments. If a reduction in the Change of Control Benefits is necessary, reduction shall occur in the following order unless
the Executive elects in writing a different order, subject to the Company's consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed): (i) severance
payment based on multiple of Base Salary and/or annual bonus; (ii) other cash payments; (iii) any annual incentive compensation paid as severance; (iv)
acceleration of vesting of stock options with an exercise price that exceeds the then fair market value of stock subject to the option, provided such
options are not permitted to be valued under Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 Q/A – 24(c); (v) any equity awards accelerated or otherwise valued
at full value, provided such equity awards are not permitted to be valued under Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 Q/A – 24(c); (vi) acceleration of
vesting of stock options with an exercise price that exceeds the then fair market value of stock subject to the option, provided such options are permitted
to be valued under Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 Q/A – 24(c); (vii) acceleration of vesting of all other stock options and equity awards; and (viii)
within any category, reductions shall be from the last due payment to the first.
(b)
It is possible that after the determinations and selections made pursuant to Section 4(a) above, Executive will receive Change of Control
Benefits that are, in the aggregate, either more or less than the amounts contemplated by Section 4(a) above (hereafter referred to as an "Excess
Payment" or "Underpayment," respectively). If there is an Excess Payment, Executive shall promptly repay the Company an amount consistent with this
Section 4(b). If there is an Underpayment, the Company shall pay Executive an amount consistent with this Section 4(b).
(c)
The determinations with respect to this Section 4 shall be made by an independent auditor (the "Auditor") compensated by the
Company. The Auditor shall be the Company's regular independent auditor, unless the regular independent auditor is unable or unwilling to makes such
determinations, in which event the Auditor shall be a nationally-recognized United States public accounting firm chosen by the Company.
Section 5. Tax Compliance
All compensation paid to Executive is intended to, and is reasonably believed to, comply with Section 409A of the Code ("Section 409A") as well
as other tax related laws and regulations to the extent it does not fall into any applicable exclusion, and shall be interpreted and construed consistent
with that intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations that the terms of this Second Addendum or the Original
Agreement (and any compensation payable thereunder) comply with Section 409A, and in no event shall the Company be liable for any taxes, interest,
penalties or other expenses that may be incurred by Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A. No expenses eligible for
reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, during any calendar year shall affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar
year, to the extent subject to the
requirements of Section 409A, and no such right to reimbursement or right to in-kind benefits shall be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other
benefit. For purposes of Section 409A, each payment in a series of installment payments, if any, provided under this Second Addendum or the Original
Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments under this Second Addendum or the Original Agreement that may be excluded from
Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to
the maximum extent possible. Any payments to be made under this Second Addendum or the Original Agreement upon a termination of employment
shall only be made if such termination of employment constitutes a "separation from service" under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any
provision in this Second Addendum to the contrary, if on the date of his termination of employment, Executive is deemed to be a "specified employee"
within the meaning of Section 409A and any payment or benefit provided to Executive in connection with his termination of employment is determined to
constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A, then such payment or benefit due upon, or within the six-month
period following, a termination of Executive's employment (whether under this Second Addendum, Executive's Original Agreement, any other plan,
program, payroll practice or any equity grant) and which do not otherwise qualify under the exemptions under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 (including,
without limitation, payments that constitute "separation pay" within the meaning of Section 409A), shall be paid or provided to Executive in a lump sum
on the earlier of (a) the date which is six months and one day after Executive's "separation from service" (as such term is defined in Section 409A) for
any reason other than death, and (b) the date of Executive's death, and any remaining payments and benefits shall be paid or provided in accordance
with the payment dates specified in this Second Addendum for such payment or benefit.
Section 6. Miscellaneous
(a)
Governing Law. This Second Addendum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with New York law without giving effect to
the conflict of laws provisions thereof.
(b)
No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Second Addendum on any occasion shall not be
considered a waiver of such party's rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this
Second Addendum.
(c)
Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Second Addendum shall be or become invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Second Addendum shall not be affected thereby.
(d)
Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Second Addendum may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Second Addendum shall become effective when each party hereto
shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, including by fax or electronic pdf.
[signature page follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive duly executed this Second Addendum as of the day and year first above written.
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
/s/ Susan LaMonica
Susan LaMonica
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES
EXHIBIT 21.1
Name of Subsidiary
1215 Financial Center Associates, Ltd.
5801 Southfield Service Drive Corp.
CFG Service Corp.
Citizens Asset Finance, Inc.
Citizens Bank, National Association
Citizens Capital Markets, Inc.
Citizens Charitable Foundation
Citizens Funding Corp.
Citizens Insurance Holdings, Inc.
Citizens One Community Development Corporation
Citizens One NMTC CDE Corp.
Citizens One NMTC CDE, LLC I
Citizens One NMTC CDE, LLC II
Citizens One NMTC CDE, LLC III
Citizens One NMTC CDE, LLC IV
Citizens One NMTC CDE, LLC V
Citizens RI Investment Corp. IV
Citizens Securities, Inc.
Citizens Ventures, Incorporated
Clarfeld Financial Advisors, LLC
Connecticut Realty Investors, Inc.
Court Street Holding, Inc.
CSB Investment Corp.
Estate Preservation Services, LLC
ICX Corporation
Lexington Savings Corp.
Mass Investment Corp.
Minuteman Investments Corporation
Montgomery Service Corporation
New England Acceptance Corporation
PA Investment Corp. I
PA Investment Corp. II
PA Investment Corp. V
RBS Citizens Insurance Agency, Inc.
RI Realty Trust, Inc.
Servco, Inc.
Thistle Group Holding Co.
West Register Citizens Corp.
Windsor Realty Corp.
Jurisdiction of Organization
OH
DE
DE
NY
United States
MA
RI
NH
RI
NY
DE
DE
DE
DE
DE
DE
RI
RI
MA
DE
CT
MA
RI
NY
OH
MA
RI
MA
PA
NH
RI
RI
DE
OH
MA
OH
PA
DE
DE
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-227792 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement No. 333-198966 on
Form S-8 of our reports dated February 23, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries
and the effectiveness of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 23, 2021
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_________________________________________________________________________________________
I, Bruce Van Saun, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over
financial reporting.
Date: February 23, 2021
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
Chief Executive Officer
EXHIBIT 31.1
EXHIBIT 31.2
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_________________________________________________________________________________________
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
I, John F. Woods, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over
financial reporting.
Date: February 23, 2021
/s/ John F. Woods
John F. Woods
Chief Financial Officer
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Financial
Group, Inc. (the "Company"), does hereby certify that:
1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a)
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 23, 2021
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
Chief Executive Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff on request.
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of Citizens Financial
Group, Inc. (the "Company"), does hereby certify that:
1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a)
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 23, 2021
/s/ John F. Woods
John F. Woods
Chief Financial Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff on request.
EXHIBIT 4.8
David Lindenauer
Executive Vice President and Treasurer
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
1 Citizens Plaza
Providence, Rhode Island 02903
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549
February 23, 2021
Subject:
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 – File No. 001-36636
Dear Sirs:
Neither Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”) nor any of its consolidated subsidiaries has outstanding any instrument with respect to its long-
term debt, other than those filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, under which
the total amount of securities authorized exceeds 10% of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. In accordance
with paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR Sec. 229.601), the Company hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, upon request, a copy of each instrument that defines the rights of holders of such long term debt not filed or incorporated by reference as
an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Very truly yours,
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
/s/ David Lindenauer
David Lindenauer
Executive Vice President and Treasurer
EXHIBIT 4.7
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (“Citizens,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and the “Company”) has three classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): (i) Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share; (ii) Depositary Shares each representing a 1/40 Interest in a
share of our 6.350% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, par value $25.00 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”); and (iii)
Depositary Shares each representing a 1/40 Interest in a share of our 5.000% Fixed-Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, par value $25.00 per
share (the “Series E Preferred Stock”).
th
th
Authorized Capital Stock
Citizens’ authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$25.00 per share. All outstanding shares of our capital stock are fully paid and non-assessable.
Description of Common Stock
The following description of our common stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirely by the applicable provisions of
federal law governing bank holding companies, Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws are incorporated by reference as Exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Voting rights
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders, except on matters relating solely to terms of
preferred stock.
For the election of directors, we have adopted a majority voting standard in uncontested elections and a plurality voting standard in contested elections. There are
no cumulative voting rights.
Dividend rights
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if
any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors (the “Board”) out of funds legally available therefor.
Rights upon liquidation
In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities,
subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.
Other rights
The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the common stock.
Listing
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “CFG.”
Description of Depositary Shares Representing Interests in Shares of Preferred Stock
The description set forth below of certain provisions of the deposit agreement and of the depositary shares and depositary receipts does not purport to be complete
and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the forms of deposit agreement and depositary receipts relating to each series of preferred stock.
1
Citizens has the following depositary shares registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act:
◦ Depositary Shares each representing 1/40th interest in a share of our Series D Preferred Stock; and
◦ Depositary Shares each representing 1/40th interest in a share of our Series E Preferred Stock.
We refer to the above series of preferred stock represented by depositary shares (the “Depositary Shares”), collectively, as the “Preferred Stock.”
General
Our Depositary Shares represent fractional interests in shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/40th ownership
interest in a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, and are evidenced by a depositary receipt. We have deposited the underlying shares of Preferred Stock
represented by the Depositary Shares with a depositary pursuant to a deposit agreement among us, Computershare Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Computershare
Trust Company, N.A., jointly acting as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts. Subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, each
holder of a Depositary Share is entitled to all the rights and preferences of the shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock (including dividend, voting, redemption
and liquidation rights) in proportion to the applicable fraction of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock represented by each Depositary Share.
Dividends and Other Distributions
Each dividend on a Depositary Share is in an amount equal to 1/40th of the dividend declared on each share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock.
The depositary distributes all dividends and other cash distributions received in respect of Preferred Stock to the holders of record of the Depositary Shares in
proportion to the number of Depositary Shares held by each holder. In the event of a distribution other than in cash, the depositary distributes property received by it to
the holders of record of the Depositary Shares in proportion to the number of Depositary Shares held by each holder, unless the depositary determines that this
distribution is not feasible, in which case the depositary may, with our approval, adopt a method of distribution that it deems equitable and practicable, including the sale
of the property and distribution of the net proceeds from that sale to the holders of the Depositary Shares.
Record dates for the payment of dividends and other matters relating to the Depositary Shares are the same as the corresponding record dates for the applicable
series of Preferred Stock.
The amounts distributed to holders of the Depositary Shares are reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by the depositary or by us on account of taxes or
other governmental charges.
Redemption of the Depositary Shares
If we redeem any series of Preferred Stock represented by the Depositary Shares, the Depositary Shares will be redeemed from the proceeds received by the
depositary resulting from the redemption of the applicable series of Preferred Stock held by the depositary. The redemption price per Depositary Share will be equal to
1/40th of the redemption price per share payable with respect to the Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends,
without accumulation of any undeclared dividends, on the shares of the Preferred Stock. Whenever we redeem shares of Preferred Stock held by the depositary, the
depositary will redeem, as of the same redemption date, the number of the Depositary Shares representing shares of the Preferred Stock so redeemed.
In case of any redemption of less than all of the outstanding Depositary Shares, the Depositary Shares to be redeemed will be selected either pro rata or by lot. In
any case, the depositary will redeem the Depositary Shares only in increments of 40 Depositary Shares and any integral multiple thereof. The depositary will provide
notice of redemption to record holders of the Depositary Shares not less than 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Stock
and the related Depositary Shares.
Voting Rights of the Depositary Shares
2
Because each Depositary Share represents a 1/40th interest in the applicable series of Preferred Stock, holders of Depositary Shares are entitled to 1/40th of a vote
per Depositary Share under those limited circumstances in which holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock are entitled to a vote.
When the depositary receives notice of any meeting at which the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, the depositary will mail
(or otherwise transmit by an authorized method) the information contained in the notice to the record holders of the Depositary Shares relating to the applicable series of
Preferred Stock. Each record holder of the Depositary Shares on the record date, which will be the same date as the record date for the applicable series of Preferred
Stock, may instruct the depositary to vote the amount of the Preferred Stock represented by the holder’s Depositary Shares. To the extent possible, the depositary will
vote the amount of the Preferred Stock represented by the Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions it receives. We will agree to take all reasonable actions
that the depositary determines are necessary to enable the depositary to vote as instructed. If the depositary does not receive specific instructions from the holders of any
Depositary Shares, it will vote all Depositary Shares held by it proportionately with instructions received.
Charges of Depositary
We have agreed to pay all transfer and other taxes and governmental charges arising solely from the existence of the depositary arrangements. We have agreed to
pay associated charges of the depositary in connection with the initial deposit of the applicable series of Preferred Stock and any redemption of the applicable series of
Preferred Stock. Holders of the Depositary Shares will pay transfer, income, and other taxes and governmental charges and such other charges as are expressly provided
in the deposit agreement to be for their accounts. If these charges have not been paid by the holders of the Depositary Shares, the depositary may refuse to transfer
Depositary Shares, withhold dividends and distributions, and sell the Depositary Shares.
Listing
The Depositary Shares representing the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the
trading symbols “CFG PrD” and “CFG PrE”, respectively.
Form and Notices
Each series of Preferred Stock has been issued in registered form to the depositary, and the Depositary Shares have been issued in book-entry only form through
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). The depositary will forward to the holders of the Depositary Shares all reports, notices, and communications from us that are
delivered to the depositary and that we are required to furnish to the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock.
Depositary
Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. are the joint depositary for the Depositary Shares. We may terminate such appointment and may
appoint a successor depositary at any time and from time to time, provided that we will use our best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the
Preferred Stock is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such depositary.
Description of Preferred Stock
As described above, we have Depositary Shares registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act that represent interests in the Preferred Stock. This section
describes the Preferred Stock, interests in which are represented by the Depositary Shares. The following description of our Preferred Stock is a summary and does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirely by the applicable provisions of federal law governing bank holding companies, Delaware law, the Certificate of
Designations for the applicable series of Preferred Stock, which are included as Exhibits to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are incorporated by reference as Exhibits to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Other than as described below, the terms of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock are substantially similar.
General
3
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have authority to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $25.00 per share.
Our Board is authorized without further stockholder action to cause the issuance of shares of preferred stock. Any additional preferred stock may be issued from time to
time in one or more series, each with such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or
other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as our Board (or a duly authorized committee) may determine prior to the time of issuance.
The Preferred Stock is not be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock or any other class or series of our other securities and are not be
subject to any sinking fund or any other obligation of us for their repurchase or retirement. The Preferred Stock represents non-withdrawable capital, not be an account
of an insurable type, and not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation any other governmental agency or instrumentality.
Dividends
Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by our Board (or a duly authorized committee of our Board), only out of funds legally
available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends payable quarterly in arrears at the rate specified below:
◦
◦
Series D Preferred Stock : cash dividends at a per annum rate equal to 6.350% until April 6, 2024 (the “fixed rate period”), and quarterly thereafter (the
“floating rate period”) at the rate equal to the three month LIBOR (as defined below) plus 3.642%; and
Series E Preferred Stock: cash dividends at a per annum rate equal to 5.000%.
Each date on which dividends are payable is a “dividend payment date,” and dividends for each dividend payment date are payable with respect to the dividend
period (or portion thereof) ending on the day preceding such respective dividend payment date, in each case to holders of record on the 15th calendar day before such
dividend payment date or such other record date not more than 30 nor less than 10 days preceding such dividend payment date fixed for that purpose by our Board (or a
duly authorized committee of our Board) in advance of payment of each particular dividend. For the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock during
the fixed rate period, if any such date is not a business day, then such date will nevertheless be a dividend payment date, but dividends on the Preferred Stock, when, as
and if declared, will be paid on the next succeeding business day (without adjustment in the amount of the dividend per share of the applicable series of Preferred
Stock). For the Series D Preferred Stock during the floating rate period, if any such date that would otherwise be a dividend payment date is not a business day, then the
next succeeding business day will be the applicable dividend payment date and dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock, when, as and if declared, will be paid on such
next succeeding business day, unless such day falls in the next calendar month, in which case the dividend payment date will be brought forward to the immediately
preceding day that is a business day.
The amount of the dividend per share of the Series D Preferred Stock will be calculated (a) for each dividend period (or portion thereof) in the fixed rate period,
on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and (b) for each dividend period (or portion thereof) in the floating rate period, based on the actual
number of days in the dividend period and a 360-day year. The amount of the dividend per share of the Series E Preferred Stock will be calculated for each dividend
period (or portion thereof) on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. We will not pay interest or any sum of money instead of interests on any
dividend payment date that may be in arrears on any series of Preferred Stock.
Dividends on shares of Preferred Stock will not be cumulative and will not be mandatory. If our Board (or a duly authorized committee of our Board) does not
declare a dividend on a series of Preferred Stock in respect of a dividend period, then holders of that series of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any
dividends not declared by our Board (or a duly authorized committee of our Board) and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of
any dividend not so declared, whether or not our Board (or a duly authorized committee of our Board) declares a dividend on that series of Preferred Stock or any other
series of our preferred stock or on our common stock for any future dividend period.
In the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, “three-month LIBOR” for each dividend determination date related to the floating rate period will be determined by the
calculation agent as follows:
(i) The rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having an index maturity of three months as such rate is displayed on Bloomberg on page BBAM1 (or any other page as
may replace such page on such service or any successor service for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for U.S. dollars)
(“Bloomberg BBAM1”) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such dividend determination date. If no such rate so appears, three-month LIBOR
4
on such dividend determination date will be determined in accordance with provision described in clause (ii) or (iii) below.
(ii) With respect to a dividend determination date on which no rate is displayed on Bloomberg BBAM1 as specified in clause (i) above, the calculation agent
shall request the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks (which may include affiliates of the underwriters for the offering of the
Series D Preferred Stock) in the London interbank market, as selected by us, and identified to the calculation agent, to provide the calculation agent with its
offered quotation for deposits in U.S. dollars having an index maturity of three months, commencing on the first day of the related dividend period, to prime
banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such dividend determination date and in a principal amount that is
representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are so provided, then three-month LIBOR
on such dividend determination date will be the arithmetic mean calculated by the calculation agent of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations
are so provided, then three-month LIBOR on such dividend determination date will be the arithmetic mean calculated by the calculation agent of the rates
quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such dividend determination date by three major banks (which may include affiliates of the
underwriters for the offering of the Series D Preferred Stock) in New York City selected by us, and identified to the calculation agent, for loans in U.S.
dollars to leading European banks, having an index maturity of three months and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S.
dollars in such market at such time; provided, however, that if the banks so selected by us are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, but a LIBOR Event
(as defined below) has not occurred, three-month LIBOR determined as of a dividend determination date shall be three-month LIBOR in effect on such
dividend determination date, or, in the case of the dividend period beginning April 6, 2024, the most recent three-month LIBOR that can be determined.
(iii) Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) above, if we, in our sole discretion, determine that three month LIBOR has been permanently discontinued or is no
longer viewed as an acceptable benchmark for securities like the Series D Preferred Stock and we have notified the calculation agent of such determination
(a “LIBOR Event”), the calculation agent will use, as directed by us, as a substitute for three-month LIBOR (the “Alternative Rate”) for each future dividend
determination date, the alternative reference rate selected by the central bank, reserve bank, monetary authority or any similar institution (including any
committee or working group thereof) that is consistent with market practice regarding a substitute for three-month LIBOR. As part of such substitution, the
calculation agent will, as directed by us, make such adjustments to the Alternative Rate or the spread thereon, as well as the business day convention,
dividend determination dates and related provisions and definitions (“Adjustments”), in each case that are consistent with market practice for the use of such
Alternative Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we determine that there is no alternative reference rate selected by the central bank, reserve bank,
monetary authority or any similar institution (including any committee or working group thereof) that is consistent with market practice regarding a
substitute for three-month LIBOR, we may, in our sole discretion, appoint an independent financial advisor (“IFA”) to determine an appropriate Alternative
Rate and any Adjustments, and the decision of the IFA will be binding on us, the calculation agent and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock. If a LIBOR
Event has occurred, but for any reason an Alternative Rate has not been determined or there is no such market practice for the use of such Alternative Rate
(and, in each case, an IFA has not determined an appropriate Alternative Rate and Adjustments or an IFA has not been appointed), three-month LIBOR
determined as of a dividend determination date shall be three-month LIBOR in effect on such dividend determination date; provided, however, that if this
sentence is applicable with respect to the first dividend determination date related to the floating rate period, the dividend rate, business day convention and
manner of calculating dividends applicable during the fixed rate period will remain in effect during the floating rate period.
The establishment of three-month LIBOR for each dividend period in the floating rate period by the calculation agent (including, for the avoidance of doubt, at
the direction of us in the case of clause (iii)) or IFA, as applicable, shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding. For the avoidance of doubt, any
adjustments made pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of three-month LIBOR shall not be subject to the vote or consent of the holders of the Series D Preferred
Stock.
“Dividend determination date” means, with respect to a dividend period during the floating rate period, the second London banking day prior to the beginning of
such dividend period.
“London banking day” means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and any day on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are
transacted in the London interbank market.
5
Redemption
The Preferred Stock is perpetual and has no maturity date. The Preferred Stock is redeemable at our option, subject to receipt of any required regulatory approval,
in whole or in part as follows:
◦
◦
the Series D Preferred Stock is redeemable on any dividend payment date on or after the dividend payment date on April 6, 2024 at a cash redemption price of
$1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without regard to any undeclared dividends, to, but
excluding, the redemption date; and
the Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable on any dividend payment date on or after the dividend payment date on January 6, 2025 at a cash redemption price
of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without regard to any undeclared dividends, to, but
excluding, the redemption date
Also, we may, redeem the shares of Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event (as
defined in the Certificate of Designations for such series), in each case, at a cash redemption price equal to the stated amount, together with any declared and unpaid
dividends, without regard to any undeclared dividends, to but excluding the redemption date.
The Preferred Stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of the Preferred Stock have no right to require
redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock.
Restrictions on Dividends, Redemption and Repurchases
So long as any shares of Preferred Stock remains outstanding, unless dividends on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock for the most recently completed
dividend period have been paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for payment, (i) no dividend may be declared or paid
or set aside for payment, and no distribution may be made, on any junior stock (as defined in the Certificate of Designations for such series), (ii) no monies may be paid
or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption or retirement of junior stock (a “junior stock sinking fund payment”), and (iii) no shares of junior stock shall be
purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by us, directly or indirectly, other than:
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
any junior stock sinking fund payment, or any purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of junior stock, as a result of (x) a reclassification of junior
stock for or into other junior stock, (y) the exchange or conversion of one share of junior stock for or into another share of junior stock or (z) the purchase of
fractional interests in shares of junior stock under the conversion or exchange provisions of junior stock or the security being converted or exchanged;
any junior stock sinking fund payment, or any purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of junior stock, through the use of the proceeds of a
substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of junior stock;
repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of junior stock in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar
arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants or (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock
purchase plan;
any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to the plan; or
any dividend paid on junior stock in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such
warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or is other junior stock.
However, the foregoing does not restrict the ability of us or any of our affiliates to engage in any market-making transactions or purchases in connection with the
distribution of securities in the ordinary course of business.
The Certificate of Designations for each series also has provisions in case of partial payments on the Preferred Stock or other series of preferred stock that rank
equally with the Preferred Stock.
Dividends on the Preferred Stock will not be declared, paid or set aside for payment if and to the extent such act would cause us to fail to comply with applicable
laws and regulations.
Liquidation Rights
6
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive
out of our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders (i.e., after satisfaction of all our liabilities to creditors, if any) an amount equal to $1,000 per share,
plus any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of distributions to stockholders, without regard to any undeclared dividends (the
“liquidation preference”).
If our assets are not sufficient to pay the liquidation preference in full to all holders of all holders of any class or series of our stock that ranks on a parity with the
Preferred Stock in the distribution of assets on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the amounts paid to the holders of the Preferred Stock and to the
holders of all liquidation preference parity stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock and all such
liquidation preference parity stock.
Voting Rights
Except as indicated below or otherwise required by law, the holders of the Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights.
Right to Elect Two Directors on Nonpayment of Dividends. Whenever dividends on any shares of the Preferred Stock, shall have not been declared and paid for
the equivalent of three semi-annual or six full quarterly dividend payments, whether or not for consecutive dividend periods (a “nonpayment”), the holders of such
shares, voting together as a class with holders of any and all other series of voting preferred stock then outstanding, are entitled to vote for the election of a total of two
additional members of our Board (the “preferred stock directors”), provided that the election of any such directors shall not cause us to violate the corporate governance
requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange on which our securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent
directors and provided further that our board of directors shall at no time include more than two preferred stock directors. In that event, the number of directors on our
board of directors shall automatically increase by two, and the new directors shall be elected at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least
20% of the Preferred Stock or of any other series of voting preferred stock (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or
special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), and at each subsequent annual
meeting. These voting rights will continue until dividends on the shares of the Preferred Stock for at least two consecutive semi-annual or four consecutive quarterly
dividend periods, as applicable, following the nonpayment shall have been fully paid.
If and when dividends for at least two consecutive semi-annual or four consecutive quarterly dividend periods, as applicable, following a nonpayment have been
paid in full on the Preferred Stock, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be divested of the foregoing voting rights (subject to revesting in the event of each
subsequent nonpayment), the term of office of each preferred stock director so elected shall terminate and the number of directors on the board of directors shall
automatically decrease by two. In determining whether dividends have been paid for at least two consecutive semi-annual or four consecutive quarterly dividend
periods, as applicable, following a nonpayment, we may take account of any dividend we elect to pay for any dividend period after the regular dividend payment date
for that period has passed. Any preferred stock director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the
Preferred Stock. So long as a nonpayment shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a preferred stock director (other than prior to the initial election after a
nonpayment) may be filled by the written consent of the preferred stock director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a
majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; provided that the filling of any such vacancy shall not cause us to violate the corporate governance requirement of
the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange on which our securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors. Any
such vote to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a preferred stock director may be taken only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of
at least 20% of the Series E Preferred Stock or of any other series of voting preferred stock (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for
the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The preferred
stock directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.
Other Voting Rights
So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least two thirds of the shares of Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting together as a single
class with any other series of preferred stock entitled to vote thereon (to the exclusion of all other series of preferred stock), given in person or by proxy, either in writing
without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating:
7
◦ Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or Certificate of Designations. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of our certificate of
incorporation, by-laws or the certificate of designations for the Preferred Stock that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the
Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely; provided, however, that the amendment of the certificate of incorporation so as to authorize or create, or to
increase the authorized amount of, any class or series of stock that does not rank senior to the Preferred Stock in either the payment of dividends (whether such
dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall not be deemed
to affect adversely the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Preferred Stock;
◦ Authorization of Senior Stock. Any amendment or alteration of the certificate of incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any
shares of any class or series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of our capital stock ranking prior to the Preferred Stock in the
payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or
◦
Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations and Other Transactions. Any consummation of (x) a binding share exchange or reclassification
involving the Preferred Stock or (y) a merger or consolidation of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. with another entity (whether or not a corporation), unless in
each case (A) the shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which we are not the
surviving or resulting entity, the shares of Preferred Stock are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its
ultimate parent, and (B) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting
powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences,
privileges and voting powers, and restrictions and limitations thereof, of the Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole.
If an amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above would adversely affect one or more but not all
series of voting preferred stock, then only the series affected and entitled to vote shall vote to the exclusion of all other series of preferred stock. If all series of preferred
stock are not equally affected by the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above, there shall be
required a two-thirds approval of each series that will have a diminished status.
Without the consent of the holders of the Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of
the Preferred Stock, we may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Preferred Stock:
◦
◦
to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in the certificate of designations for the Series E Preferred Stock that may be
defective or inconsistent; or
to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the
certificate of designations, including, without limitation, in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, to implement the terms of clause (iii) of the definition of
three-month LIBOR following the occurrence of a LIBOR Event.
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which the vote would otherwise be required shall be effected,
all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock have been redeemed or called for redemption on proper notice and sufficient funds have been set aside by us for the benefit
of the holders of the Preferred Stock to effect the redemption unless in the case of a vote or consent required to authorize senior stock if all outstanding shares of the
Preferred Stock are being redeemed with the proceeds from the sale of the stock to be authorized.
Under current provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the holders of issued and outstanding preferred stock are entitled to vote as a class, with the
consent of the majority of the class being required to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if the amendment would increase
or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class or increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class.
No Preemptive and Conversion Rights
Holders of the Preferred Stock do not have any preemptive rights. The Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for property or shares of any other
series or class of our capital stock.
8
Anti-Takeover Effects of Some Provisions
Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make the following more difficult:
◦
◦
acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise, or
removal of our incumbent officers and directors.
These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These
provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board. We believe that the benefits of increased protection
give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased
protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Election and Removal of Directors. The number of directors that will constitute the Board will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our Board, excluding
any directors elected by holders of preferred stock pursuant to provisions applicable in the case of certain events involving the non-payment of dividends. Our Board
currently has 14 members.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that directors may be removed, with or without cause, by an
affirmative vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy occurring on our
Board and any newly created directorship may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office or by the sole director remaining in office.
Limits on Written Consents. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that stockholder action, other than
actions by the holders of one or more classes of Preferred Stock, can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written
consent in lieu of a meeting.
Super-Majority Approval Requirement. The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
total voting power of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either a corporation’s
certificate of incorporation or bylaws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that
the affirmative vote of holders of 75% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock eligible to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single
class, will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions, including those relating to voting rights, the structure and authority of the Board, meetings
of stockholders, indemnification of directors and officers, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and
certain other provisions. This requirement of a super-majority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and
restated bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to effectively exercise veto power over any such amendments.
Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions. Our amended and restated bylaws also impose some procedural requirements on stockholders who wish to:
◦ make nominations in the election of directors,
◦
◦
◦
propose that a director be removed;
propose any repeal or change in our amended and restated bylaws; or
propose any other business to be bought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders.
Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must generally deliver timely notice of a proposal
pertaining to a proper subject for presentation at the meeting to our corporate secretary along with the following:
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
a description of the business or nomination to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;
the stockholder’s name and address;
any material interest of the stockholder in the proposal;
the number of shares beneficially owned by the stockholder and evidence of such ownership; or
description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between the stockholder and any other person (including the names of such persons) in
connection with the proposal.
9
To be timely, a stockholder must generally deliver notice to the corporate secretary:
◦
◦
in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the
annual meeting of stockholders was held in the immediately preceding year, but in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or
more than 70 days after the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder notice will be timely if received by us not later than
the close of business (A) no earlier than 120 days prior to the annual meeting and (B) no later than 70 days prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day
following the day on which we first publicly announce the date of the annual meeting; or
in connection with the election of a director at a special meeting of stockholders, (A) not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor
(B) later than the later of 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the
special meeting was first made;
In order to submit a nomination for our Board, a stockholder must also submit any information with respect to the nominee that we would be required to include
in a proxy statement, as well as some other information.
A stockholder may also submit a nomination for our Board or the proposal of other business by submitting a proposal to us in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under
the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by us to solicit proxies for the meeting of
stockholders.
If a stockholder fails to follow the required procedures, the stockholder’s proposal or nomination will be ineligible and will not be voted on by our stockholders.
10